First Time Ever, AAPI Candidates Contesting Elections in 2025Face Off In A Debate

For the first time ever, aface-to-face virtual debate of the candidates who are contesting the annual elections for various offices at the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) for the year 2025-26 was organized on Sunday, March 2, 2025.

Conceptualized and organized by Dr. Suresh Reddy, past president of AAPI, under the banner of “Desi Doctors,” the 90 minutes long debate was effectively moderated by: Dr. Himanshu Pandya, Dr. Raj Katara, Dr. Pooja Kinkhabwala, Dr. Krish Soundararajan, and, Dr.Tarak Vasavada. They urged all the active members of AAPI to listen to the narratives of each candidate and elect the best leaders, who will take this 43-year-old organization to greater heights. The debate was held independently of the AAPI leadership.

Along with Dr. Satheesh Kathula, the current President of AAPI, Dr. Amit Chakrabarty serves as the President-Elect of AAPI, and Dr. Meher Medavaram is the current Vice President of AAPI. They are not contesting in the elections, as the current President-Elect will assume charge as the President of AAPI in July 2025, and the current Vice President will become the President for the year 2026-27.

Dr. Raj Bhayani, who is ina direct contest with Dr. Krishan Kumar for the office of the Vice President shared his vision for AAPI, while sharing with the audience his experiences. Dr. Krishan Kumar shared his vision for AAPI and why he is standing for the Office via a video message.

The candidates for the Office of AAPI Secretary, Dr. Seema Arora andDr. Malti Mehta faced off in a lively debate sharing their vast experiences and their vision for AAPI, while Dr. Shirish Kumar Patel shared a recorded video for the audience to learn about his vision for AAPI.

The office of AAPI Treasurer is being contested by Dr. Leena Gupta and Dr. Soumya Neravetla, a second-generation AAPI member. Both Dr. Gupta and Neravetla shared their experiences and qualifications as well as their vision for AAPI if elected as the Treasurer of AAPI.

Dr. Srini Gokarakonda, Dr. Anjali Gulati, Dr. Sunitha Polepalle, and Dr. Gunjan Shukla, the candidates aspiring to be members of the AAPI Board of Trustees, shared with the audience their experiences and vision that make them best suited to be members of this important body at AAPI.

The deadline for filing the nominations was January 31st, 2025. Ballots were mailed/emailed by the AAPI Office at the latest by March 7th to all active members of AAPI. All the ballots from AAPI members should reach the Election Agency by the Second Friday of April 11th, 2025. The ballots will be counted,and the election results will be announced on April 12th, 2025. Dr. Lokesh Edara serves as the Chief Election Officer.

The growing influence of physicians of Indian heritage is evident, as increasingly physicians of Indian origin hold critical positions in healthcare, academic, research, and administrative positions across the nation. Physicians of Indian origin are proud of their great achievements and contributions to the motherland, India, the adopted land, the US, and in a very significant way, to the transformation of Indo-US relations.

Serving 1 in every 7 patients in the US, AAPI members care for millions of patients every day, while several of them have risen to hold high-flying jobs, shaping the policies and programs, and inventions that shape the landscape of healthcare in the US and around the world.

Since its inception in 1982, AAPI has been at the forefront, representing a conglomeration of more than 125,000 practicing physicians in the United States, seeking to be the united voice for the physicians of Indian origin. For more details about AAPI, please visit: www.aapiusa,org

John Dayal Honored for Advocacy in Civil Liberties and Religious Freedom

Veteran journalist-turned-human rights activist John Dayal was among three individuals recognized on March 5 for their contributions to civil liberties and religious freedom.

The Quaide Milleth Award, an annual honor established in 2015, is presented by the Chennai-based Quaide Milleth Educational and Social Trust, which focuses on uplifting underprivileged communities.

This year, the selection jury, which included Church of South India Bishop V Devasahayam of Thoothukudi-Nazareth, named Dayal alongside Navid Hamid and Vipin Kumar Tripathi as recipients of the award.

Dayal, a New Delhi-based journalist and activist, has held various key positions, including treasurer of the Editors’ Guild of India and membership in the National Integration Council. The 76-year-old Catholic has also served as secretary general of the All India Christian Council and president of the All India Catholic Association, the country’s largest Catholic lay association.

Navid Hamid, another awardee, has also been a member of the National Integration Council, which was formed in 1961 as a platform for senior politicians and public figures to assist the federal government in addressing issues like communalism, caste discrimination, and regionalism. He previously served as president of the All India Majilise Mushawarat, a coalition of Indian Muslim organizations, and as general secretary of the Movement for Empowerment of Muslim Indians.

The third recipient, Vipin Kumar Tripathi, is a distinguished scientist and former professor at the Indian Institute of Technology in New Delhi. As he approaches his 77th birthday on March 11, he remains active in social causes. Following the Bhagalpur riots in 1990, he founded the Sadbhav Mission, a grassroots initiative aimed at combating communal tensions and addressing fundamental concerns such as education. Today, the organization also works toward rehabilitating victims of sectarian violence.

The term “Quaid Milleth” translates to “leader of the (Muslim) community,” and the award pays tribute to Mohamed Ismail Sahib (1896-1972), a Tamil Nadu-based politician and social worker.

Since its inception, the award has honored numerous activists and leaders. The inaugural recipients in 2015 were social activist Teesta Setalvad and Communist leader R Nallakannan. In 2013, the award had been presented to senior journalist N Ram and Abusaleh Shariff, the chief scholar and mentor at the US-India Policy Institute in Washington.

John Dayal was born on October 2, 1948, in New Delhi. He pursued physics at St. Stephen’s College in Delhi before transitioning into journalism. His career included roles as a war correspondent and foreign correspondent, covering developments in the Middle East, North Africa, South Asia, and Europe.

At one point, he served as editor and CEO of Delhi Mid Day, an afternoon newspaper.

Even today, Dayal continues to contribute to print media and appears frequently on national television and radio as a commentator and analyst. In addition, he has served on the governing boards of multiple Delhi University colleges and has lectured as a visiting professor at universities across northern India.

Beyond journalism, Dayal has dedicated decades to activism, focusing on issues such as the displacement of tribal communities, opposition to nuclear weapons, enforced disappearances, and impunity for human rights violations. Over the past 40 years, he has investigated numerous cases of violence and discrimination against Christians.

In 2007, he was part of a five-member fact-finding team that traveled to the Phulbani area of Kandhamal district in Orissa to investigate violence targeting Christians.

India’s Consumer Market Faces Growing Divide Amid Economic Shifts

India, with its 1.4 billion people, has a consumer base that is far smaller than its population size might suggest, according to a new report. While the country’s economy is expanding, approximately one billion Indians lack the financial means to spend on discretionary goods or services.

The report, released by venture capital firm Blume Ventures, estimates that India’s true consuming class, which represents the potential market for businesses and start-ups, is only about 130-140 million people—roughly the size of Mexico’s consumer base. An additional 300 million Indians fall into the “emerging” or “aspirant” category, meaning they are beginning to spend but remain cautious consumers. The rise of digital payments has made transactions easier, but their spending habits remain relatively restrained.

A key insight from the report is that India’s consumer market is not “widening” significantly; instead, it is “deepening.” In other words, while the number of wealthy individuals is not increasing dramatically, those who are already affluent are accumulating even greater wealth. This shift is reshaping consumption patterns in the country.

As a result, businesses are increasingly focusing on “premiumisation,” a trend in which brands prioritize high-end, expensive products for affluent consumers rather than expanding affordable options for the masses. This shift is visible in various sectors, including real estate, electronics, and entertainment.

Luxury housing sales have surged, while affordable homes now make up just 18% of India’s overall real estate market, down from 40% five years ago. The smartphone industry mirrors this trend, with premium models gaining popularity as lower-end variants struggle. Additionally, branded goods are capturing a larger share of the market.

The growing experience economy further reflects this shift, with high-priced tickets for concerts by international artists such as Coldplay and Ed Sheeran selling out quickly. These events highlight the willingness of India’s wealthier population to spend on premium experiences.

Companies that have adjusted to these changes have performed well, according to Sajith Pai, one of the authors of the report. “Those who are too focused at the mass end or have a product mix that doesn’t have exposure to the premium end have lost market share,” he told the BBC.

The report reinforces the view that India’s post-pandemic recovery has been “K-shaped,” meaning that while the rich have become wealthier, the purchasing power of the poor has declined.

This trend, however, predates the pandemic. Income inequality in India has widened over the decades. The top 10% of Indians now hold 57.7% of the national income, a significant jump from 34% in 1990. Meanwhile, the share of the bottom 50% has dropped from 22.2% to just 15%.

The latest slump in consumption is exacerbated by a combination of declining purchasing power, falling financial savings, and rising debt levels among the general population.

India’s central bank has also tightened its stance on unsecured lending, which had fueled post-pandemic demand. Many “emerging” consumers relied on such borrowing to finance their spending, and now that access to easy credit has been reduced, consumption patterns are expected to shift. “Turning off that tap will definitely have some impact on consumption,” Pai noted.

In the short term, two factors may help support spending. A record agricultural harvest is expected to boost rural demand, while a $12 billion tax relief package from the recent budget could provide some stimulus. While these measures may not lead to a dramatic turnaround, Pai estimates they could increase India’s GDP—largely driven by consumption—by over half a percentage point.

However, significant long-term challenges remain.

India’s middle class, historically a key driver of consumer demand, is under pressure. Data from Marcellus Investment Managers shows that wages have largely stagnated over the past decade.

“The middle 50% of India’s tax-paying population has seen its income stagnate in absolute terms over the past decade. This implies a halving of income in real terms [adjusted for inflation],” according to a Marcellus report published in January.

The report also highlights a concerning decline in savings. “This financial hammering has decimated the middle class’s savings—the RBI [Reserve Bank of India] has repeatedly highlighted that net financial savings of Indian households are approaching a 50-year low,” it notes. As a result, products and services traditionally associated with middle-class spending may face significant headwinds in the coming years.

Another challenge is the evolving job market. White-collar jobs in urban areas are becoming harder to find, partly due to automation and artificial intelligence replacing clerical and administrative roles. The Marcellus report points out that “the number of supervisors employed in manufacturing units [as a percentage of all employed] in India has gone down significantly.”

These concerns have also been acknowledged in the Indian government’s latest economic survey.

The survey warns that technological advancements could lead to significant labor displacement, particularly in India’s services-driven economy. Many IT sector jobs are in low value-added segments, making them vulnerable to automation.

“India is also a consumption-based economy, thus the fall in consumption that can result from the displacement of its workforce is bound to have macroeconomic implications,” the survey states.

It further cautions that if worst-case projections materialize, they could derail India’s long-term economic growth trajectory.

Ultimately, while India remains a high-potential market, its consumer landscape is evolving in ways that deepen economic divides. The concentration of wealth among a relatively small consuming class is shifting business strategies, favoring premium products and services while leaving the broader population with limited purchasing power. Whether economic policies and structural reforms can address these challenges remains to be seen.

Oscar Nominees Gather for Exclusive Pre-Awards Dinner

Hollywood’s brightest stars gathered on Tuesday for a special event ahead of this year’s Academy Awards.

Instead of its traditional annual luncheon, the Academy chose to host a dinner for nominated artists before Sunday’s prestigious ceremony. The luncheon had been canceled earlier this year due to the Los Angeles wildfires.

The evening saw a strong turnout from nominees, including Timothée Chalamet, who is in the running for Best Actor for his role in A Complete Unknown. Wicked stars Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande were also in attendance, with Erivo nominated for Best Actress and Grande vying for Best Supporting Actress. Demi Moore, who is competing in the Best Actress category for her performance in The Substance, also made an appearance.

For Erivo, Grande, and Moore, this marks their first-ever Oscar nominations. Chalamet, on the other hand, previously received a Best Actor nod in 2018 for his performance in Call Me by Your Name.

Grande was among four of the five Best Supporting Actress nominees present at the event. Others included Monica Barbaro (A Complete Unknown), Isabella Rossellini (Conclave), and Zoe Saldaña (Emilia Pérez).

During the evening, Good Morning America captured a lighthearted moment between Saldaña and Erivo, showing Erivo playfully teaching Saldaña how to perfect her signature red carpet walk.

The 2024 Academy Awards, hosted by Conan O’Brien, will take place this Sunday and will be broadcast live on ABC.

Global Malayalee Festival Planned In Kochi “Bond Beyond Borders: Discover Your Roots”

Kerala, often referred to as “God’s Own Country”, boasts a rich and diverse culture. It is a blend of various traditions, arts, and practices, with a strong connection to its history and nature.Kerala's culture is reflected in its cuisine, clothing, art, and dance, and it is known for its intricately carved temples, traditional wooden homes, and unique literary and artistic forms.

Living thousands of miles away from this beautiful land of diverse traditions, yet the center of global ambitions, every Malayalee longs to be connected with and rediscover her/his roots. The fist ever Global Malayalee Festival planned to be held from August 15 th to 16 th , 2025 in Kochi, the most modern and ancient city of the state of Kerala, promises to offer the millions of Malayalees spread across the globe, a unique opportunity to “Bond Beyond Borders,” to experience and relive the rich cultural heritage of Kerala.

Andrew Pappachen, the Director & Chief Organizing Officer of the Global Malayalee Festival urged the Malayalee Diaspora to “be part of the cultural celebrations, celebrating our achievements, transformative discussions, and groundbreaking ideas at the inaugural Global Malayalee Festival in Kochi.”

The Festival 2025 brings together Malayalee diaspora leaders, innovators, and visionaries from around the globe to discuss and collaborate on shaping future technologies and their impact on global communities.

According to the organizers, “Malayalees from 47 countries in all five continents have joined the Global Malayalee Festival as advisors, ambassadors, and coordinators. We expect to create a global networking of New Gen, Businesspeople, and Technocrats.”

Malayalee Fest 1

The festival will feature keynote sessions, panel discussions, cultural showcases, and networking opportunities designed to celebrate and empower the Malayalee diaspora’s contributions to the cultural and technological advancement of the world.

Dr. Abdulla Manjeri, the Director and Managing Director of the Festival said, “The Global Malayalee Festival is a celebration of Kerala’s culture, heritage, and global connections, offering opportunities for growth, networking, and unity. It blends tradition with modern opportunities, focusing on areas like trade and investment and celebration.”

This event brings together the worldwide Malayalee community to celebrate their rich traditions while fostering opportunities in trade, investment, and cultural exchange. With a diverse lineup of performances, workshops, and networking events, the festival aims to strengthen ties and showcase Kerala’s vibrant contributions to the world. Join us in Kerala for this unique cultural and economic convergence.

Founded with the objective of upholding and sharing the rich cultural values of Malayalees, the Global Festival envisions a cohesive community that not only embraces but actively perpetuates in the rich cultural traditions. “By nurturing our ties to cultural roots, we seek to instill a deep-seated sense of identity and belonging, preserving the ethnic, cultural, and social essence of the Malayalees and ensuring that aspects of this identity and unity remain eternal in spiritual and actual ways which should be vibrant in the future generations for global Malayalees,” said Pappachen.

According to Dr. Majeri, “We essentially engage or become a bridge between the growing diaspora of Malayalees living outside Kerala and the heritage that moulds every Malayali in essence by organizing events, including the Global Trade and Investment Meet, Miss Global Malayalee Pageant, The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards 2025, and the Global Malayalee Boat Race, as we realized that the unity makes the success possible. We also strive to contribute to charitable activities in Kerala, with the primary aim of helping underprivileged people and providing them with the necessary assistance.”

The vibrant tapestry of Malayalee culture will come alive during the Festival, where traditions, music, dance, and delectable cuisine blend to create an unforgettable experience. These celebrations, held across the globe, offer a unique opportunity for brands to engage with the dynamic and diverse Malayalee community.

Sponsoring and being part of this Festival not only enhances brand visibility but also fosters a sense of camaraderie among community members, creating a memorable association with your brand.

Dive into the excitement, mark your calendars, and get ready to experience one of India’s most elating cultural events. For information and registration, please contact us at: registration
@globalmalayaleefestival.com/ and visit: www.globalmalayaleefestival.com

Trump Adviser Criticizes India’s High Tariffs, Suggests Reciprocal Trade Measures

India imposes “enormously high” tariffs that restrict imports, U.S. President Donald Trump’s chief economic adviser Kevin Hassett stated on Monday. He added that Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi would have significant trade discussions with Trump in their upcoming meeting.

During an interview with CNBC, Hassett emphasized that Trump advocates for reciprocal tariffs, ensuring that U.S. duties match those imposed by other nations. “If they go down, we’ll go down,” he remarked, indicating that the U.S. would reduce tariffs if other countries lowered theirs.

Hassett pointed out that most U.S. trade partners maintain tariffs significantly higher than those of the United States. He noted that while Canada, Mexico, and Britain have similar tariff structures, many other countries impose much steeper trade barriers.

Earlier on Monday, Reuters reported that Modi was preparing to introduce further tariff reductions ahead of his two-day visit to Washington, beginning Wednesday.

Meanwhile, Trump plans to announce new 25% tariffs on all steel and aluminum imports into the U.S. on Monday. These will be in addition to the existing duties on metals. Reciprocal tariffs are expected to be announced on Tuesday or Wednesday, with implementation set to follow almost immediately.

Trump has previously criticized India’s trade policies, describing the country as a “very big abuser” in global trade. He has also urged India to increase its purchases of American-made security equipment to establish a more balanced trade relationship.

In response, India is evaluating potential tariff reductions across at least a dozen sectors, including electronics, medical equipment, and chemicals. According to three government officials, these reductions aim to facilitate U.S. exports while aligning with New Delhi’s domestic production strategies.

Mastercard Foundation CEO Reeta Roy to Step Down After Transformative Leadership

Reeta Roy, the president and CEO of the Mastercard Foundation, has announced her decision to step down from her role. She will continue to lead the organization until 2025, ensuring a seamless transition while a successor is appointed.

Zein Abdalla, chair of the Foundation’s board of directors, emphasized the importance of this transition, stating, “Reeta has been an outstanding CEO of the Mastercard Foundation. The results speak for themselves, but it is the strength of the partner network and the talented, values-based organization she has built that are her greatest gift to our future. I look forward to working with Reeta to identify and onboard her successor and deliver another exceptional year for the Mastercard Foundation.”

Roy was brought on board to lead the Mastercard Foundation in 2008, just two years after it was founded in Canada as an independent entity separate from Mastercard. Under her leadership, the Foundation has expanded significantly, becoming one of the most prominent philanthropic organizations in the world. Managing assets exceeding $50 billion, the Foundation has allocated more than $10 billion toward initiatives in Africa and Indigenous communities in Canada, profoundly impacting the lives of millions of young people.

Reflecting on her tenure, Roy shared, “Serving the mission of the Mastercard Foundation has been life-changing. It has been an honor to build the Foundation and put it on a trajectory to be a force for good in the world. I am immensely grateful to my colleagues and our partners for the impact we have achieved together. Most of all, I am proud of our values and for walking this journey with young people, our African partners, and Indigenous communities in Canada.”

Roy’s personal background is deeply connected to her work in education and empowerment. She was born in Malaysia to an Indian father, Durgadas, a doctor, and a Chinese-Thai mother, Emily, who was a nurse. Following the passing of her father when she was 14, she was raised by her mother, who instilled in her a strong belief in education and self-sufficiency, particularly for young women.

Roy’s Vision for Africa

Early in her tenure, Roy made a pivotal decision to direct the Foundation’s resources toward Africa, believing in the vast potential of the continent’s youth. She fostered enduring partnerships with African business leaders, educators, and institutions, reinforcing the Foundation’s dedication to empowering young people through education and economic opportunities.

One of the most impactful initiatives launched under her leadership was the Mastercard Foundation Scholars Program in 2012. This program has facilitated higher education for more than 40,000 young Africans, helping them transition into successful careers. In 2018, the Foundation introduced the Young Africa Works strategy, with the ambitious goal of enabling 30 million young people to access meaningful employment by 2030. Today, 13 million young individuals have secured jobs through this initiative, with women making up 53 percent of the workforce supported by the program.

Commitment to Indigenous Communities

Beyond Africa, Roy also championed initiatives that addressed challenges faced by Indigenous communities in Canada. Following the 2015 report from Canada’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission, the Foundation established partnerships with Indigenous communities to enhance youth education and economic empowerment. This led to the creation of the EleV Program, which has supported 38,000 Indigenous young people in pursuing higher education and securing stable livelihoods.

Leadership During the COVID-19 Pandemic

Roy’s leadership proved crucial during the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in addressing vaccine distribution challenges in Africa. She played a key role in a $1.5 billion collaboration between the Mastercard Foundation and the Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC) to improve vaccine accessibility across the continent. This initiative resulted in the training and deployment of 40,000 healthcare workers, dramatically increasing adult vaccination rates from 3 percent to 53 percent.

Securing the Future of Philanthropy

In 2024, Roy and the Foundation’s Board took a significant step to ensure the long-term sustainability of its philanthropic mission by launching Mastercard Foundation Asset Management (MFAM). As an independent investment arm, MFAM was established to preserve and grow the Foundation’s resources, making it one of the most substantial greenfield investment ventures of its kind.

Roy’s departure marks the end of a transformative chapter for the Mastercard Foundation. Under her leadership, the organization has expanded its reach, creating lasting change in both Africa and Canada. While a successor has yet to be named, her legacy will continue to influence the Foundation’s work for years to come.

Indian Rupee Nears 88 Against US Dollar Amid Market Pressures and RBI’s Stance on Exchange Rate

The Indian Rupee edged closer to the 88-mark against the US dollar on February 10, intensifying selling pressure in equity markets and bringing attention to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Governor’s stance of not targeting a specific exchange rate level or band.

The domestic currency closed at 87.48 against the US dollar, slightly weaker than its previous session’s closing of 87.43. Earlier in the day, the rupee fell to a new record low of 87.9563 against the greenback, following the announcement of new tariff plans by U.S. President Donald. It opened at 87.9175 against the dollar, reflecting continued weakness.

During a media briefing after the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) meeting last week, RBI Governor Sanjay Malhotra reaffirmed the central bank’s position on the rupee, stating, “Our stated objective is to maintain orderliness and stability, without compromising market efficiency.”

Despite this, the rupee’s sharp decline of over 3% since December 2024 has led to speculation in the currency market that the central bank may be easing its grip on the currency, a contrast to the approach of Malhotra’s predecessor. The Indian rupee has been facing sustained selling pressure and hitting fresh lows, largely due to the strengthening of the US dollar.

“…Our interventions in the forex market focus on smoothening excessive and disruptive volatility rather than targeting any specific exchange rate level or band. The exchange rate of the Indian Rupee is determined by market forces,” Malhotra added, reinforcing the RBI’s hands-off approach in directly influencing currency levels.

The RBI Governor also pointed out that while the Indian economy remains robust and resilient, it has not been completely immune to global economic pressures. “At the Reserve Bank, we have been employing all tools at our disposal to face the multi-pronged challenges,” he said, indicating that the central bank is actively managing various risks.

Despite the rupee’s depreciation, the RBI’s presence in the foreign exchange market has helped maintain relative stability. Data indicates that between April and November 2024, the central bank sold gross dollars worth $195.568 billion, keeping the rupee’s exchange rate within a range of 84-86 per US dollar during this period. This intervention has made the Indian rupee one of the least volatile currencies among its Asian counterparts.

According to Bloomberg data, the rupee has weakened by 3.2% since Malhotra took over as RBI Governor. The decline has been driven by multiple factors, including a widening trade deficit, rising crude oil prices, and a surge in the US dollar index after the Federal Reserve signaled fewer interest rate cuts in 2025. Additionally, India’s slow economic growth in the second quarter of FY25 and foreign investor outflows from equity markets have contributed to the rupee’s downward trajectory.

The depreciation of the rupee has been relatively modest compared to other global currencies. In the first nine months of FY25 (until January 6, 2025), the rupee weakened by 2.9%, performing better than several other major currencies. The Canadian Dollar, South Korean Won, and Brazilian Real saw sharper declines of 5.4%, 8.2%, and 17.4%, respectively, over the same period, according to the Economic Survey 2025.

The survey attributed the rupee’s depreciation in 2024 largely to the broad-based strengthening of the US dollar, which gained momentum amid geopolitical tensions in the Middle East and uncertainty surrounding the US presidential election. These factors have led to a global shift in currency valuations, with emerging market currencies, including the rupee, facing increased pressure.

Between October 2024 and January 2025, the Indian rupee was the least volatile among Asian and global currencies against the US dollar. Data further indicated that the rupee ranked as the fourth-least volatile currency in Asia and the second-least volatile against major global currencies, including the Japanese Yen, British Pound, Euro, and Chinese Yuan, during this period.

While concerns over the rupee’s depreciation persist, the RBI’s strategy remains focused on managing volatility rather than setting a rigid exchange rate target. The central bank’s interventions aim to prevent excessive fluctuations while allowing market forces to play a dominant role in determining the currency’s value.

AAPI Mourns the Passing Away of Dr. Sampat Shivang

“We are deeply saddened and shocked by the sudden passing away of Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, an influential Indian American community leader, and a veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI),” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI.

Describing Dr. Shivangi as “A trailblazer of the Indian Diaspora,” Dr. Kathula, who has known Dr. Shivangi for decades and has worked closely in several AAPI-led initiatives, said, “Dr. Shivangi has left an indelible mark on the Indian American community. Over the decades, he dedicated his time and efforts to serving AAPI and numerous other Indian American organizations. His leadership, vision, and tireless commitment to advocating for the community set him apart as a pillar of strength and guidance.”

“AAPI is proud of Dr. Shivangi’s numerous accomplishments, leadership, and contributions to the greater cause of the Indian Diaspora, Indo-US relationship, and particularly for his dedication to enhancing the mission of AAPI,” said Dr. Sunil Kaza, Chair of AAPI Borad of Trustees.

Among many other initiates that Dr. Shivangi led at AAPI during his decades long association, the most outstanding has been his leadership in organizing the annual Legislative day under several Presidents of AAPI. He was instrumental in personally contacting and inviting several lawmakers, including prominent US Senators and Congressman to the Legislative day.

Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, President-Elect of AAPI said, “The Indian American community has lost a great leader, philanthropist, and friend whose contributions will continue to resonate for generations. Through his philanthropic efforts, Dr. Shivangi touched countless lives, always striving to make a positive impact both in the healthcare sector and within the broader community.IMG 20250211 WA0030

Dr. Shivangi has been actively involved in several philanthropic activities, serving with Blind Foundation of MS, Diabetic, Cancer and Heart Associations of America. Dr. Shivangi has a number of philanthropic works in India including Primary & middle schools, Cultural Center, and IMA Centers that he opened and helped to obtain the first ever US Congressional grant to AAPI to study Diabetes Mellitus amongst Indian Americans.

It was only about a month ago that the President of India, Droupadi Muramu inaugurated the newly built Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Belagavi, Karnataka. Spanning 1,75,000 square feet with a capacity of 300 beds, the hospital was built with cutting-edge technology with funds donated and raised by Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a distinguished Indian American community leader with a profound impact on healthcare, education, and cultural preservation across India and the United States.

“A dream comes true! It fills my heart with immense pride and gratitude for the new state-of-the-art Dr. Sampat Kumar S Shivangi Cancer Hospital in my beloved home state, Belagavi, has finally become a reality,” Dr. Sampat Shivangi, who donated his family fortunes to build this much needed, cancer hospital in a rural region in the state of Karnataka, said here.

“Having lived in India for three decades, in not so privileged and progressive parts of the world, it always touched my heart and Atma why so and why not we all have equal playing field on earth,’ Dr. Shivangi said, when asked about what led him to his decision to donate his money, time, efforts and skills.

“During my years in hospitals as a student, resident and staff, I was devastated. I had a great desire to do something that helps people, including for the need to establish a cancer hospital in my native town, where people have to travel hundreds of miles away for such a treatment and possibly could not afford the travel, stay, or medical expenses.”Simple Photo Collage Pasta Recipes YouTube Thumbnail

Describing the goals of the Cancer Hospital and the Charitable Foundation, Dr. Shivangi, a soft-spoken physician says, “The Charitable Foundation was set up several years ago to establish, promote, and provide the needy and the downtrodden fellow human beings with opportunities to access quality education, promote mental health awareness, ensure healthcare equity, support tribal communities in their holistic development, empower women to break barriers, and leverage sports as a catalyst for positive change.”

In addition to establishing the Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Karnataka, through the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation, Dr. Shivangi has established multiple charitable institutions in India, including primary and middle schools, community halls, and healthcare facilities, greatly enhancing educational and healthcare access for underserved communities.Shivangi

In the U.S., Dr. Shivangi has contributed to establishing a Hindu Temple in Jackson, Mississippi, providing a cultural and spiritual hub for the Hindu community and beyond. Recognized for his exemplary service, a street in Mississippi bears his name, a testament to his contributions to healthcare and community welfare.

Over the years, in the pursuit of its vision, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation has come to be known for its belief and tireless efforts that every individual deserves an opportunity to thrive, and is a beacon of hope, fostering resilience and building a more inclusive and harmonious world for all.

At the heart of societal transformation, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation stands as a testament to unwavering commitment and compassion. The foundation is built upon the pillars of education, healthcare, mental well-being, tribal support, women’s empowerment, and sports development. With a profound understanding of the multifaceted needs of underprivileged communities, we have designed a range of initiatives that address these vital aspects of human well-being.

As the first Indian American to serve on the Board of the Mississippi State Department of Mental Health, Dr. Shivangi has made significant strides in mental health advocacy. His leadership extends to national positions, serving on the National Board of Directors for the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), appointed by Presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

A dedicated advocate for Indo-U.S. relations, Dr. Shivangi has contributed to key initiatives, including the Indo-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement, collaborating with President George W. Bush to strengthen ties between the two nations. His commitment to India is further reflected in his coordination efforts with the White House to lift sanctions against India during President Bill Clinton’s administration.

A recipient of numerous awards, including the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award, The US Congressional Recognition Award, the Ellis Medal of Honor Award, Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club, Dr. Shivangi’s legacy reflects a lifelong dedication to improving lives through healthcare, philanthropy, and international diplomacy.

Dr. Shivangi said, he always thought about why, the Indian Americans especially, the Physician fraternity, consisting of more than 100,000 physicians in the United States are not willing to undertake philanthropy in their homeland or in USA. “My hope and prayers is that, many more will follow me just as my dream has come true today. I urge my fellow Indo-American physicians to join this movement and help change the world for the better. My humble request is that let us be the change, and bring this movement to make our world different tomorrow.  I hope my prayers will be answered one day and all humanity lives in a better world.”

Dr. Shivangi is married to Dr. Udaya S. Shivangi, MD, and the couple are blessed with two daughters: Priya S. Shivangi, MS (NYU); and Pooja S. Shivangi, who is an Attorney at Law. “His legacy will remain an inspiration for all who knew him, and his absence will be deeply felt. Our thoughts and prayers are with his family and loved ones during this profoundly difficult time,” Dr. Kathula said.

Jaishankar Highlights Deportation Data, Calls for Crackdown on Illegal Immigration Industry

Amid mounting opposition demands for a discussion on the recent deportation of over 100 illegal Indian immigrants from the United States, External Affairs Minister (EAM) S. Jaishankar addressed Parliament on Thursday. He not only disclosed the complete data on Indian deportations from the US since 2009 but also emphasized that these deportations are carried out under the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) established in 2012 by US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).

In his statement, Jaishankar stressed that the focus should be on combating the illegal immigration industry rather than questioning the deportation process, which has been in place for years.

Ensuring the safety and welfare of the Indian diaspora remains a key priority for Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government. Since 2014, Indian Embassies and Consulates worldwide have actively facilitated the repatriation of undocumented Indian immigrants after verifying their nationality.

For instance, when Kuwait deported 1,700 Indian nationals in December 2015 for violating visa residency laws, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) worked closely with Kuwaiti authorities to ensure their safe return.

Highlighting the Indian government’s proactive approach, former External Affairs Minister Sushma Swaraj had stated in Parliament in May 2016: “Steps taken by our Missions include requesting local authorities for speedy trials, seeking remission of sentences, providing advice and guidance in legal and other matters, ensuring fair and humane treatment in foreign jails, issue of emergency certificates, and repatriation to India of those who are released.”

A similar situation arose earlier in Saudi Arabia. In 2013, Riyadh had warned the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government about the plight of Indians stranded there.

“During the seven-month grace period given by the Saudi government from April to November 2013, overstaying expatriate workers were asked to either regularize their status or leave the country without facing penalties. Over 1.4 million Indian workers availed the concessions, and during this period, more than 141,000 Indian workers left Saudi Arabia on final exit,” then Minister of State for External Affairs Edappakath Ahamed had informed Rajya Sabha in February 2014.

Under the leadership of the new BJP-led National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government, countries like the US began to recognize India’s serious approach toward legal immigration and its commitment to the welfare of the estimated 25 million-strong overseas Indian community.

In 2017, the Indian government closely monitored US President Donald Trump’s Executive Order titled “Enhancing Public Safety in the Interior of the United States.” This order directed US agencies to fully enforce immigration laws against all removable aliens.

Responding to a question in the Lok Sabha in July 2017 regarding deportations from the US, Sushma Swaraj had stated that since 2014, 702 undocumented Indian nationals had been issued travel documents for their safe return to India.

“Issues relating to the welfare of the Indian diaspora in the United States are constantly under discussion between the two governments. Our Embassy and Consulates in the US are also in regular contact with local Indian community groups to address any emergent issues relating to the diaspora. The government remains vigilant to developments impacting the lives of Indians abroad and will do everything possible to safeguard their interests and welfare,” she had affirmed.

The MEA acknowledges the challenges in accurately identifying the number of Indians living or working illegally abroad, as many foreign governments only provide such information when deportation proceedings require nationality verification and travel documentation.

Deportation procedures vary significantly across countries. Some nations do not detain deportees but instead house them in detention or deportation centers until repatriation. Additionally, in many cases, information about the detention or deportation of Indian nationals is not shared with Indian Missions or Posts. When deportees possess valid travel documents, host governments often proceed with deportation independently. Indian Missions/Posts are generally contacted only when nationality verification or the issuance of an Emergency Certificate (EC) is necessary.

Between 2017 and 2022, 132,456 Indian nationals received Emergency Certificates from Indian Missions/Posts abroad to facilitate their deportation or repatriation due to reasons such as illegal immigration, overstaying, or minor legal offenses. Minister of State for External Affairs V. Muraleedharan provided this data in a July 2022 parliamentary session.

He further elaborated, stating: “Whenever any detention of an Indian national for violation of immigration laws is brought to our notice, our Missions/Posts abroad seek consular access and visit detention centers where Indian nationals are held. After confirmation of Indian nationality, our Missions/Posts abroad issue Emergency Certificates to Indian nationals, who do not hold valid Indian passports, to facilitate their return to India.”

Muraleedharan also noted that Indian officials attend court hearings related to immigration law violations involving Indian nationals. Some Indian Missions/Posts abroad even issue advisories urging Indian nationals to regularize their visa and residency status in their respective host countries.

Although no authoritative figures exist on the exact number of undocumented Indian immigrants in the US, the US Department of Homeland Security, as part of its regular operations, deports foreign nationals who cannot establish a legal basis to remain in the country.

“As per US government data, a total of 519 Indian nationals were deported to India between November 2023 and October 2024. Deportations are carried out by the US government through commercial and chartered flights. As part of India-US cooperation on migration and mobility, both sides are engaged in a process to deter illegal migration, including human smuggling, and create more avenues for legal mobility from India to the US,” Minister of State for External Affairs Kirti Vardhan Singh informed Lok Sabha on November 29, 2024.

While opposition parties continue to demand discussions on the recent deportations, the government maintains that its priority is the safety and well-being of Indian nationals worldwide. By reinforcing its commitment to curbing illegal immigration and ensuring smooth repatriation processes, the Indian government remains engaged in diplomatic efforts to safeguard its diaspora.

USCIS Opens H-1B Registration for FY 2026 with System Enhancements and Fee Adjustments

The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has announced the opening of the initial registration period for the fiscal year 2026 H-1B cap. This registration window will commence at noon Eastern Time on March 7, 2025, and conclude at noon Eastern Time on March 24, 2025. During this timeframe, prospective petitioners and their representatives must electronically register each beneficiary through a USCIS online account and pay the designated $215 registration fee.

USCIS has emphasized that those submitting petitions for the H-1B cap or their representatives must complete the registration process electronically within the given timeframe. “Prospective petitioners and their representatives must use a USCIS online account to register each beneficiary electronically for the selection process,” the agency clarified.

For those who do not yet have a USCIS online account, the agency recommends creating an organizational account. Employers who previously had an H-1B registrant account during the fiscal years 2021 to 2024 registration periods but did not utilize it for FY 2025 will find that their accounts will automatically be converted into organizational accounts after their next login. Meanwhile, first-time registrants have the option to create an account at any time. To assist users, additional resources, including step-by-step video guides, will be available on the Organizational Accounts Frequently Asked Questions page. This page will be updated prior to the start of the registration period to provide comprehensive guidance.

Representatives managing H-1B registrations can add clients to their accounts at any time. However, both representatives and registrants must wait until March 7 to enter beneficiary information and officially submit registrations along with the necessary payment. USCIS clarified that there is no advantage to registering on the first day, as selections occur only after the registration window has closed. “Selections take place after the initial registration period closes, so there is no requirement to register on the day the initial registration period opens,” USCIS noted.

For FY 2026, the H-1B cap selection process will continue using the beneficiary-centric model that was introduced in FY 2025. Under this approach, registrations are selected based on unique beneficiaries instead of by individual registrations. If USCIS receives a sufficient number of registrations for unique beneficiaries by the March 24 deadline, a random selection process will be conducted, and notifications will be sent through USCIS online accounts. The agency has set March 31, 2025, as the deadline for announcing selection results.

In response to previous high volumes of H-1B registrations, the U.S. Department of Treasury has approved a temporary increase in the daily credit card transaction limit for H-1B registration payments. The new transaction cap for the FY 2026 season will be $99,999.99 per day, significantly higher than the previous limit of $24,999.99. “Transactions exceeding $99,999.99 may be made via Automated Clearing House (ACH),” USCIS stated. The agency also advised that payors may need to coordinate with their banks in advance to lift any ACH blocks on their accounts to facilitate large transactions.

USCIS has also reiterated that an H-1B petition—including those filed under the advanced degree exemption—can only be submitted by a petitioner whose registration for the beneficiary was selected during the official H-1B registration process.

To improve efficiency and streamline operations for FY 2026, USCIS has introduced several system enhancements for organizational and representative accounts. These upgrades will include the capability for paralegals to collaborate with multiple legal representatives and the introduction of tools that allow certain Form I-129 fields to be automatically pre-populated from selected H-1B registrations. “These enhancements will be live before the start of the initial registration period,” USCIS confirmed.

Top Study Abroad Destinations for Indian Students in 2024

The dream of studying abroad remains strong for Indian students, with a record-breaking 13,35,878 pursuing higher education overseas in 2024. This significant increase from 13,18,955 in 2023 and 9,07,404 in 2022 was highlighted in a written response by the Minister of State for External Affairs in the Rajya Sabha.

While traditional study destinations such as Canada, the United States, and the United Kingdom continue to attract the majority of Indian students, new countries like Germany and Poland are gaining popularity. This shift reflects a broader trend of diversification, as students seek affordability, niche academic programs, and diverse cultural experiences. However, safety concerns, visa policies, and geopolitical developments are influencing international education choices in complex ways.

General trends shaping 2024

The steady rise in Indian students pursuing international education—from 9,07,404 in 2022 to 13,35,878 in 2024—indicates a growing demand for global academic opportunities.

A notable trend is the increasing interest in non-traditional study destinations such as Germany, South Korea, and Poland. While English-speaking countries continue to dominate, these nations offer quality education at lower costs, making them appealing to middle-income families.

In terms of course preferences, there has been a surge in demand for programs in data science, public health, nursing, and analytics. These fields align with evolving job markets and offer strong employment prospects.

The adoption of hybrid learning models has also transformed international education. Many universities now offer a mix of online and in-person learning, allowing students to reduce living costs while still benefiting from global academic exposure.

Financial accessibility has improved, with universities providing better financial aid, scholarships, and post-study work opportunities. This has made studying abroad more viable for a wider range of students.

However, some challenges remain. Safety concerns, particularly in Canada, and stricter visa policies in certain countries could impact enrollment patterns. Nevertheless, many nations are taking proactive measures to address these issues and retain their attractiveness as leading study destinations.

Top Five Countries for Indian Students in 2024

The study-abroad preferences of Indian students in 2024 showcase both traditional and emerging trends. Canada and the United States continue to lead due to their established academic systems and diverse opportunities, while Germany is gaining ground thanks to its affordability and specialized programs.

Canada leading the way

Canada remains the top destination, hosting around 4,27,000 Indian students. This data, shared by the Minister of State for External Affairs in the Rajya Sabha, underscores the country’s enduring appeal. Canada’s high-quality education system, post-study work options, and multicultural environment make it a preferred choice. Additionally, the strong presence of the Indian diaspora enhances its attractiveness.

However, challenges such as housing shortages, job competition, and recent geopolitical tensions between India and Canada have raised concerns. Despite these hurdles, Canada’s reputation as a leading education hub is unlikely to decline significantly.

United States

With approximately 3,37,630 Indian students enrolled, the United States remains a key destination, according to the Minister of State for External Affairs. States such as California, New York, and Illinois are particularly popular due to their prestigious universities and employment opportunities.

Although the U.S. presents challenges such as complex visa procedures and high living costs, its academic prestige and vast career networks continue to attract Indian students.

A major development this year is that Indian students have surpassed their Chinese counterparts as the largest group of international students in the U.S. for the first time since 2009. The 2024 Open Doors Report on International Educational Exchange reveals a 23% rise in Indian student enrollments, with over 330,000 currently pursuing higher education in the U.S. This increase includes a 19% jump in graduate enrollments and a remarkable 41% rise in participation in Optional Practical Training (OPT).

The report further notes that 64.5% of Indian students are enrolled in public institutions, with the remainder attending private universities. Regarding academic disciplines, 42.9% of Indian students are studying mathematics and computer science, 24.5% are enrolled in engineering, and 11.2% are focusing on business or management, while 5.4% are in physical and life sciences.

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom has welcomed approximately 1,85,000 Indian students, as per the data presented in the Rajya Sabha. The UK government has reinforced its commitment to Indian students, with Sir Steve Smith, the International Education Champion, stating that India is an “absolute priority” as the UK revises its International Education Strategy under its new Labour government.

A key policy shift this year has been the reinstatement of a two-year post-study work visa, which allows international graduates to seek employment after completing their degrees. This initiative significantly enhances job prospects for Indian students, who are drawn to the UK’s world-renowned universities and diverse academic programs.

Australia

Australia remains a favored choice, hosting around 1,22,202 Indian students, as reported by the Minister of State for External Affairs. Known for its high-quality education system and student-friendly policies, Australia offers ample academic and professional growth opportunities.

Post-study work visas and a welcoming multicultural environment contribute to Australia’s appeal. Additionally, the country’s diverse course offerings—particularly in engineering, business, and healthcare—align well with the aspirations of Indian students seeking global careers.

Germany

Germany is emerging as a strong alternative study destination, with 42,997 Indian students currently enrolled, according to Rajya Sabha data. The country’s excellence in engineering and technical education, combined with the absence of tuition fees at public universities, makes it a highly attractive option. Furthermore, the availability of English-taught programs ensures accessibility for international students.

Germany’s emphasis on research, innovation, and affordability significantly enhances its appeal. Many Indian students are particularly drawn to the country’s strong industry connections and abundant internship and placement opportunities.

In a recent interview with TOI, Martin Fischer, Head of Global Sales & Service at ZEISS Research Microscopy Solutions, emphasized the critical role Indian students play in filling workforce gaps in Germany.

“In Germany, I think there’s a skill gap,” Fischer remarked, noting the increasing demand for skilled professionals due to the country’s aging population and industrial transformations. He praised Indian students for their dedication and intellectual capabilities, stating, “I think Indian students are very eager to learn and very committed… I’ve only met smart Indians so far, studying in Germany.”

However, Fischer highlighted a potential challenge—language skills. While many university programs are offered in English, he advised Indian students to consider learning some German to enhance their experience. “It’s not 100% mandatory, but I would always recommend finding time to learn at least a little bit of German,” he suggested, explaining that basic language proficiency could facilitate smoother communication in daily life and professional settings.

As 2024 progresses, Indian students continue to explore global education opportunities with a mix of traditional and emerging destinations. Factors such as affordability, career prospects, and post-study work options play a crucial role in shaping their choices. While challenges like safety concerns and visa regulations persist, proactive measures by various countries ensure that the global appeal of studying abroad remains stronger than ever.

Oxford Tops Global Rankings in Two Key Subjects

The University of Oxford has once again secured the top position in two academic disciplines in the latest Times Higher Education (THE) World University Rankings by Subject for 2025.

Oxford, which has maintained the overall number-one ranking in THE’s world university rankings for the past nine years, was named the best institution for medical and health studies, a position it has held since 2019. Additionally, it retained its leadership in computer science, a top spot it has occupied since 2019. The university also saw a significant rise in business and economics, moving from a shared fifth place in 2024 to securing second place this year.

Oxford features in the top eight across all 10 subject categories in which it is represented, demonstrating its consistent academic excellence.

The University of Cambridge also achieved notable rankings and remains one of just three universities worldwide to feature in the top 10 across all 11 subjects assessed in the rankings. The only other institutions achieving this distinction are Harvard University and Stanford University in the United States.

Cambridge performed exceptionally well, ranking second in arts and humanities, computer science, life sciences, and psychology.

British universities had a strong presence in medical and health rankings, with Cambridge taking third place, while Imperial College London maintained its fourth-place ranking from 2024. Imperial also secured the eighth spot in computer science. University College London (UCL) saw mixed results, dropping one place to eighth in medical and health studies but moving up a spot to 10th in education studies. It also holds the same ranking in law.

UCL achieved sixth place in arts and humanities and improved its law ranking from 12th in 2024 to 10th this year. The London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) climbed one spot to enter the top 10 in business and economics but fell one position to ninth in social sciences. Meanwhile, King’s College London made a notable leap in psychology, jumping six places to secure the ninth position.

American universities continue to lead globally, topping nine of the 11 subject rankings. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and Stanford University each led in three categories, while Harvard took the top spot in two disciplines. The California Institute of Technology claimed first place in physical sciences.

Phil Baty, THE’s chief global affairs officer, commented on the broader global trends in education rankings, stating, “While the western world continues to dominate the subject rankings, this new data release demonstrates the continued rise of China and East Asian nations in the global knowledge economy, and a global leveling up of excellence.”

Chinese universities are now ranked among the top 50 across all subjects, marking a significant improvement in their global standing. Notably, Peking University and Tsinghua University secured top 10 positions in business and economics as well as education studies, further highlighting China’s growing influence in higher education.

Nvidia Stock Rebounds Slightly After Historic Drop Amid DeepSeek’s Impact

The share price of Nvidia, a leading chip manufacturer for artificial intelligence (AI), experienced a modest recovery as U.S. stock markets reopened on Tuesday morning. Following a historic loss on Monday, Nvidia’s shares rose by 1.5% in early trading, signaling a slight rebound for the tech giant. Other major tech stocks also showed signs of stabilization after facing turbulence triggered by the emergence of a new Chinese AI app, DeepSeek.

On Monday, Nvidia made headlines with the largest single-day loss in U.S. market history. Its stock price plummeted by 17%, erasing more than $500 billion in market value. To put this into perspective, the loss was equivalent to the combined market valuations of ExxonMobil and MasterCard. Despite this setback, Nvidia remains one of the most valuable companies globally, with a market valuation exceeding $2.9 trillion. Currently, only Apple and Microsoft rank higher in terms of market capitalization.

The introduction of DeepSeek, an AI application developed in China, is believed to have shaken investor confidence in Nvidia and other tech firms. The app has quickly gained prominence for being developed at a fraction of the cost of its competitors while achieving remarkable success. It has already surpassed rivals like ChatGPT to become the most downloaded free app in the United States. DeepSeek’s rapid ascent has sparked concerns about the potential erosion of America’s dominance in the AI sector.

U.S. President Donald Trump weighed in on the situation, calling the rise of DeepSeek a “wake-up call” for the American tech industry. His comments underscored the urgency for the U.S. to maintain its technological edge amid growing competition from China.

The tech-heavy Nasdaq stock index, which saw a sharp decline of over 3% on Monday, showed slight improvement on Tuesday, rising 0.2% in early trading. Among major tech players, Alphabet, Google’s parent company, recorded a modest 0.1% increase, while Microsoft shares dipped by 0.6%.

DeepSeek’s impact on global markets extended beyond the U.S. On Tuesday, Japan’s Nikkei 225 index fell by 1.39%, reflecting investor jitters. However, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng index managed to post a small gain of 0.14%. Markets in Taiwan, South Korea, and China remained closed due to the Lunar New Year holiday.

The Lunar New Year also brought a temporary pause to DeepSeek’s activities. According to the South China Morning Post, the Hangzhou-based start-up, led by founder Liang Wenfeng, entered “holiday mode” as China began its week-long celebrations. The report noted that the company had gone “quiet” since its last update at midnight on Lunar New Year’s Eve. DeepSeek’s office building appeared deserted on Tuesday morning, with the start-up reportedly receiving an influx of uninvited visitors in recent days.

While DeepSeek enjoys its Lunar New Year break, the ripple effects of its emergence continue to be felt. Nvidia, as a key player in AI chip production, bore the brunt of the market’s reaction. Investors expressed concern over the competitive threat posed by DeepSeek, leading to a rapid sell-off of Nvidia shares on Monday. Despite this, Nvidia’s strong market position and its critical role in powering AI technologies have helped it retain its status as a tech giant.

The broader U.S. tech sector appears to have found some footing after Monday’s turmoil. Early trading on Tuesday suggested a degree of stability, though uncertainties surrounding DeepSeek and its implications for the global AI landscape remain. For now, Nvidia’s slight rebound offers a glimmer of hope for investors, but the challenges posed by rising Chinese competitors will likely keep the pressure on U.S. tech firms.

Chef Vikas Khanna’s Inspirational Journey: Overcoming Challenges with Determination

Chef Vikas Khanna’s life story is a powerful testament to resilience and determination. Despite facing significant challenges early in life, Khanna has risen to global prominence as one of the world’s most celebrated chefs.

In an interview with CBS News, Khanna shared insights into his childhood struggles, stating, “I was born with a disability which is known as clubfoot. So, it means that your feet are inclined inward.” This condition, which impaired his ability to walk properly, led many to doubt his potential. Reflecting on those early doubts, Khanna said, “People said, ‘he can’t even walk properly, how is he ever going to run and make it in life?’ My mom said, ‘Don’t worry about him, he’s here to fly.’ I think it was her faith in me which kept me moving and walking forward, there was no other reason for me (sic).”

His family’s unwavering support played a crucial role in his journey. Khanna particularly credited his sister for shielding him during his school years. “My sister became like the warrior. In school nobody would dare to bully me, but it was amazing that it was all the pain, what I had, for not being equal to everyone else… I put that energy into cooking with my grandmom, just to help her.” This early involvement in the kitchen sowed the seeds for his future career.

Despite the physical and emotional challenges associated with clubfoot, Khanna defied expectations and emerged as a symbol of perseverance. His story is a poignant reminder of how determination and a strong support system can help overcome seemingly insurmountable obstacles.

Understanding Clubfoot and Its Impact

Clubfoot, or congenital talipes equinovarus (CTEV), is a congenital condition that affects approximately 1 in 1,000 live births worldwide. Dr. Narayan Swamy, director and pediatrician at Athreya Hospital, explained to indianexpress.com that this deformity causes the foot to twist inward and downward. “Early treatment is critical to correct the deformity and ensure normal mobility,” he emphasized.

The condition can pose significant challenges for children if left untreated, including difficulties with walking, pain, and social stigma. However, advancements in medical science have made it possible to address clubfoot effectively, ensuring better outcomes for affected individuals.

Treatment Options for Clubfoot

There are several treatment approaches available for children born with clubfoot, ranging from non-surgical methods to surgical interventions. Dr. Swamy outlined the primary treatment options:

Ponseti Method

The Ponseti Method is widely regarded as the most effective non-surgical treatment for clubfoot. It involves gentle manipulation of the foot, followed by the application of a series of casts to gradually reposition it. Once the desired alignment is achieved, a minor surgical procedure called tenotomy is often performed to lengthen the Achilles tendon. Braces are then used to maintain the correction.

French Functional Method

Another non-surgical option, the French Functional Method, focuses on daily stretching, mobilization, and taping of the foot. This approach requires significant parental involvement and frequent physiotherapy sessions, but it has proven to be an effective treatment.

Surgical Interventions

In severe or neglected cases, surgery may be necessary to correct the deformity. Surgical procedures can include soft tissue release, tendon transfers, or bone realignment. While surgery is effective in achieving correction, it carries potential long-term risks such as stiffness and arthritis.

The Importance of Early Interventions

Timely treatment of clubfoot can significantly improve a child’s physical and psychological development. Dr. Swamy elaborated on the benefits of early intervention:

Physical Development

Addressing clubfoot at an early stage enables children to develop normal walking patterns, participate in physical activities, and build muscle strength. Conversely, delayed treatment can lead to limping, pain, and restricted mobility.

Psychological Development

Physical disabilities in childhood can impact a child’s self-esteem and social interactions. Early correction of clubfoot helps children gain confidence and reduces the likelihood of social stigma. Research indicates that children treated early for clubfoot often adapt seamlessly into society.

Parental Support

Timely treatment also alleviates the emotional burden on parents. Knowing their child is receiving proper care fosters a supportive environment that promotes the child’s growth and overall well-being.

A Story of Triumph

Vikas Khanna’s success exemplifies how early interventions and a nurturing support system can transform lives. His journey from a child facing physical and social challenges to an internationally renowned chef underscores the importance of determination, family support, and medical advancements in overcoming adversity.

Khanna’s story continues to inspire countless individuals, proving that even in the face of significant challenges, success is achievable with perseverance and faith.

22 January, 2025: To Be A Villager Today

set in Shan Ywar Thit, Myanmar

Mother was the only one not wearing thanaka, or the only one continuing to not wear thanaka, and that certainly made her feel different from her in-laws. As she cut the bamboo shoots that her older sister-in-law brought from the forest, she felt like the women were staring at her. They were always staring at her. It was one thing if she had just come from Yangon a day ago, but they had already been here for more than a week since Father wanted to spend some time in his native village after the funeral of his mother. Even during her past trips they had not stared this much. It was like they were thinking out loud that Mother was no longer some strange woman from the city who had married into the family.

It was like they were really trying to figure out who she was.

She finished cutting the bamboo shoots. The husks were in a pile at her feet, and the fleshy bamboo pieces clung together like chicken shreds. She swept the husks to the side of the settlement, into the mud underneath. As she did so, she locked eyes with one of the daughters of Father’s brothers, who was breastfeeding her own daughter. The woman put on a long and gleeful smile that puffed out the earthy ground bark paste on her cheeks. Mother wasn’t sure if she was smiling out of politeness because Mother was still a foreigner in the village, or if she was starting to feel like Mother was someone she knew.

It had been over a week since they arrived, and the chores of village life were starting to feel familiar to her. The Kayin village of Shan Ywar Thit was in a lowland area with rivers and forest. The main river was some kilometres away from the village shacks that the people sat in or worked around. Other than that, there was nothing else. Mother was used to the city of Yangon, which was crowded and clustered and full of people and stores and cars and streets pungent with the smells of rotting fish and trash. It wasn’t bad to be in a place where nothing happened, where the odours were earthy and fresh rather than a nuisance to the nose.

Mother passed Sa, her younger sister-in-law, or the wife of Father’s young brother. Sa was sitting on a stool and showing off her gold tooth with a smile. “You really are getting used to living here,” she said.

Every day, when Mother passed by Sa, she would make it a point to say, “You really are getting used to living here.” She made the same comment each time, as if Mother were still a novelty to her. Mother tired of hearing it, but she also liked Sa. Sa was someone who spoke what was on her mind, smiled because she felt like it, did her chores, and never complained. She was simple, to the point, and knew how to live her life. Mother liked her a lot more than her other sister-in-law, Zin, who liked to spend her time smoking cigarettes in private places and chewing betel nut. At least Zin was not living a double life, unlike her own husband, Saw, who flagrantly flirted with other women openly.

Mother was about to return to her cooking when Sa said something else, a question she had not asked before.

“Why don’t you have a long neck?”

Mother paused in her steps. Sa was referring to the fact that Mother and Father were both from the Karen community in Myanmar, a community whose women wore long golden coils which elongated their necks. Mother had grown up in the Kayah state amongst the Kayan people, a sub-community of Karens. The reason Mother did not have a neck that was longer than the average Burmese person was because, unlike her mother, Mother had grown up in the state’s capital of Loikaw, and her father was a strict Christian. The Christian aspect of life would be easy for Sa to understand given how many people in Kayin were also Christian, but Mother did not know if Sa was familiar with general Kayan culture, given that she rarely left her village.

Mother decided to change the subject.

“How is your grandson?”

Sa’s eyes beamed brightly. Her leg started to swing back and forth as she sat on the stool. It didn’t matter that Mother had forgotten the boy’s name or in fact how many grandchildren Sa actually had. Grandparents loved to talk about their grandchildren.

“He’s too naughty. I think he has adopted a street dog. I told him not to bring that street dog inside. But the street dog is so small,” Sa explained using her palms, measuring out the size of the puppy. “And they are so cute together. They play like two little children. My son is good with taking pictures. I do not know how to use my phone.” Sa reached for her flip phone, trying to figure out how to show Mother what she was referring to. Mother helped her to find the right folder for the pictures. “See!” Sa exclaimed. They were cute pictures of a little boy and a dog playing in the mud.

Mother was smiling, though a pit started to form inside of her. She had played with this child before, had even seen the dog with him. She enjoyed how the boy would come up to her, embrace her leg for no reason, and ask to sit in her lap and be told stories about the origins of the various nats of the village. But he was not her grandchild. Sa’s son, unlike Mother’s son, had married at the proper age, was having many children, and Sa was enjoying the life that came with that. That was something Mother knew she could never experience. It was the truth of her life that she didn’t exactly accept but that she knew could never be changed.

Mother felt a grimness come over her, an anger and sadness and disappointment. But she didn’t want her emotions to infect the innocuously happy Sa.

“I have some work to do,” she said in an attempt to take her leave.

She turned away from Sa. She planned to go back inside, back to her chores, though she would have not forgotten this feeling. It would have stayed in the back of her mind as she cut the vegetables and fish. She would launch angry diatribes in her mind not only against Son but against all of these villagers for living their simple village life in a country falling apart to negligence and coups.

Sa said something that stopped Mother in her tracks.

“Do you want to see my grandson?”

Mother found it an odd question to ask.

“I have met him several times,” was her immediate retort. “We see each other every day.”

But Sa had already gotten off her stool and left the settlement. It was like Mother wasn’t speaking the same language, though to be fair Mother had learned their branch of the language only after marriage, and she still struggled to speak it properly.

Sa returned quickly, and in came the little boy, looking irrationally shy, like he was being introduced to a person he had never met before.

“Ko, do you know who this is?”

The boy nodded and said, “Auntie,” without much thought. He looked up at Mother, then looked back down at the floor. Suddenly, he gave a naughty smile. “Grandma, did I do something wrong?”

Mother burst into laughter. “No, nothing wrong. I’m just thinking that you are too cute.”

Ko liked the compliment. He came up to her and hugged her leg, just like how he always did, but this time a new warmth radiated from him. “I know that. I never do anything wrong.”

Mother replied instinctually, “Then why is the mud you played in all over the wooden floor?”

There was a patchy grey trail coming in from outside.

Ko and Sa laughed with abandon, and Mother couldn’t help but laugh because everyone was laughing. It was okay, she realised, to enjoy this moment. She wasn’t in Yangon right now where everyone was a neighbour or a friend of choice. She was in her husband’s native village, where, through marriage, she was one of them.

Interacting with this little boy and having the chance to giggle and joke was something Mother wished she could experience every day. It was like eating ice cream while in a foreign country, a gift she didn’t know she was craving. Or rather, a gift she knew would be so impossible for her to receive that she often erased the thought of it from her mind.

Mother spent the rest of the afternoon with the boy. She let him show her the dog and the places where they played. She was supposed to go back to help with lunch, but no one came to get her. They were not going to. They were letting time pass as it was supposed to: without consideration, without fear of consequence, without the cognisance of life being something that others strived for rather than lived in the moment.

Rising Threats to Christianity and Tribal Rights in Arunachal Pradesh: A Struggle for Identity and Religious Freedom

The Christian community in India faces mounting challenges as it grapples with increasing threats to its existence and rights. One of the most concerning developments in recent times is the situation in Arunachal Pradesh, a region known for its diversity and remoteness. This state is now at the center of a controversy involving the revival of a long-dormant anti-conversion law from 1978 and ongoing demands to strip Christian converts of their Scheduled Tribe status. These actions are part of a broader effort to curtail the spread of Christianity, particularly among tribal populations in the state.

Anti-Conversion Law: A Resurging Threat

Arunachal Pradesh, home to 26 major tribes and over 100 sub-tribes, is recognized for its vast religious and cultural diversity. However, a piece of legislation—the anti-conversion law—originally enacted to prevent religious conversions “by force, inducement, or fraudulent means,” has remained inactive for years. This law is now set to be enforced in 2025, raising alarm among religious and human rights organizations. Christians, who make up over 30% of the state’s population, are especially concerned, with Hindus and adherents of indigenous faiths following closely behind in numbers.

The law, while ostensibly neutral, is widely seen as targeting specific religious communities, particularly Christians and Muslims. Under the law, individuals converting to another religion must report the conversion to local authorities, potentially subjecting them to harassment. Religious leaders, such as pastors and evangelists, could face severe penalties, including prison sentences of up to ten years, for facilitating conversions. Critics argue that this law undermines religious freedom and is being weaponized to suppress Christianity in the region.

Tribal Identity and Religious Conversion: The Struggle for Rights

The debate over religious conversion intersects with the sensitive issue of tribal identity. In India, Scheduled Tribes, also referred to as “adivasis,” enjoy affirmative action benefits, which include reserved seats in educational institutions, public employment, and legislatures. However, a growing faction of political groups, particularly those associated with the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and its ideological parent, the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), contend that individuals who convert to Christianity—or Islam—should be stripped of these privileges.

This argument is not a new one. The 1950 Presidential Order already excluded Dalit Christians and Muslims from similar benefits, establishing a precedent for discriminatory policies. Calls to extend such exclusions to tribal Christians in Arunachal Pradesh are now part of a larger political agenda aimed at marginalizing religious minorities while solidifying Hindu identity.

Growing Violence and Persecution

The rise of anti-Christian sentiment extends beyond Arunachal Pradesh, as attacks against Christians are increasingly reported across India. According to data from the United Christian Forum (UCF), incidents of violence against Christians surged to 834 in 2024, up from 734 the previous year. This wave of violence includes the destruction of over 400 churches in Manipur during ongoing ethnic clashes, as well as coerced conversions to Hinduism, referred to as “gharwapsi” or “return to home.”

In Manipur, the violence that began in May 2023 has displaced over 70,000 people, most of whom belong to the Kuki-Zo tribe. Christians in the region have been subjected to extreme persecution, including forced affidavits renouncing their faith and the burning of Bibles. These actions serve as stark reminders of the growing scale of religious intolerance in India, especially in the northeastern states.

Hindutva and Tribal Areas: A Parallel Agenda

While Christian missionaries have worked in India’s tribal regions for decades, the RSS has aggressively pushed its agenda of Hindutva, or Hindu nationalism, in these areas. Through a network of schools, cultural organizations, and social initiatives, the RSS has sought to integrate indigenous tribal religions into a broader Hindu framework. This ideological push casts tribal Christians as outsiders, a narrative that fuels communal tensions.

The RSS’s strategy is not unique to Arunachal Pradesh. It mirrors similar efforts in other parts of India, such as Odisha, where violence against Christians culminated in the infamous 2008 Kandhamal riots. In Arunachal Pradesh, the RSS’s tactics include promoting Hindi as a common language and establishing RSS-affiliated schools that aim to instill nationalist ideals in tribal communities.

A National Struggle for Rights

The ongoing developments in Arunachal Pradesh are indicative of a larger, nationwide struggle. India’s constitution, which enshrines secularism and guarantees freedom of religion, faces increasing challenges from laws and policies that reflect the growing influence of Hindu nationalist ideologies. For the country’s Christian population, particularly those from marginalized tribal communities, the battle for equality and religious freedom is far from over.

Despite the legal and social challenges, religious leaders and activists continue to resist these measures, emphasizing the importance of preserving religious freedom in a diverse nation like India. As the situation in Arunachal Pradesh unfolds, the plight of Christians in the state serves as a microcosm of the broader threats facing religious minorities across the country. For many, this is not only a fight for religious freedom but also for their very identity and the future of their communities.

Tolerance in Tatters Christians Navigating Turbulent Waters

As the world’s largest democracy, India has long prided itself on its diversity and tolerance. The alarming rise in attacks on Christians, their places of worship, and institutions is a threat not only to the Christian community but to the very fabric of India’s secular society.

A disturbing trend of escalating violence against Christians has continued, with last year (2024) recording 834 incidents in just 366 days. This marks a significant increase of 100 incidents over the previous year (2023), which saw 734 attacks. The alarming frequency of attacks translates to more than two Christians or institutions being targeted every day simply for practising their faith.

Data compiled from complaints received on the United Christian Forum (UCF) Helpline reveal a sharp year-on-year increase in incidents of violence against Christians since 2014.

The following numbers are revealing:
2014: 127 incidents
2015: 142 incidents
2016: 226 incidents
2017: 248 incidents
2018: 292 incidents
2019: 328 incidents
2020: 279 incidents
2021: 505 incidents
2022: 601 incidents
2023: 734 incidents
2024: 834 incidents

It means there were 4,316 attacks on Christians, their worshipping places and institutions during the last 10 years of the Modi rule. This upward trend raises serious concerns about the safety and well-being of Christians in India. During this Christmas season alone, at least 14 incidents targeting Christians were reported, ranging from threats and disruptions to arrests and outright attacks, underscoring an alarming trend of rising intolerance and hostility.

These attacks are not just random acts of violence; they are carefully orchestrated and perpetrated with impunity. The perpetrators, frequently affiliated with extremist nationalist groups, seek to intimidate and marginalise the community, undermining their right to freedom of religion and belief.

Christmas celebrations were disrupted by violent incidents across India, with reports of attacks in several states, including Manipur, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, and Kerala. The violence was allegedly carried out by Sangh Parivar organisations like the Vishwa Hindu Parishad and the Bajrang Dal.

In one incident, a Pentecostal pastor was attacked by one Sonu Singh in Ludhiana, Punjab, accusing him of trying to convert people. In Rajasthan, activists unleashed violence against teachers and students of schools celebrating Christmas in Jodhpur and Jaisalmer.

In a bizarre incident, a Zomato employee dressed as Santa Claus was beaten up by Hindu Jagran Manch activists in Indore, Madhya Pradesh. The activists also released a video threatening Zomato workers.
Violent incidents were reported in Manipur, where clashes have been ongoing for 19 months. Widespread violence was reported in various parts of the state on Christmas Day, with firing in Sinam Kom village in Eastern Imphal.

In Kerala, three Vishwa Hindu Parishad activists attacked Christmas celebrations at a government school in Palakkad, leading to widespread protests. The violence has tarnished the BJP’s efforts to woo Christians using Christmas diplomacy in the state.

The BJP Kerala leadership has demanded an investigation into the violence, which occurred on the same day Prime Minister Narendra Modi celebrated Christmas with Christian leaders in Delhi.

The spurt in attacks has phenomenally gone up after new anti-conversion laws have been enacted in many BJP-ruled States. The government’s response to these attacks has been woefully inadequate. Despite repeated assurances of protection and justice, the authorities have failed to take decisive action against the perpetrators, allowing a culture of impunity to thrive.

The consequences of inaction are far-reaching. The Christian community, which has contributed significantly to India’s social, educational, and healthcare sectors, feels increasingly vulnerable and disenfranchised. The attacks also undermine the country’s reputation as a tolerant and inclusive society, damaging its relationship with other countries and eroding investor confidence.

There have been voices of concern and condemnation from several countries and world organisations censuring these attacks. Shocked by the surge in violence against Christians, especially during Christmas prayers and celebrations, over 400 senior Christian leaders and 30 Church groups have submitted an urgent appeal to President Draupadi Murmu and Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The appeal calls for immediate and decisive action to curb the activities of violent mobs targeting Christian gatherings, terrorising communities and tarnishing the image of India and the Union Government.

The appeal points to troubling statistics from organisations like the Religious Liberty Commission of the Evangelical Fellowship of India (EFI-RLC) and the United Christian Forum (UCF).

The appeal focuses on systemic concerns, including:
1.    The misuse of anti-conversion laws leading to the arrest and harassment of over 110 clergy members.
2.    ??Growing threats to religious freedom through state actions, such as the implementation of the Healing (Prevention and Evil) Act, 2024, in Assam.
3.    Escalating hate speech and harassment of Christian communities, including restrictions on peaceful prayer meetings and the distribution of religious literature.
4.    Exclusionary policies denying Dalit Christians Scheduled Caste status, perpetuating historic injustices.

The Christian leaders also expressed deep concern about the ongoing crisis and violence in Manipur, where over 250 lives have been lost, over 360 churches destroyed, and thousands displaced since May 2023. The appeal urges the Prime Minister to play a visible and active role in fostering peace and reconciliation in the region, emphasising that Manipur’s healing is crucial for India’s unity and integrity.

The signatories have called upon the President and the Prime Minister to:
1.    Order swift and impartial investigations into incidents targeting religious minorities.
2.    Issue clear guidelines to state governments on protecting constitutional rights to religious freedom.
3.    Initiate regular dialogue with representatives of all faith communities.
4.    Protect the fundamental right to freely profess and practice one’s faith.

The appeal reiterates that inclusivity and harmony are vital not only for the moral fabric of the nation but also for its economic and social prosperity. The statement concludes with an assurance of prayers for the country’s leaders and a commitment to building a united, peaceful, and prosperous India.

The leaders of the Church, especially the CBCI and the CCBI, must take up the issue with the authorities concerned. By speaking truth to power, the CBCI president can help bring attention to these critical issues and advocate for the well-being of Christians.

In following Christ’s footsteps, the CBCI and CCBI must:
1.    Emphasise the importance of religious freedom, as enshrined in the Indian Constitution.
2.    Highlight the plight of persecuted Christians in Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and other parts of the country.
3.    Promote dialogue and understanding between the government and Christian leaders.

Through courageous advocacy and prophetic courage, the Church leadership can help ensure that the voices of the Christian community are heard and rights are protected.

International organisations like Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, International Federation of Human Rights, UN Watch, etc., have often expressed concern about discrimination and violence based on religion in India. Meenakshi Ganguly, the Deputy Asia Director at Human Rights Watch, says, “The BJP government’s discriminatory and divisive policies have led to increased violence against minorities, creating a pervasive environment of fear and a chilling effect on government’s critics… Instead of holding those responsible for abuses to account, the authorities chose to punish the victims, and persecuted anyone who questioned these actions.”

In an atmosphere of discrimination, hatred and violence against minorities, especially Christians, the citizens have a great responsibility to safeguard the millennial heritage of India – unity in diversity, pluralism and fraternity, core values enshrined in the preamble of the Constitution.
Unfortunately, a section of Christians has been vocal in supporting the ruling regime, and they get disturbed when someone highlights the violation of human rights or constitutional rights under Mr Modi. They vociferously justify the ruling regime, which is seen hand-in-glove with the fringe elements that attack the minorities. Discrimination, hatred, and violence are opposed to the teachings of Jesus and the vision of Jesus. The followers of Jesus can never compromise with any ideology that promotes hatred and violence. If they support any party that promotes division, hatred and violence, they are betraying Jesus.

India’s founding fathers envisioned a nation where people of all faiths could live in harmony and mutual respect. It is time for the government to reaffirm this vision and take bold action to protect the rights and dignity of all citizens, regardless of their faith.

The world is watching, and India’s response to these attacks will determine its place in the global community. The Modi government must choose the path of tolerance, justice and compassion and ensure that India remains a nation where diversity is celebrated, and all citizens live without fear of persecution.

Navigating Persecutions: A Christian Response
As we shed light on the alarming rise of persecution and atrocities against Christians in India, we must devise and implement effective strategies to counter these threats. While documenting and reporting incidents of persecution are crucial, it is only the first step. We must also develop a comprehensive response to protect the Christian community’s rights, safety, and dignity. Navigating the crisis of religious persecution in India, as Catholics or Christians, requires a combination of faith, resilience, and strategic action. Here are some ways we can respond.

Community Response
A strong community response is vital for Christians facing religious persecution. This involves supporting persecuted Christians through financial, emotional, and legal means. Community watch groups can be established to monitor and report incidents of persecution, providing a safety net for vulnerable members. United Christian Forum is providing yeomen services in this field. Additionally, Christian associations and organisations can be strengthened to provide a united response to persecution, advocating for the rights of Christians and other minority communities.

Advocacy and Activism
Advocacy and activism are critical components of the Christian response to religious persecution in India. Christians must document and report incidents of persecution to authorities, human rights organisations, and international bodies. By engaging with government officials, politicians, and influencers, they can advocate for the rights of minority communities and push for policy changes that protect freedom of religion. Awareness campaigns, seminars, and workshops can be organised to educate people on religious persecution. “Political catechism” is required to educate priests, religious and laity on current challenges. Sadly, the number of leaders who read newspapers is dwindling in the Church.

Legal and Diplomatic Efforts
Christians in India must employ legal and diplomatic efforts to combat religious persecution. This involves pursuing legal action against perpetrators of persecution and advocating for stronger laws to protect minority rights. Diplomatic engagement with foreign governments, international organisations, and human rights bodies can help raise awareness and garner support for the Christian community. Using UN mechanisms can also help highlight the issue of religious persecution.

Education and Empowerment
Finally, education and empowerment are essential for building a resilient Christian community in India. Christians must be educated about their rights, the Constitution, and laws related to freedom of religion. Empowerment programs can be implemented for Catholic youth, women, and marginalised communities to build confidence and resilience. Catholics can work towards creating a more just and equitable society by promoting Catholic leaders who can advocate for the community’s rights and interests.

Spiritual Response
A strong spiritual response is crucial for Christians in India in the face of religious persecution. This involves intensifying prayer and fasting efforts and seeking divine intervention and protection. Christians can organise prayer vigils and fasting campaigns to unite the community and seek God’s guidance. By deepening their faith through regular sacraments, scripture reading, and spiritual direction, they can develop the resilience needed to navigate the challenges of persecution.

Complacency: Church’s Blind Spot
Catholic institutions face a daunting task in today’s complex and often challenging environment. Not only must they adhere to intricate rules and norms governing their operations, but they must also contend with rising hostilities and targeted attacks from adversaries.

At the heart of this challenge lies the need for institutional heads to exercise extreme caution and prudence. A single misstep or perceived transgression can spark controversy and ruffle the feathers of other communities. As such, Catholic institutions must remain vigilant and proactive in maintaining harmony and avoiding conflict.

Moreover, they must be aware that their adversaries constantly seek loopholes and opportunities to exploit any perceived weaknesses or violations. This may involve scrutinising records, financial transactions, and other formalities to uncover even the slightest infraction. In response, Catholic institutions must be diligent in following laws and regulations, ensuring that their operations are transparent, accountable, and beyond reproach.

As Jesus cautioned His disciples, “Be shrewd as serpents, yet innocent as doves” (Matthew 10:16). This wisdom is particularly relevant today as Catholic institutions navigate the complexities of a rapidly changing world. By being aware of the signs of the times and responding diligently to emerging challenges, these institutions can better protect themselves and their communities from harm.

Unfortunately, they often face serious threats, violence and intimidation. In such cases, it is disturbing to note that law enforcement agencies fail to provide adequate protection and support. Instead of intervening to prevent attacks or prosecute perpetrators, the police often remain silent spectators, leaving victims vulnerable and without recourse.

The Church’s institutions are facing a crisis of perception, and it’s time to acknowledge the elephant in the room. One of the primary problems haunting these institutions is a pervasive sense of complacency. We often take things for granted, assuming that our good intentions and commitment to serving the people of God are enough to shield us from criticism.

However, this assumption is no longer tenable. The world around us is changing rapidly, and the Church’s institutions must adapt to these changes or risk becoming increasingly irrelevant. It’s time to break free from our comfort zones and confront the new realities shaping the world.
One area where the Church’s institutions are particularly lacking is in the art of public relations. Most institutions do not have a dedicated public relations officer who is conversant with modern means of communication and social networks. This is a critical omission, as effective communication is essential for building trust, fostering relationships, and promoting the Church’s mission.

In today’s digital age, social media platforms have become a crucial channel for communication. However, many institutions are still struggling to leverage these platforms effectively. This is not just a matter of having a presence on social media; it’s about using these platforms to engage with our audience, share our message, and build a community of followers.

The consequences of our complacency are being felt. The media and the public often misunderstand, misrepresent, or ignore the Church’s institutions. This can lead to a lack of trust, a decline in support, and, ultimately, a diminution of our impact.

It’s time for the Church’s institutions to wake up and take proactive steps to address this issue. We need to invest in public relations, communication, and social media management. We need to train our staff and leaders to be effective communicators in the digital age. And we need to be more intentional about engaging with our audience, listening to their concerns, and sharing our message in a way that resonates with them.

Catholic institutions must be proactive and strategic in their response to the challenges they face. By adhering to rules and regulations, maintaining transparency and accountability, and exercising caution and prudence, these institutions can better navigate the complexities of today’s world and protect their communities from harm.

Source Credit: https://www.indiancurrents.org/article-tolerance-in-tatters-christians-navigating-turbulent-waters-dr-suresh-mathew-2438.php

Marriage: The Hard-Won Lessons About Love and Partnership

Marriage is often romanticized as a seamless union between two perfectly compatible individuals. However, anyone who has experienced it will affirm that marriage is far from effortless. Unfortunately, many only come to this realization after encountering significant challenges. Below, we explore two critical lessons that marriage teaches us—insights often gained through difficult experiences.

Lesson 1: Nobody Is Born a Good Partner

A common misconception is that some people are inherently skilled at relationships, as if being an ideal spouse is an innate gift. This notion is a harmful myth. In reality, no one enters marriage fully equipped with all the tools needed to sustain a lifelong partnership. Becoming a good partner requires learning, practice, and sometimes failure.

Marriage demands a combination of hard and soft skills, including communication, empathy, emotional intelligence, and decision-making. These skills, often referred to as “romantic competence,” are acquired over time. A 2017 study published in Personal Relationships highlights that these attributes are not inborn but cultivated through experience.

Take communication as an example. For many, expressing needs or resolving conflicts without becoming defensive is not instinctive. Effective communication involves time, patience, and conscious effort. Mistakes along the way are inevitable.

Marriage also forces individuals to confront personal blind spots—emotional triggers, fears, and ingrained habits. For instance, someone raised in a household where emotions were seldom expressed might struggle to open up to their partner. Similarly, an individual who avoids conflict at all costs might suppress their own needs, leading to deeper issues.

These tendencies do not vanish upon saying “I do.” Instead, they require intentional work to address and improve. As challenging as it may be, anyone can grow into the role of a competent partner with effort and willingness to learn. The key is approaching marriage with a mindset of continuous improvement. As one lesson emphasizes, “no matter how good things may seem, there will always be room for improvement.”

Lesson 2: What You Put In Is What You Get Out

Marriage is not a passive journey. It demands active engagement from both partners to thrive. Research from the Journal of Family Psychology underscores the idea that the quality of a relationship is directly tied to the effort invested. As the saying goes, “What you put in is what you get out.”

Effort in marriage takes many forms: being present, expressing gratitude, prioritizing quality time, and tackling challenges head-on. When both partners contribute equally and consistently, these actions become natural rather than burdensome. However, when effort is uneven or sporadic, resentment and discord can easily emerge.

One area where effort is particularly vital is intimacy. As life grows busier or more monotonous, couples may neglect physical and emotional closeness. Yet intimacy, like any aspect of marriage, requires consistent nurturing. Without attention, it can wither.

Similarly, conflict resolution demands effort. While avoiding tough conversations might feel easier in the moment, unresolved issues often resurface with greater intensity. Only couples who value their relationship enough to confront challenges head-on can overcome these hurdles. As the article states, “The amount of energy they pour into it determines what they get out of it.”

A fulfilling and joyful marriage does not happen by chance. It is the result of conscious effort, self-reflection, and perseverance. Couples must understand that maintaining a strong relationship involves continuous learning and dedication.

How These Lessons Intersect

The connection between these two lessons is evident. If no one is inherently a good partner, it follows that effort is crucial in becoming one. The work put into a marriage often directly correlates with personal growth as a spouse.

For example, learning effective communication is a process. It improves through practice, attentiveness, and adaptation. By investing effort in understanding their partner’s needs and perspective, individuals enhance their ability to resolve conflicts and strengthen the relationship. In this way, putting in effort not only benefits the marriage but also helps individuals evolve into better partners.

Conversely, neglecting to invest effort stunts both personal development and the growth of the relationship. Over time, a lack of effort leads to disconnection, making it increasingly challenging to address and repair issues.

Ultimately, these lessons emphasize a critical truth: successful marriages are not accidental. They are the product of hard work and dedication. As the article notes, “good marriages aren’t happy accidents. Rather, they’re fruits of hard labor.”

Why These Lessons Are Often Learned the Hard Way

Despite their importance, these lessons are frequently understood only after couples face difficulties in their marriages. This delay is partly due to societal romanticization of love and marriage. Stories from fairy tales, romantic comedies, and love songs perpetuate the idea that true love is effortless. Research published in 2014 in the Psychology of Women Quarterly reveals that such portrayals create unrealistic expectations, leaving couples ill-prepared for the reality of marriage.

Additionally, self-awareness—a crucial component of a healthy marriage—often develops over time. Many people enter marriage without fully understanding themselves or disclosing their vulnerabilities. Research from the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology suggests that individuals tend to emphasize their strengths and hide their weaknesses during the early stages of a relationship. It is only through conflict or dissatisfaction that they begin to recognize their own shortcomings and their impact on the marriage.

This process of self-discovery can be uncomfortable but is necessary for growth. For instance, couples may initially overlook the importance of effort because, during the honeymoon phase, maintaining the relationship feels effortless. However, as the novelty of new love fades and life’s challenges multiply, they come to realize the true cost of sustaining a healthy partnership.

Marriage, therefore, becomes one of life’s most profound teachers. Its lessons, though difficult, are invaluable. As the article concludes, “it’s only later—when the honeymoon phase fades, and when life’s many demands start to compound—that couples realize how much it costs to sustain healthy love.”

These insights remind us that marriage is a dynamic and evolving journey. The effort invested and the lessons learned along the way not only shape the relationship but also foster personal growth. While the road may be challenging, the rewards of a strong and enduring partnership are well worth the journey.

Chandra Arya Announces Candidacy for Canadian Prime Minister

Chandra Arya, an Indian-origin Canadian Member of Parliament (MP) with strong ties to Justin Trudeau’s leadership, has officially announced his candidacy for the position of Prime Minister of Canada in the upcoming federal elections. Arya, who has long been known as a Trudeau loyalist, is now seeking to lead the country through a transformative period, as he looks to bring about significant changes within the government.

Arya’s announcement comes at a time when Justin Trudeau, facing growing dissatisfaction within the Liberal Party regarding his leadership, has stepped down, thereby opening the path for a new leader to be chosen. This decision has created an opportunity for fresh candidates to emerge, and Arya is seizing the moment to put forward his vision for Canada’s future.

In a post on the social media platform X, Arya outlined his goals and motivations for entering the race. He expressed his desire to lead the country by offering “a small, more efficient government” that would focus on rebuilding the nation and ensuring prosperity for future generations. “I am running to be the next Prime Minister of Canada to lead a small, more efficient government to rebuild our nation and secure prosperity for future generations,” Arya said in his statement.

Chandra Arya, who currently represents his constituency in the House of Commons, has a strong political background, having been elected in both the 2015 and 2019 federal elections. Born in Dwarlu village in Sira Taluk, located in Karnataka’s Tumkur district, Arya immigrated to Canada in 2006. He completed his Masters in Business Administration (MBA) from the Kousali Institute of Management Studies in Dharwad before making the move to Canada.

Arya has been a steadfast supporter of Trudeau’s leadership in the past, but his recent political maneuvers indicate a shift as he takes on the challenge of leading Canada himself. He has expressed his commitment to delivering bold political decisions if elected the leader of the Liberal Party. He emphasized the importance of making tough choices to address critical issues facing the country, particularly those related to the economy and opportunities for all Canadians. “Canada deserves leadership that isn’t afraid to make the big decisions. Decisions that rebuild our economy, restore hope, create equal opportunities for all Canadians, and secure prosperity for our children and grandchildren. Bold political decisions are not optional—they are necessary,” Arya stated.

Beyond his political views, Arya’s public persona has been shaped by his active engagement with cultural and community issues. In November of the previous year, he attracted attention by raising a triangular saffron flag with the symbol ‘Om’ outside the House of Commons, symbolizing his pride in his Indian heritage. This act highlighted his connection to his roots while also reflecting his ongoing efforts to bridge cultural and political gaps within Canada.

Arya’s career has also been marked by his advocacy on key issues affecting the Indian diaspora in Canada. He is often vocal in his opposition to the Khalistani movement and other divisive elements within the country. His public stance against these groups has resonated with many within the Indian community, further solidifying his image as a leader committed to unity and progress.

His use of Kannada in the Canadian House of Commons in 2022 also made headlines, as it became a viral moment that showcased his pride in his regional heritage. The move was a testament to his cultural pride and his desire to represent the diversity of his constituents. Arya’s presence in the political landscape, marked by both his business acumen and cultural advocacy, has set the stage for what could be a historic shift in Canadian politics.

If successful in his campaign, Arya has vowed to bring a fresh perspective to the leadership of the Liberal Party. He has highlighted his expertise in various sectors, promising to use his knowledge to make decisive and bold choices that will benefit Canadians in the long term. His goal, he has said, is not only to address current challenges but to pave the way for a prosperous future for upcoming generations.

As Arya seeks to gather support for his candidacy, he faces significant competition, particularly from other prominent figures within the Liberal Party. However, his background, vision, and commitment to leadership suggest that he could be a formidable contender in the race for the country’s top office. His focus on delivering change, coupled with his strong cultural identity, positions him as a unique and potentially transformative figure in Canadian politics.

Chandra Arya’s candidacy marks the beginning of a new chapter for Canada, with his promises of bold political decisions and an emphasis on rebuilding the nation’s economy. Whether or not he succeeds in his bid for the prime ministership, his entry into the race adds an exciting new dynamic to the upcoming federal elections.

Through his announcement, Arya has made it clear that his vision is centered on a smaller, more efficient government, focused on creating equal opportunities and ensuring that future generations can enjoy prosperity. His platform suggests a pragmatic approach to leadership, one that seeks to balance the demands of the present with the needs of the future.

In the coming months, Arya will undoubtedly be a key figure to watch as the election campaign unfolds. His ability to present himself as a leader who can navigate the complexities of both the political and economic landscape will likely determine his success or failure in securing the top leadership role in the country. Regardless of the outcome, Arya’s candidacy represents a significant moment in Canadian politics, signaling potential changes and new ideas in the country’s political future.

As the race for the next Prime Minister heats up, Arya’s message of bold, decisive leadership and commitment to a prosperous future for all Canadians will continue to resonate with voters. Whether he can build on this momentum and secure the support needed to win the election remains to be seen, but his entry into the race has already set the stage for an intriguing political battle in the months ahead.

Historic Sentencing Marks a New Chapter for Trump: A Conviction Without Punishment

Donald Trump faced a historic and unprecedented sentencing on Friday in the New York hush money case, one that came after his felony conviction and just days before he was set to become president once again. Judge Juan Merchan addressed the former president, emphasizing that it was the office of the presidency, not the individual holding it, that required him to impose no punishment for Trump’s actions, thus allowing Trump to avoid jail time or other legal penalties. Despite the weight of this ruling, Trump remained defiant and unrepentant, continuing to attack the case as a “political witch hunt.”

Trump had been convicted in May on 34 counts of falsifying business records, and despite his continued efforts to challenge the verdict in court, Friday’s sentencing cemented his status as the first convicted felon set to hold the presidency. Though the decision did not include any penalty, it marked a significant moment in his legal battles.

A Historic Sentence Without Punishment

Judge Merchan had already indicated that no punishment, including jail time, would be imposed on Trump. This was affirmed in a recent ruling by the U.S. Supreme Court, which, in a 5-4 decision, allowed the sentencing hearing to proceed. Trump appeared remotely from his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida, and his speech during the session was notably less combative than his past public statements, although he still launched into attacks on the case and the individuals involved.

“This has been a very terrible experience,” Trump said at one point, continuing to frame the legal proceedings as part of a broader political conspiracy against him. He finished his remarks by asserting that his return to the presidency was a direct result of the trial, claiming that voters had been following the case and understood its implications. “The voters had been watching your trial so they understood it,” he stated, implying that the case helped secure his re-election.

The Legal Protections of the Presidency

While Judge Merchan did not criticize Trump directly, he focused on the unique nature of the case, acknowledging the exceptional legal protections afforded to the office of the president. “It is the legal protections afforded to the office of the president of the United States that are extraordinary, not the occupant of the office,” Merchan explained during the hearing. He emphasized that those protections were a legal mandate that he, as a judge, was bound to respect and uphold, despite the unusual circumstances of the case.

This legal framework, according to the judge, was what prevented him from imposing any penalties on Trump. “The considerable – indeed, extraordinary – legal protections afforded by the office of the chief executive is a factor that overrides all others,” Merchan elaborated. He pointed out that, while the situation was remarkable, the case was still conducted like any other in New York’s court system once the courtroom doors were closed.

A Defiant Trump and the Prosecutors’ View

Despite the judge’s explanation, prosecutors remained critical of Trump’s behavior throughout the case, especially in the aftermath of the verdict. Assistant District Attorney Josh Steinglass argued that Trump had undermined the rule of law with his refusal to accept the jury’s decision. “Far from expressing any kind of remorse for his criminal conduct,” Steinglass said, “Trump encouraged others to reject the jury verdict.” The prosecutor added that Trump’s actions had caused “enduring damage to the public perception of the criminal justice system.”

The unconditional discharge sentence means that Trump walks away from the case without any further consequences, though his conviction stands. This decision allows Trump to pursue appeals without the threat of immediate punishment. The defense team, led by top lawyers like Todd Blanche and Emil Bove, is expected to continue challenging the conviction through the legal system, possibly taking the case to higher courts if necessary.

Trump’s Felony Conviction and His Return to the Presidency

With this ruling, Trump’s status as a convicted felon is firmly established, even as he prepares to take office again. The sentence serves as a final procedural judgment in the case, though Trump’s legal team will continue their appeals. They argue that a Supreme Court ruling last summer granting broad presidential immunity should result in the dismissal of the case. This defense strategy hinges on the assertion that actions taken before Trump became president should not be subject to legal scrutiny while he holds office.

Steinglass, however, reaffirmed that the jury’s decision was clear and should be respected. “The jury’s verdict in this case was unanimous and decisive and it must be respected,” he asserted. Judge Merchan, for his part, agreed with the jury’s findings but made it clear that even the office of the presidency could not erase such a verdict. “One power they do not provide is the power to erase a jury verdict,” Merchan stated.

What Could Have Been: A Delayed Sentencing and Speculation on Public Reaction

The delay in Trump’s sentencing created an air of uncertainty, particularly regarding how the public might have reacted had the sentencing occurred before the election. Originally scheduled for July 11, the sentencing was postponed multiple times, largely due to the ongoing legal debates about presidential immunity. This delay allowed Trump’s victory to minimize the potential impact of any legal penalties, such as prison time or probation, which he might have faced had the case been resolved earlier.

Legal experts had speculated about whether Trump’s convictions, which carry a maximum sentence of four years, would have warranted jail time. However, the low-level nature of the felonies and the lack of prior legal punishment for similar offenses made it unlikely that Trump would have been sentenced to prison, even if the case had proceeded sooner.

The Long Road Ahead for Trump’s Legal Battles

Despite the lack of immediate punishment, Trump made it clear that he would continue to fight the conviction. “We’re going to appeal anyway, just psychologically, because frankly, it’s a disgrace. It’s a judge that shouldn’t have been on the case,” Trump stated from Mar-a-Lago ahead of the sentencing. As president, Trump’s legal team is expected to pursue every available option to overturn the conviction, with the case likely stretching out for years.

If lower courts uphold the conviction, Trump could appeal to New York’s highest court and, if necessary, seek to bring the case before the U.S. Supreme Court. His legal challenges could continue for an extended period, potentially affecting his time in office.

In closing, Judge Merchan acknowledged the unique situation facing Trump, wishing him well in his upcoming presidency: “Sir, I wish you Godspeed as you assume your second term in office.”

Thus, Trump enters his second term with a conviction but no immediate punishment, and his legal battles are far from over. The unfolding legal drama continues to cast a shadow over his return to the White House, leaving questions about the long-term implications of his actions and his fight against the justice system.

DHS Introduces Final Rule to Modernize the H-1B Visa Program

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has unveiled a final rule designed to modernize the H-1B visa program. This initiative aims to streamline the application process, enhance program flexibility, and ensure better oversight, enabling U.S. employers to attract and retain skilled foreign workers while maintaining the program’s integrity.

The H-1B visa allows U.S. employers to hire foreign professionals temporarily for specialty occupations requiring highly specialized knowledge and at least a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent in the field. The new rule updates the criteria for defining specialty occupations and expands exemptions for nonprofit and governmental research organizations from the annual visa cap. These revisions are expected to help businesses meet workforce demands and maintain their competitive edge in the global market.

The final rule also introduces significant changes for international students on F-1 visas transitioning to H-1B status. This adjustment aims to minimize disruptions in employment and legal status during the transition. Additionally, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will now expedite application processing for previously approved H-1B holders, further increasing efficiency.

Another notable update involves H-1B beneficiaries who hold a controlling interest in their petitioning organization. These individuals will now be eligible for H-1B status under certain conditions, reflecting the program’s evolving flexibility.

To bolster oversight, the rule codifies USCIS’ authority to conduct inspections and impose penalties on employers for non-compliance. Employers must demonstrate the availability of a legitimate specialty occupation position for the worker by the proposed start date. The Labor Condition Application must align with the H-1B petition, and the petitioning entity must have a legal presence in the U.S. and be subject to legal jurisdiction.

Starting January 17, 2025, a new version of Form I-129, Petition for a Nonimmigrant Worker, will be mandatory for all submissions. To ensure a smooth transition, USCIS plans to release a preview of the updated form on its website soon, as there will be no grace period for using previous editions.

DHS emphasizes that this rule builds on improvements made in January 2024, which streamlined the H-1B registration and selection process significantly.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula Receives Inspirational Award From Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism Foundation

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) was honored with the Inspirational Award given by Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism (RAYWA) Foundation during a glittering Inspirational Award Gala on December 14th, 2024, at New York’s iconic Pierre Hotel by Taj Hotel. Dr. Kathula was chosen for the award along with several community leaders, for his contributions to the country, particularly in the field of healthcare, and his dedication to his patients and the broader community.

Dr. Kathula, a board-certified hematologist and oncologist from Dayton, Ohio, practicing Medicine for over two decades, in his response after receiving the award, said, “I am truly humbled to receive this Inspirational Award alongside several other remarkable individuals. This really inspires not only me, but the people, who are actually serving the community and society at large. Inspiration is the spark that ignites our potential and drives us to do more, to be more. It comes from many sources—nature, people, art, even from small things- but its power is immense.”

The organizers of the event said, “The RAYWA Foundation is proud to celebrate individuals who have made extraordinary contributions across diverse fields, driving impact, innovation, and inclusion. This year’s honorees exemplify the spirit of resilience, leadership, and compassion.”

The multi-faceted event recognized inspiring South Asian individuals from diverse categories. The black-tie networking extravaganza brought together the nation’s business, community, health, and art world from diverse industries. The gala featured inspiring speakers, live entertainment, and a silent auction.

The highlight of the program was the launch of Roshni Inspirational coffee table book. The Gala and Ceremony provided an exclusive opportunity to mingle with Roshni honorees in a celebratory setting. Roshni Recognition Gala attendees received gift bags containing samples of this year’s award-winning products. All Finalists and Winners received a unique trophy, featuring the company name, the name of one’s new innovative product/service, and the level of win. Special recognition was provided to the Honorees featured in the Roshni Media next Coffee Table Book.

Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism (RAYWA) Foundation has been doing incredible work to support individuals with autism. Kudos to Mani Kamboj and Dr. Rashmi Sharma for their tireless efforts to raise awareness about autism. For 25 years, they have hosted the Inspirational Award Gala, honoring those who inspire others in their respective fields.

Dr. Kathula has dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations. Dr. Kathula has served AAPI in various capacities. He was the Regional Director, a member of the Board of Trustees. He was elected overwhelmingly by AAPI members as the national Treasurer, Secretary, and Vice President of AAPI, and has served as the President-Elect of AAPI during the year 2023-34, prior to assuming charge as the President of AAPI in July this year.

He strongly believes acquiring new knowledge is crucial for professionals, especially physicians with a changing healthcare environment. Recently, Dr. Kathula acquired a certificate from Stanford University in Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. He graduated in May 2024 from Harvard University completing a “Global Healthcare Leaders Program.”

Dr. Kathula was the President and founding member of the Association of Indian Physicians from Ohio, President of the Miami Valley Association of Physicians of Indian Origin as well as the President of the ATMGUSA (Association of Telugu Medical Graduates in USA). In addition, he has worked with the Ohio State Medical Association on various issues. He has been actively involved in community service locally, nationally, and internationally for the last two decades. He was awarded ‘Man of the Year – 2018’ by the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society.

Among many others, Dr. Kathula has initiated a bone marrow drive, as the donor pool among South Asians is very limited, Dr. Kathula said. “So, we are trying to recruit potential donors in the stem cell or bone marrow transplant donations. Because people are getting affected by lymphomas and leukemias, and they need transplants. Since they do not get the matched donors in this country, we are trying to increase that pool.”

Under his leadership, AAPI has launched a program called “Million Miles of Gratitude,” to honor veterans by promoting physical activity. Participants can log their walking or running miles, with each mile serving as a tribute to the veterans. The goal is to collectively reach a million miles in the coming year.

Not satisfied with his personal and professional achievements, Dr. Kathula has been active in the Indian community. With the objective of enabling Physicians of Indian Origin to give back to their motherland, India, he organized the Global Healthcare Summit is New Delhi, India in October this year.

Dr Kathula’s love for his motherland has manifested in him setting up humanitarian and medical projects in India. The most important of them is establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana, where he grew up. Named Pathfinder Institute of Pharmacy and Educational Research (PIPER), the non-profit with Dr Kathula as the Chairman provides quality education and has already graduated over 1,000 students who are now working in different parts of India and abroad. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.

Dr. Kathula, who graduated from Siddhartha Medical College, Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh, India in 1992 is a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University-Boonshoft School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio. Dr. Kathula is a Diplomate of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine. He has authored several papers and articles in medical journals and is in the process of writing a book, describing his journey as an immigrant physician. “For the past 22 years, I’ve been proudly serving as a Hematologist and Oncologist in the Dayton community, considering it my home.”

Trump Secures Presidency and GOP Dominance, But Faces Challenges Ahead

Donald Trump has emerged victorious in the 2024 presidential election, securing both the popular vote and the Electoral College for the first time in three election cycles. His Electoral College win, with 312 votes to his opponent’s 226, was more decisive than his 50% to 48.4% edge in the popular vote. This triumph is further amplified by the Republican Party gaining control of both the House of Representatives and the Senate, albeit with slim majorities.

While Republicans celebrate the 2024 election as a monumental achievement, history provides perspective. It pales in comparison to landslide victories such as Franklin D. Roosevelt’s 1936 win over Republican Alf Landon, where Roosevelt garnered 60.8% of the popular vote to Landon’s 36.5%. Similarly, Lyndon B. Johnson defeated Barry Goldwater in 1964 with 61.1% of the popular vote, and Richard Nixon crushed George McGovern in 1972 with 60.7% to 37.5%.

From the era of Andrew Jackson, U.S. presidents have often claimed a “mandate” from the electorate, asserting themselves as representatives of the people’s will. However, the Constitution distributes power among the executive, legislative, and judicial branches while also recognizing states’ authority to pursue their own policies. This design prevents overreach and underscores a historical lesson: even the most dominant presidents have faced limits on their authority.

As a proverb wisely reminds us, “Pride goeth before destruction, and a haughty spirit before a fall.” The experiences of past leaders with overwhelming mandates illustrate the consequences of overconfidence.

Franklin D. Roosevelt, who secured a massive victory in 1936, saw his attempt to expand the Supreme Court backfire, damaging his political capital. Similarly, Lyndon Johnson’s sweeping 1964 win did not shield him from the fallout of his unpopular Vietnam War policies, which eroded public support. Richard Nixon’s commanding 1972 re-election was overshadowed by the Watergate scandal, which led to his resignation.

Trump, even before officially resuming office, is already showing signs of overconfidence. His selection of key appointments has sparked controversy and echoes the hubris of historical figures like the Roman Emperor Caligula, who notoriously considered appointing his horse as a consul.

While some of Trump’s choices are considered credible—such as Senator Marco Rubio for Secretary of State and Scott Bessent for Treasury Secretary—others have raised eyebrows. His proposed Attorney General, Matt Gaetz, faced scrutiny due to an ongoing investigation into alleged sex trafficking, though Gaetz ultimately withdrew from contention. Additional appointments include Tulsi Gabbard as Director of National Intelligence, despite limited experience in the field; Fox News host Pete Hegseth as Secretary of Defense; vaccine skeptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as Secretary of Health and Human Services; and Dr. Mehmet Oz, who has been criticized for promoting unproven remedies, as administrator of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

These selections suggest a determination to challenge conventional norms, if not upend them entirely. Trump’s willingness to bypass traditional FBI vetting processes for nominees and his prioritization of personal loyalty over expertise reveal an apparent disdain for institutional norms and a preference for taking risks. “His faith in his own judgment,” the article observes, “and his apparent willingness to bypass traditional FBI vetting, demonstrates relative contempt for expertise and a willingness… to play dice with the nation’s future.”

This approach aligns with Trump’s broader tendency to prioritize loyalty to himself over adherence to constitutional principles. The pattern of controversial appointments underscores concerns that he may be overestimating the significance of his electoral win and testing the limits of his authority.

As Trump prepares to take office, the challenges before him are considerable. History shows that even leaders with substantial public support and legislative majorities must navigate the constraints of the Constitution and the complexities of governance. Trump’s ability to balance his ambitions with the realities of shared power will determine whether he can succeed where others have faltered.

Biden Administration Analyzes Rapid Developments in Syria as Assad’s Regime Teeters on the Brink

Officials in the Biden administration are closely monitoring the swift advances of Syrian rebels, who are now threatening the regime of President Bashar al-Assad. Five US officials told CNN that Assad’s government could potentially collapse within days. The unexpected speed of the rebel offensive has led some analysts to believe that the Syrian leader’s 14-year grip on power may soon come to an end.

While the possibility of Assad’s downfall has garnered attention, officials emphasized that there is no formal consensus on the matter. “The emerging consensus is that this is an increasingly plausible scenario,” a senior US official stated. Another added, “Probably by next weekend the Assad regime will have lost any semblance of power.” However, they noted that only a well-executed coup within Assad’s circle could delay the rebels’ progress. “Assad’s folks have done a good job of stifling any potential competitors,” the official observed.

One source with knowledge of US intelligence highlighted that the rebels have been successful primarily because government forces have avoided prolonged engagements. The areas where rebels have made the most headway—Aleppo, Idlib, and Hama—are not strongholds of regime support, allowing for limited resistance. “The question is whether regime forces actually stand their ground when it comes to Damascus,” the source added.

The rebels’ momentum has brought them to the outskirts of Homs, Syria’s third-largest city, as they move south toward Damascus. The capital is now within their sights after the rapid capture of major cities over the past week.

Caught off guard by the pace of these developments, the Biden administration is reassessing its approach to Syria. The collapse of Assad’s forces has left only a weakened army to defend the president and the capital. This miscalculation echoes past errors in US intelligence, such as the overestimation of the Afghan government’s resilience and the underestimation of Ukraine’s ability to withstand a Russian invasion. Following these misjudgments, the intelligence community launched a review of how it evaluates the “will to fight” of foreign militaries.

National Security Adviser Jake Sullivan, addressing the situation, stated that the US would not directly intervene in the Syrian civil war but would work to prevent a resurgence of ISIS. Speaking at the Reagan National Defense Forum, Sullivan said, “What we are going to do is focus on the American national security priorities and interests.”

Syria’s civil war, which began in 2011 during the Arab Spring, has claimed over 300,000 civilian lives and displaced millions. The current rebel offensive, led by the group Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), marks the most significant escalation in years. HTS, which the US designates as a terrorist organization, was previously affiliated with al Qaeda. Sullivan expressed concerns about the group’s goals, stating, “We have real concerns about the designs and objectives of that organization.” However, he also remarked, “At the same time, of course, we don’t cry over the fact that the Assad government, backed by Russia, Iran, and Hezbollah, are facing certain kinds of pressure.”

Despite their critical role in supporting Assad, neither Iran nor Russia seems poised to intervene decisively. Russia remains preoccupied with its ongoing conflict in Ukraine, while Iran’s regional influence has been diminished by Israeli strikes on its air defenses and allied groups. According to one US official, HTS capitalized on the distraction of Assad’s allies and the world’s inattention to Syria.

The Pentagon, which has approximately 900 troops stationed in Syria, has not announced any changes to its operations. Officials are adopting a cautious approach, implementing additional force protection measures while monitoring the situation. The US continues to work with the Kurdish-led Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) on anti-ISIS missions, although the SDF maintains contact with HTS. The US itself avoids communication with HTS due to its terrorist designation.

Turkey’s role in the rebel advance remains ambiguous. US officials believe Ankara may have tacitly approved HTS’s offensive but has not offered explicit support. The safety of Assad’s chemical weapons stockpile, including chlorine and sarin, has become a pressing concern for the Biden administration. Assad has used these weapons in the past, provoking international outrage.

Speculation about Assad’s potential escape plan is rife. Moscow or Tehran could offer him refuge, but it remains unclear whether the rebels will target Latakia, a stronghold of the Alawite sect to which Assad belongs.

The potential fall of Assad’s regime also comes at a politically sensitive time in the United States. As President Joe Biden prepares to transfer power to President-elect Donald Trump, the incoming leader has already voiced his opposition to US involvement in Syria. “Syria is a mess, but is not our friend,” Trump wrote on social media, urging the US to adopt a hands-off approach and concluding, “LET IT PLAY OUT. DO NOT GET INVOLVED!”

During his first term, Trump responded to Assad’s chemical attacks with airstrikes but later sought to withdraw US forces from northern Syria, leaving a residual presence for anti-ISIS operations. Senator Lindsey Graham, a close ally of Trump, has emphasized the importance of ensuring the security of ISIS prisoners in northeast Syria. “If there is a further collapse of the Syrian government, I fear that US forces could be put in jeopardy. It is therefore imperative that we have contingency plans to reinforce our troops to make sure the anti-ISIS mission does not collapse,” Graham warned on social media.

As the situation unfolds, the Biden administration faces complex challenges. While the prospect of Assad’s fall could signal an end to years of brutal conflict, the uncertainty surrounding Syria’s future raises questions about regional stability and the safety of vulnerable populations.

Pope Francis Affirms Synod’s Final Report as Official Church Teaching

In a message released on November 25, Pope Francis emphasized that the Final Document from the recently concluded Synod on Synodality represents authoritative Church teaching. The pontiff’s note confirmed the document’s significance as a direct reflection of the discernment and discussions held throughout the synodal process, highlighting its essential role in guiding the Church’s life and mission moving forward.

Pope Francis wrote, “Acknowledging the value of the synodal journey that we have made, I now hand over the instructions contained in the Final Document to the entire Church, as a restitution of everything that has matured over these years through listening and discernment, and as an authoritative indication for its life and mission.” The pope further emphasized the importance of the document, declaring, “The Final Document participates in the ordinary Magisterium of the Successor of Peter and thus I ask that it be accepted as such,” a reference to the Church’s teaching authority.

The Synod on Synodality was a multi-year consultation involving Catholics from all levels of the Church. It included discussions at parish levels, continental assemblies of bishops, and two major gatherings in Rome with bishops, religious leaders, and lay Catholics, including both men and women. The synodal process, which started in 2021, focused on developing a more inclusive, transparent, and welcoming Church, based on input from a wide range of Church members around the world.

During the final session of the Synod, held in October 2023 and again this October, participants voted on a final document that was swiftly ratified by Pope Francis on October 26. This document includes several key recommendations aimed at restructuring the Church to be more collaborative and accountable. It advocates for a more horizontal leadership structure, increased accountability for bishops, and greater involvement of laypeople in decision-making processes, all of which are now considered official Church doctrine.

Brian Flanagan, an ecclesiologist and senior fellow at New Ways Ministry, a Catholic LGBTQ outreach organization, commented on the significance of the pope’s note, stating, “The final document is official, magisterial teaching, and so no one can say that following the synodal path is optional.” Flanagan also noted that while local churches have the freedom to adapt the synodal recommendations to their specific cultural and local contexts, the overall approach outlined in the document is binding across the global Church.

However, some of the more contentious issues raised during the synodal discussions—such as the role of women and LGBTQ Catholics—were not fully addressed in the Final Document. These topics were instead assigned to 10 study groups consisting of theologians, canon lawyers, and experts who will present their findings in 2025. Many individuals, especially those advocating for the inclusion of women in the diaconate (a form of holy orders), expressed disappointment that the Synod did not advance further reforms in this area.

Pope Francis acknowledged the need for adaptation in applying the teachings of the Final Document, especially in a global Church that serves over 1.3 billion Catholics. In his note, he explained, “Local churches and groups of churches are now called to enact, within the various contexts, the authoritative indications contained in the document.” He also stressed that the synodal process is ongoing, stating that the conclusion of the Vatican Synod in October does not mark the end of this journey.

Flanagan, commenting on the approach of the Synod, remarked, “Pope Francis is trying to foster greater freedom of further discernment in a global ‘church of churches’ that is too diverse and complex for a heavy-handed, one-size-fits-all approach.” This remark reflects the pope’s desire to encourage a more flexible approach to implementing synodal recommendations, allowing for diversity in the ways different regions of the Church might respond to the teachings.

Pope Francis also indicated that the document provides guidance on how to implement its proposals. He noted that many of the reforms outlined in the document would involve applying existing canon law rather than creating entirely new laws. However, local churches are encouraged to develop new ministries and missionary roles where necessary and share their experiences with the Vatican for further reflection and guidance.

Regarding the relationship between local churches and the Vatican, the pope emphasized that national bishops will be expected to report on the implementation of the synodal recommendations during their five-year “ad limina” visits to the Vatican. “Each bishop will make sure to report which choices were made at his local church regarding what is contained in the final document, which challenges they faced, and what were the fruits,” Pope Francis said. This system of accountability aims to ensure that the synodal teachings are being effectively applied at the local level.

In addition, the pope confirmed that the General Secretariat of the Synod, along with other Vatican departments, will oversee the process and ensure that all national churches participate in the ongoing synodal journey. This will involve facilitating communication between local churches and the Vatican to track progress and challenges in implementing the recommendations outlined in the Final Document.

The Synod on Synodality has sparked both excitement and criticism within the Church, with many lauding the focus on inclusivity and collaboration while others remain cautious about the pace of reform. The pope’s affirmation of the synodal recommendations as official Church teaching indicates his commitment to moving the Church forward in a way that reflects the diverse realities of the global Catholic community. As the Church continues to grapple with the implications of these changes, the synodal process remains a key part of Pope Francis’s broader vision for a more open, accountable, and participatory Church.

The pope’s note underscores the importance of the Synod’s Final Document as an integral part of Church teaching, inviting all Catholics to engage with its directives as part of the ongoing journey of discernment and renewal. With the inclusion of diverse voices from around the world and an emphasis on local adaptation, the Synod has set the stage for continued growth and transformation within the Catholic Church.

US Department of Justice Pushes for Google Breakup, Proposes Chrome Divestiture

Earlier this week, reports emerged that the U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ) was planning to seek a court order mandating the breakup of Google, focusing particularly on the sale of its Chrome browser. On Wednesday night, these speculations were confirmed with the filing of official paperwork. However, the scope of the proposed actions appears even more extensive than initially thought.

The filing, submitted to a Washington federal court, not only suggests the forced sale of Chrome but also proposes a significant restriction: Google would be barred from reentering the browser market for five years following the divestiture. This stipulation was explicitly outlined in the document, which stated, “Following its divestiture of Chrome [Google] may not reenter the browser market for five years” (as reported by The Guardian).

The DoJ’s proposal goes beyond browsers. It recommends barring Google from acquiring stakes in competing search platforms, potential market entrants, or rival AI products related to search or search advertising. Additionally, Google would be required to relinquish any such interests it currently holds. Another significant aspect of the proposal is a halt to “anticompetitive payments to distributors, including Apple,” which secure Google’s position as the default search engine on various devices.

Addressing artificial intelligence, the DoJ proposes that Google provide “data crawling rights” to content creators, enabling them to opt out of having their work used to train Google’s AI systems. This move comes amid growing frustration with the proliferation of AI-generated content in search results, which many argue undermines the quality of online information. From a personal standpoint, even casual internet users might find relief in measures aimed at reducing the regurgitation of original work by AI. If enforced, this could be a significant step toward addressing such concerns.

This filing is the latest chapter in an ongoing legal battle. In August, a court ruled that Google had acted unlawfully to maintain its dominance in the online search and advertising markets. Subsequently, in October, the DoJ began outlining potential remedies targeting Android and Chrome, citing their roles in unfairly prioritizing Google’s search and related services.

The proposed remedies are being presented to Judge Amit Mehta, who delivered the August ruling against Google. While Judge Mehta will ultimately decide the course of action, his decision is not expected until next year. Until then, the impact on everyday users remains uncertain, particularly since Google has not yet offered any counterproposals.

The federal filing also highlights Android’s pivotal role in Google’s dominance, identifying it as “a critical platform on which search competitors rely and for which Google has myriad obvious and not-so-obvious ways to favor its own search product.” Two potential scenarios are laid out: either Google must sell off Android alongside Chrome, or the sale of Android will be considered a last resort if other measures fail to curb its monopoly.

Google’s response to the filing has been both firm and defensive. In a recent blog post, the company characterized the DoJ’s proposals as part of a “radical interventionist agenda that would harm Americans and America’s global technology leadership.” Kent Walker, Google’s president of Global Affairs, further argued, “It would break a range of Google products — even beyond Search — that people love and find helpful in their everyday lives.”

The situation draws comparisons to the landmark United States v. Microsoft Corp. case in 2001. In that instance, the DoJ sought to split Microsoft over its dominance in the web browser market on Windows platforms. However, the case concluded with a settlement rather than the drastic measures initially sought. With this precedent in mind, it remains unclear how far the DoJ will push its case against Google.

As the legal battle unfolds, the stakes for Google—and the broader tech industry—are immense. The outcomes could reshape the landscape of online search, advertising, and browser markets, potentially leveling the playing field for competitors. Whether these proposals will ultimately be enforced or lead to a settlement, they signal a decisive moment in the fight against alleged monopolistic practices by one of the world’s largest tech giants.

How to Recognize and Address Four Core Reasons Relationships Fall Apart

In my years as a relationship therapist, I’ve observed countless couples teeter on the edge of a breakup. Despite the unique nuances of each relationship, the fundamental causes of these issues typically fit into four main categories. These challenges often intertwine, escalating tensions and straining the bond between partners. Drawing from my professional experiences and the insights shared in my book, Why Can’t You Read My Mind?, I aim to shed light on these core issues to help couples break toxic patterns and work toward emotional restoration.

  1. Damaging Thoughts and Communication Failures

Toxic thoughts—like “You’re impossible to communicate with”—can corrode a relationship’s foundation. These types of thoughts often stem from frustration and feelings of helplessness, which can grow when partners struggle to convey their needs in a way the other can grasp. When communication falters, resentment and misunderstanding have room to thrive.

Psychologist John Gottman, known for his work on relationship stability, identified the “Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse”: criticism, defensiveness, contempt, and stonewalling. Couples who frequently engage in these behaviors, often fueled by negative thoughts, have a higher likelihood of separation. These patterns can create an adversarial dynamic in which partners see each other as opponents rather than allies, blocking productive communication.

Consider Oliver and Cassia, a couple married for five years. Whenever Oliver brought up finances, Cassia often felt overwhelmed and shut down. Instead of interpreting this as a stress response, Oliver began to see her reaction as stubbornness, thinking, “She just doesn’t care.” Over time, his toxic perception overshadowed his ability to empathize with her, while Cassia felt disregarded and misunderstood. This cycle left both parties retreating into their assumptions rather than engaging in open dialogue.

Tip: Replace judgmental thoughts with constructive perspectives, such as, “Part of me feels frustrated, but another part wants to understand my partner’s reaction.” Recognizing multiple viewpoints within oneself fosters a collaborative approach that can transform communication.

  1. Unresolved Conflict and Lingering Resentments

All couples face conflicts, but the inability to resolve these issues can lead to long-term discord. Avoiding difficult conversations only pushes issues under the rug, where they fester into resentments and emotional distance.

A study published in The Journal of Marriage and Family indicates that couples who avoid conflicts rather than addressing them are at greater risk for relationship dissatisfaction. It’s not the frequency of disputes that damages relationships but rather the way these conflicts are handled. Effective, blame-free conflict resolution is essential for long-term relationship health.

Take Lucia and Everett as an example. They faced ongoing tensions over household duties, with Lucia feeling overburdened while Everett felt he was contributing equally. Instead of discussing these frustrations openly, both allowed resentment to build. Consequently, every minor disagreement reopened unresolved wounds, intensifying their mutual frustration.

Tip: Dedicate a specific time each week to calmly discuss any lingering issues, focusing on finding solutions rather than dwelling on past grievances. This approach keeps conflicts manageable, preventing them from escalating into relationship-ending resentments.

  1. Emotional or Physical Disconnection

Dwindling emotional or physical intimacy can point to underlying problems. Emotional disconnection may surface when partners feel overlooked or taken for granted, while physical intimacy may suffer from stress, unresolved conflicts, or health issues.

This disconnect usually happens gradually, with partners beginning to live parallel lives rather than sharing one. Research in The Journal of Personality & Social Psychology suggests that couples who consistently engage in novel activities together report greater satisfaction and intimacy.

Consider Matteo and Imani, who have been together for over a decade. As career and parenting demands grew, they stopped prioritizing date nights or meaningful conversations. While they didn’t face significant conflicts, the emotional and physical distance widened, making their relationship feel more like cohabitation than a partnership.

Tip: Make it a priority to engage in activities that strengthen your connection, even if it’s a simple weekly walk or shared cooking session. Small acts of affection, like holding hands or exchanging compliments, can help rekindle both emotional and physical intimacy.

  1. Divergent Life Goals and Values

Couples often overlook the importance of shared values and goals early in a relationship. However, these differences can create significant tension over time, especially around crucial topics like finances, career ambitions, or family planning. When partners aren’t aligned in their life goals, the relationship can feel like an ongoing tug-of-war.

A study from Plos One reveals that value misalignments are a strong predictor of relationship dissatisfaction. While compromise is essential, it’s also crucial that each partner feels their values are respected and taken into account.

For instance, Priya and Theo were deeply in love but repeatedly clashed over Theo’s job offer that required moving abroad. While Theo was enthusiastic about the opportunity, Priya was firm about staying close to her family. This fundamental difference put a considerable strain on their relationship, as they struggled to reconcile their individual priorities with their partnership.

Tip: Have honest conversations about future aspirations and values from the outset and revisit these topics as circumstances evolve. Life priorities may shift over time, so it’s essential to continually find common ground and agree on compromises.

Conclusion

Breakups don’t typically result from a single issue but rather from the cumulative effects of recurring patterns and behaviors that erode the foundation of a relationship. By identifying the signs of negative thoughts, unresolved conflicts, emotional disconnect, and incompatible values, couples can take proactive steps to strengthen their bond. It’s important to remember that relationships require continuous effort and empathy, but with the right approach, even challenging situations can be transformed into opportunities for deeper connection.

Ratan Tata: A Legacy of Leadership, Humility, and Heartfelt Philanthropy

On October 9, 2024, India mourned the loss of one of its most revered industrialists, Ratan Tata, who passed away at the age of 86. His death marked the end of a distinguished era in Indian business leadership. The patriarch of the Tata Group was battling age-related ailments and was undergoing treatment at Breach Candy Hospital in Mumbai, where he spent his last days.

Early Life and Challenges

Born on December 28, 1937, in Bombay, Ratan Tata had a turbulent childhood. His parents, Naval Tata and Soonoo Commisariat, separated when he was just seven years old. Following their divorce, Ratan Tata and his younger brother Jimmy were raised by their grandmother, Lady Navajbai Tata. Despite these early challenges, Tata’s upbringing instilled in him the values of humility and perseverance.

Tata pursued a degree in architecture from Cornell University, graduating in 1962. He further refined his leadership skills by enrolling in Harvard Business School’s Advanced Management Program in 1975. Though he had an offer to join IBM, on the advice of JRD Tata, the then-chairman of Tata Sons, Ratan opted to join the family business.

Ratan Tata

Transformation of the Tata Group

Ratan Tata began his career on the shop floor of Tata Steel, starting as a low-level worker. His hands-on experience gave him a deep understanding of the business from the ground up. In 1991, he took over as chairman of Tata Sons from JRD Tata, marking the beginning of his two-decade leadership.

During his tenure, Ratan Tata spearheaded several acquisitions that placed the Tata Group on the global map. His vision was not just about expanding the group but about positioning it as a multinational giant:

1. Tetley Tea Acquisition (2000): Tata Tea’s acquisition of Tetley for $450 million was one of the first major moves under his leadership. It made Tata Tea the second-largest tea company in the world.

2. Corus Steel (2007): The Tata Group made headlines by acquiring British steelmaker Corus for $8 billion. Although the acquisition later proved challenging due to changes in European regulations and competition from China, it established the Tata Group’s global steel presence.

3. Jaguar Land Rover (2008): Perhaps the most significant of Tata’s moves was the acquisition of the luxury car brands Jaguar and Land Rover from Ford for $2.3 billion. Despite initial skepticism, the buyout turned out to be a massive success, with the brands contributing significantly to Tata Motors’ revenue.

Visionary Leadership and Legacy

Ratan Tata’s legacy extends beyond business. His leadership was characterized by ethical principles and a deep sense of social responsibility. Under his leadership, Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) emerged as India’s largest IT services company, growing to employ over 600,000 people from more than 135 nationalities. He also expanded the Tata Group’s philanthropic activities, focusing on education, rural development, and healthcare.

One of his most ambitious projects was the Tata Nano, launched in 2010. Marketed as the world’s most affordable car, the Tata Nano was a symbol of Tata’s belief in making transportation accessible to the common Indian. Although the project did not achieve the commercial success expected, it reflected his innovative spirit and commitment to inclusive growth.

Tata stepped down as chairman of Tata Sons in 2012, making way for new leadership, but his influence continued to shape the conglomerate long after his retirement.

Tributes and Impact

The news of Ratan Tata’s passing led to an outpouring of tributes from leaders across India and the world. Prime Minister Narendra Modi described Tata as a “visionary business leader, a compassionate soul, and an extraordinary human being.” Modi praised Tata’s leadership for bringing stability to one of India’s oldest business houses and for his profound contribution to society through philanthropy  .

Opposition leader Rahul Gandhi called him a “man with a vision” who left a lasting mark on both business and philanthropy. Other prominent figures like Anand Mahindra and Harsh Goenka also expressed their sadness at the passing of a business titan whose life’s work shaped modern India.

Anand Mahindra wrote, “India’s economy stands on the cusp of a historic leap forward. And Ratan Tata’s life and work have much to do with our being in this position. His mentorship and guidance at this point in time would have been invaluable” .

Ratan Tata’s legacy will not only be remembered in terms of business success but also for the values of integrity and ethical leadership he stood for. His contributions to philanthropy, especially in healthcare and education, will continue to have a lasting impact on Indian society.

A Bust Of Mahatma Gandhi Unveiled At The Iconic Seattle Center

In a unique addition to the city of Seattle landscape, a bust of Mahatma Gandhi was unveiled today at the iconic Seattle Center, just below the base of the Space Needle and adjacent to the Chihuly Garden and Glass Museum. The unveiling marks the first installation of Gandhi’s bust in a city known for its vibrant cultural landscape.

The unveiling ceremony was attended by notable dignitaries, including Seattle Mayor Bruce Harrell, Congressman Adam Smith, Congresswoman Pramila Jayapal, Lt. Gen. Xavier Brunson, Commander of the US First Corps in Pacific Northwest and Mr. Eddie Rye, Chair of the Martin Luther King- Gandhi Initiative along with the Consul General of India, Prakash Gupta. It was also attended by eminent members of the Indian American community who offered their respects on the occasion of Gandhi Jayanti.

October 2nd, which is Gandhi Ji’s birthday, has been recognized as the International Day of Non-Violence by the United Nations. All dignitaries who spoke at the Gandhi Jayanti ceremony underscored the values of Ahimsa (Non-Violence), Satyagraha (truth force), and Sarvodaya (welfare for all) as being the defining need in contemporary times.

The Consulate General of India and the City of Seattle had worked in partnership to identify an appropriate venue for locating the bust of Mahatma Gandhi and the iconic location of Seattle Center, which draws more than 12 million visitors each year, was considered appropriate, given its location, accessibility, and commitment to promoting the values of peace and non-violence.

 To mark the occasion, the Governor of the State of Washington, Jay Inslee issued an official proclamation acknowledging the Gandhi ji Bust as a lasting tribute to Gandhi’s teachings and a powerful reminder of the impact of non-violence in driving change. Another special proclamation was also issued by the King County designating 2nd October as the Mahatma Gandhi Day across all 73 cities of the Greater Seattle area.

It may be recalled that the first Indian Consulate in Seattle commenced its operations in November 2023 with a consular jurisdiction in the US Pacific Northwest covering the nine states of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, and Alaska. The installation of the Mahatma Gandhi ji bust in Seattle (Washington) is one in a series of such initiatives that are gradually being implemented across its consular jurisdiction.

Companies Exploring Four-Day Workweeks to Combat Burnout and Boost Employee Retention

Companies experimenting with a four-day workweek are aiming to reduce employee burnout and retain talent by offering a better work-life balance, according to Dale Whelehan, CEO of 4 Day Week Global. This organization helps guide businesses through the process of shortening work hours over several months, and Whelehan sees this trend gaining momentum, particularly in Australia, Europe, and Japan. While the four-day workweek is not as prevalent in the United States, interest in the concept appears to be growing. A 2022 Gallup poll revealed that 8% of American full-time employees worked four days a week, a modest increase from 5% in 2020.

Whelehan spoke to the Associated Press about why companies should consider adopting a four-day workweek and how it could benefit both employers and employees. His responses provide insight into the broader implications of this shift and the potential positive outcomes for productivity, equity, and well-being. Below are his thoughts on the subject, edited for clarity and length.

Why Should Organizations Switch to a Four-Day Workweek?

Whelehan believes the real question is, “Why shouldn’t they?” He argues that significant changes are needed in the current work culture to address several widespread issues. He points out that employee burnout is rampant, and many industries are facing recruitment and retention crises. Additionally, stress levels in the workforce are increasing, leading to health problems, conflicts between work and personal life, and work-family tension. Whelehan also highlights the environmental impact of long commutes, which contribute to the ongoing climate crisis.

He explains that certain groups of workers are rewarded for being able to put in more hours, further widening social inequities. Stress, Whelehan notes, is a key factor in long-term health conditions, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and diabetes. “Stress is something not to be taken lightly, and it’s only rising in our world of work,” he emphasized.

To better understand the current situation, Whelehan reflects on how work has evolved over time. His grandfather was a farmer who worked seven days a week with long hours but had a great deal of autonomy in his role. By the time his father entered the workforce, the landscape had changed, with his father working as a technician in a mechanical field, expected to produce products on a large scale in exchange for a salary. This shift, Whelehan says, led to the development of modern management, spearheaded by Frederick Taylor. It was during this era that scientific studies explored the link between fatigue and performance, which eventually resulted in the widespread adoption of the five-day workweek instead of the previously common six-day workweek.

However, when Whelehan himself entered the workforce, the nature of work had changed dramatically. Most jobs were now highly cognitive and emotional, rather than physically laborious. “The fundamental physiological difference,” he says, “is that our brain as a muscle can’t withstand the same level of hours of work as our muscles in our body might be able to.” Whelehan argues that the 40-hour workweek, which was designed for more physically demanding jobs, no longer fits the needs of today’s knowledge-based workforce.

How Can Companies Increase Revenue While Employees Work Fewer Hours?

Whelehan explains that reducing working hours can actually lead to gains in productivity. This is largely due to the fact that employees have more time to rest and recover, enabling them to return to work more energized and engaged. He notes that one of the key ways companies can maintain or even improve productivity during a four-day week is by shifting their focus from time spent working to outcomes achieved.

His organization, 4 Day Week Global, employs what they call the “100-80-100 principle.” This approach involves companies offering 100% of an employee’s pay for 80% of the time, with the expectation that workers will deliver 100% of their usual output. “We ask organizations to design their trials with that philosophy in mind: How can you keep your business at the same level or improve while working less?” Whelehan said.

By focusing on what drives a business forward and emphasizing outcomes rather than hours spent on the job, companies can reframe the way they think about productivity. This shift, Whelehan argues, is necessary for the transition to a shorter workweek to succeed.

How Does a Four-Day Workweek Support Equity?

According to Whelehan, the four-day workweek has the potential to address inequities in the workforce, particularly in terms of gender disparities. Currently, a disproportionate number of part-time workers are women, which often results in reduced pay despite the fact that many part-time workers produce the same output as their full-time counterparts.

In trials of the four-day workweek, everyone participates in the shortened work schedule, which Whelehan says leads to a more balanced distribution of household and parenting responsibilities. This change allows men to take on a greater share of domestic duties, helping to break the cycle in which women are forced to reduce their working hours and pay, while men work longer hours in more stressful jobs to make up for the financial shortfall.

Without the switch to a shorter workweek, Whelehan explains, this cycle perpetuates itself: “It just creates this vicious cycle.”

What Kinds of Work Could Potentially Be Dropped to Increase Productivity?

One of the most obvious areas where companies could save time is in meetings. Whelehan believes that the current workplace culture is “addicted to meetings,” and the issue has only worsened since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. He attributes this to a culture of indecisiveness, where decision-making is delayed or many people are involved in the process to spread responsibility thin. As a result, no one takes full responsibility, and productivity suffers.

In Whelehan’s view, trimming unnecessary meetings is a crucial step in improving productivity during a four-day workweek. He believes that this, along with other time-saving measures, can help companies make the transition successfully while maintaining or even increasing their output.

While the four-day workweek is still relatively uncommon in the United States, its potential benefits—ranging from reduced burnout and improved work-life balance to greater equity and increased productivity—are hard to ignore. Companies willing to take the plunge may find that both their employees and their bottom line benefit from the change.

Biden Hosts Quad Leaders in Hometown, Showcasing Legacy in Indo-Pacific Partnership

President Joe Biden is emphasizing his Indo-Pacific legacy as he hosts the leaders of Australia, Japan, and India in his hometown of Wilmington, Delaware. This gathering, held on Saturday, marks the culmination of his efforts to nurture and elevate the so-called Quad partnership during his presidency. With this summit potentially being the final Quad meeting under his leadership, Biden is looking to cement his influence on U.S. foreign policy and his focus on the Indo-Pacific.

When Biden took office, he aimed to revitalize the Quad, a coalition of the United States, Australia, Japan, and India. The group previously held meetings only at the foreign minister level. Biden sought to elevate this to leader-level meetings, aligning with his vision to pivot U.S. foreign policy away from the Middle East and toward addressing both the challenges and opportunities in the Indo-Pacific region. Since 2021, the Quad leaders have met in person four times, with Saturday’s summit being the sixth overall gathering of the group.

Biden added a personal touch to this event, hosting the leaders in his hometown and organizing a joint meeting and formal dinner at Archmere Academy, the high school he attended. The gathering comes ahead of the leaders’ appearances at the United Nations General Assembly in New York.

“You’ve heard the president say many times that all politics is personal, all diplomacy is personal,” stated Jake Sullivan, Biden’s national security adviser. He noted that Biden’s personal engagement with foreign leaders has been central to his approach to foreign policy. “Developing personal relationships has been core to his approach as president,” Sullivan continued, emphasizing that hosting the leaders of India, Japan, and Australia at his home demonstrates the value Biden places on these relationships.

Biden started the weekend by welcoming Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese to his home, situated on a pond in a wooded area near downtown Wilmington. On Saturday, Biden hosted the Prime Ministers of Japan and India, Fumio Kishida and Narendra Modi, for talks before bringing all the leaders together at Archmere Academy.

Describing Biden’s meeting with Albanese, Sullivan said the two leaders spent time reflecting on their political careers and discussing broader global issues in an informal setting. He remarked that the meeting felt like “two guys — one at the other guy’s home — talking in broad strokes about where they see the state of the world.”

Although Biden has placed a significant emphasis on personal diplomacy, the meetings remained private. Reporters were not allowed to cover his individual conversations with the leaders, and unlike traditional international summits, Biden chose not to hold a press conference. This decision marked a departure from the usual practice of question-and-answer sessions at such events.

The summit was not just a symbolic gesture but also resulted in tangible outcomes. The leaders announced initiatives aimed at improving maritime security, focusing on increased coast guard cooperation across the Pacific and Indian oceans. These initiatives are intended to counterbalance China’s growing assertiveness in the region. Additionally, plans to improve cooperation on humanitarian response missions were outlined.

Discussions between Biden and Modi were expected to touch upon a range of topics, including Modi’s recent visits to Russia and Ukraine, as well as shared concerns regarding China. Modi stands out as a prominent leader of a nation that has maintained a neutral stance on Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Sullivan noted that Biden planned to emphasize the importance of upholding “sovereignty and territorial integrity” and to encourage countries like India to take a stronger stance against supporting Russia’s war efforts. “Every country, everywhere, should refrain from supplying inputs to Russia’s war machine,” Sullivan asserted.

The meeting also presented an opportunity for Biden and Japan’s Prime Minister Kishida to reflect on their shared accomplishments before stepping away from office. Both leaders are nearing the end of their terms, with Biden’s tenure concluding in January 2025, and Kishida facing dwindling public support at home. One of the key achievements for both leaders has been the strengthening of security and economic ties between the U.S., Japan, and South Korea, especially as North Korea continues to advance its nuclear program, and China becomes more assertive in the Pacific.

Biden praised Kishida for his efforts in improving relations with South Korea, a country with a long and complicated history with Japan. The improved cooperation between the two nations has been particularly significant given the escalating tensions in the Pacific. Biden commended Kishida’s “courage and conviction in strengthening ties” with South Korea, a key move in the current geopolitical landscape. During their conversation, they also addressed China’s “coercive and destabilizing activities” and discussed Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and technological advancements.

Despite the strong relationship between the U.S. and Japan, the two countries are navigating a rare moment of tension. A proposed $15 billion bid by Japan’s Nippon Steel to acquire U.S. Steel, an American company, has faced opposition from Biden, as well as from U.S. political figures like Kamala Harris and Donald Trump. The deal has not yet received a formal assessment from the U.S. government, and the review may be delayed until after the upcoming November election.

Sullivan refuted speculation that the timing of the report could signal Biden’s wavering opposition to the deal. “There’s no change in the president’s position,” he said, stressing that the review process would move forward without political interference.

The summit leaders agreed to issue a joint statement that would contain the strongest language to date on China and North Korea, reaffirming their commitment to regional stability and security. This statement was anticipated to send a clear signal of unity among the Quad nations in response to the growing challenges posed by these two countries.

As the leaders gathered to discuss geopolitical issues, they also turned their attention to a cause close to Biden’s heart: cancer prevention. The summit featured a significant announcement related to Biden’s Cancer Moonshot Initiative, a long-standing project aimed at reducing cancer mortality rates. Biden’s personal connection to this cause stems from the death of his son, Beau, who passed away from brain cancer in 2015 at the age of 46.

In a related announcement, the leaders unveiled a new collaboration focused on reducing cervical cancer in the Indo-Pacific region. This initiative is part of Biden’s broader efforts to promote health and well-being across the globe.

As Biden’s presidency nears its end, the White House is also celebrating the creation of a bipartisan “Quad Caucus” in Congress. This group is designed to ensure that the Quad partnership remains strong, regardless of the outcome of the November election.

Biden’s efforts to solidify ties among the Quad nations have been central to his foreign policy vision, and the Wilmington summit underscores the importance of these relationships as the Indo-Pacific region continues to play a critical role in global security and economic stability.

Trump Targeted in Second Apparent Assassination Attempt While Golfing

Former President Donald Trump faced another apparent assassination attempt on Sunday while playing golf in Florida, marking the second such attempt on his life in less than three months. This latest incident comes just nine weeks after Trump was shot in the ear at a rally in Pennsylvania. The timing adds another layer of tension as the 2024 election approaches, with Trump expected to face off against Vice President Kamala Harris in a closely contested race.

Secret Service Fires on Armed Suspect

On Sunday, Trump was golfing at his West Palm Beach course when Secret Service agents spotted a man armed with a rifle at a distance between 300 and 500 yards. The suspect, identified by authorities, had pushed the muzzle of the weapon through the perimeter bushes. Secret Service agents quickly reacted by firing at the man, who fled the scene in a car after dropping his AK-47-style rifle.

The Palm Beach County Sheriff’s Office was immediately contacted by the Secret Service at around 1:30 p.m. The area was sealed off, and authorities tracked the suspect down on Interstate 95, apprehending him in Martin County. Sheriff Ric Bradshaw confirmed that the suspect had left behind an AK-47 rifle with a scope, along with two backpacks and a GoPro camera. Around an hour after the confrontation, Trump’s campaign reassured the public with a statement saying the former president was “safe.”

Suspect Identified as Ryan Wesley Routh

Authorities identified the suspect as 58-year-old Ryan Wesley Routh, a white male. NewsNation, citing a law enforcement source, reported that Routh had been convicted in 2002 of possessing a weapon of mass destruction. Despite this history, Routh had not been on law enforcement’s radar prior to the Sunday incident, according to Palm Beach County State Attorney Dave Aronberg.

Investigators have not yet established a motive for the assassination attempt, but Routh’s social media activity suggested he had a vocal stance on the war in Ukraine. The New York Times reported that Routh had been featured in an article about pro-Ukrainian foreign fighters last year. Originally from Greensboro, North Carolina, Routh traveled to Ukraine in 2022, where he recruited former Afghan soldiers to fight against the Russian invasion. He had also lived in Hawaii before the incident, where he ran a shed-building company with his son.

Authorities believe Routh may face charges related to terrorism and weapons offenses, although these charges are still pending further investigation.

Fears of Political Rhetoric Leading to Violence

The assassination attempt comes at a time of heightened political tension and increasingly aggressive rhetoric on both sides of the aisle. After Sunday’s incident, Republican figures were quick to blame the Democrats for what they perceived as inflammatory political language. Representative Roger Williams (R-Texas) took to social media, writing, “Enough is enough! The left continues to push their hateful and dangerous rhetoric.”

Hung Cao, a Republican Senate candidate in Virginia, also voiced concerns about the political atmosphere, stating that Trump’s opponents used “extreme rhetoric” to label him as a “dictator” and a “threat to democracy.” Democrats, including Trump’s electoral rival, Vice President Harris, expressed their relief that Trump was unharmed and condemned the violence. Harris tweeted, “Violence has no place in America,” while Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) emphasized the need for prosecution, adding, “There is no place in this country for political violence of any kind.”

This incident comes in the wake of a similar assassination attempt in July at a Trump rally in Pennsylvania. That shooting raised concerns about whether Trump’s political rhetoric had contributed to the growing violence, a point that Democrats have often highlighted, citing the January 6, 2021, Capitol attack as another example.

Secret Service Response and Scrutiny Over Security

The shooting in July put a spotlight on the Secret Service’s preparedness, and many lawmakers criticized the agency’s handling of that incident. Former Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle came under heavy scrutiny for failing to address the public after the Pennsylvania shooting, leading to her resignation shortly after a House Oversight and Accountability Committee hearing in which she was questioned about the agency’s inadequate response.

In contrast to the July incident, Sunday’s events saw a much quicker response from authorities. The Secret Service, FBI, Palm Beach County Sheriff’s Office, and state officials held a joint briefing around 5 p.m. on the same day, providing updates on the situation. However, some lawmakers continue to voice concerns about the level of protection offered to political figures during an election cycle, with many still wary of how the agency handled the previous attack on Trump.

The assassination attempt in July also led to increased security for presidential candidates. For example, independent candidate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. was granted a Secret Service detail just two days after the attack on Trump.

Election Campaign Amid Tight Race

As the election draws nearer, the assassination attempts against Trump are taking place during one of the most contentious presidential races in recent memory. Despite both Republicans and Democrats calling for more tempered political rhetoric following the July attack, the heat of the campaign has largely drowned out those appeals.

It remains to be seen how these attempts on Trump’s life will impact the way both candidates move forward with their campaigns. Trump’s team has already scaled back outdoor rallies due to safety concerns following the July incident.

In response to Sunday’s attempt, Trump’s campaign wasted no time addressing supporters through fundraising emails. One such email read, “Nothing will slow me down. I will never surrender.” His campaign managers also urged staffers to stay vigilant and maintain a heightened awareness of their surroundings in the aftermath of the attack.

With just over seven weeks until Election Day, tensions continue to escalate. Political violence and security concerns remain at the forefront of the election narrative, and both sides of the aisle are grappling with how to ensure safety without derailing their respective campaigns. As the events of this weekend show, the election season is already marked by unprecedented levels of intensity and unpredictability.

Stage Set for NAINA Biennial Conference in Albany

Albany, NY – The Indian American Nurses Association (IANA) is finalizing preparations to welcome nurses from across the United States for the much-anticipated biennial conference of the National Association of Indian Nurses in America (NAINA).

Scheduled for October 4 and 5, the two-day event will be hosted at The Desmond – Crowne Plaza, according to Suja Thomas, president of NAINA. This marks the 9th biennial conference for NAINA, aimed at fostering the professional advancement of nurses by showcasing the latest innovations in nursing theory, practice, and education. Attendees can expect a diverse lineup of esteemed nurse leaders and subject matter experts who will provide insights on a variety of topics pertinent to the nursing profession. The conference themed “Innovate, Integrate, Inspire,” will also offer numerous networking opportunities for nursing professionals committed to enhancing healthcare outcomes in America.

The significant presence of Indian American nurses across the healthcare landscape has been increasingly recognized, as they excel in various fields including research, administration, education, and advanced practice. The first day of the conference will focus on strategies to drive nursing excellence through the integration of research and technological advancements. Panel discussions featuring prominent nurse scholars from across the country will explore the future of healthcare. On the second day, discussions will center around the critical role of nursing in promoting equity, advocacy, and innovation, as well as the impact of wearable technologies on nursing efficiency and outcomes. A significant focus will also be placed on nursing’s evolving role in health and well-being in the context of artificial intelligence. Both days will feature concurrent sessions covering pressing topics in nursing, including steroid-induced hyperglycemia in oncology patients, new management models for GERD in outpatient settings, collaborative leadership, and the implications of COVID-19 on cardiac health.

Notable speakers at the conference will include Dr. Debbie Hatmaker, Chief Nursing Officer of the American Nurses Association; Dr. Colleen Walsh-Irwin, co-chair of the AANP Cardiology Specialty Practice Group; Dr. Glenda Kelman, chair and professor of nursing at Russell Sage College; and nursing pioneer Dr. Alicia Georges, among others. Leading the organization of this significant event are esteemed Indian American nursing leaders, including NAINA president Suja Thomas, vice president Sandra Immanuel, secretary Umamaheswari Venugopal, treasurer and national convenor Tara Shajan, and hosting chapter president Dr. Ambili Nair. Registration is currently underway at nainausa.org, as excitement builds for this pivotal gathering in the nursing community.

The Origins of All 50 U.S. State Names

Though many Americans are taught to learn all 50 U.S. states at a young age, we know far less about the etymological origins behind each name. While some are inspired by Native American languages and others by natural water sources and rock formations, the naming process behind every state offers a fascinating glimpse into our country’s history and culture.

While some namesakes may be more obvious like that of the state of Washington, the backstory behind state names like Kentucky is steeped in uncertainty. From Alabama to Wyoming, here are 50 eye-opening tales about how each U.S. state earned its name.

Alabama

A wooden walkway to the Gulf of Mexico on the Alabama Gulf Coast.
Credit: Darryl Vest/ Shutterstock

The state of Alabama owes its modern name to Spanish explorer Hernando De Soto, whose 16th-century expedition brought him to the region. There he encountered Native American inhabitants known to De Soto as the Alabamans, who would become the namesake for both the river and the state. The word itself roughly translates to “vegetation gatherers” in the Choctaw language, as Alabama is a combination of the words “alba” meaning vegetation, and “amo” meaning a picker or gatherer. Given Alabama’s lush vegetation —  thanks in no small part to its proximity to the Gulf of Mexico and other major rivers — it’s no surprise that the name makes reference to the state’s incredible natural beauty.

Alaska

View of a mountain range in Denali National Park, Alaska with a reflection in lake.
Credit: joeborg/ Shutterstock

Long before Russian explorers first landed in Alaska in 1741, the native Unangan people of the Aleutian Islands and the Sugpiaq people of the Alaska Peninsula called the region home. Those groups were collectively dubbed as the Aleut by the Russians, and it’s the Aleut language that we have to thank for Alaska’s name. Natives referred to the Alaska Peninsula and mainland as alaxsxag, a word that’s also sometimes spelled as alyeska. That word translates to “great land,” which is perhaps the most appropriate phrase to describe Alaska, as the state’s impressive breadth makes it larger than Texas, California, and Montana combined. This “great land” of the American northwest is also home to the largest national park in the United States, where you can witness Alaska’s ethereal and expansive beauty firsthand.

Arizona

Grand Canyon National Park seen from desert.
Credit: Jason Patrick Ross/ Shutterstock

There are competing theories as to how the Grand Canyon State got its name. Some scholars believe it originated with the native Pima people, who called the region Al Shon (meaning “place of little spring”), a term that was later adopted by Spanish explorers as Arizonac. Other historians believe the name originated with explorers from the Spanish Basque region, specifically the phrase artiz onak which translates to “the good oak tree.” The latter theory is especially apt, given Arizona is home to species of oak trees that are native to the Sonoran Desert region. These trees remain leafy for most of the year and add an element of unique natural beauty to the state’s desert environment.

Arkansas
View of tree covered mountains from hiking trail in Arkansas.
Credit: Kit Leong/ Shutterstock

The name Arkansas acknowledges both the original Native American inhabitants as well as the first Europeans to land in the area. The region was once home to the Quapaws, who were referred to as the Arkansas, or “south wind,” by the Alngonquian-speaking Natives of the Ohio Valley. 1673 saw the arrival of French explorers; this group was later honored in 1881, as it was declared the state’s official spelling should be Arkansas (not “Arkansaw”) in a nod to the dialect of those early French explorers. Though French influence later dissipated throughout the region, their legacy remains. The French term “Aux Arc” — which named a 1700s-era trading post — is believed to have inspired the naming of the extraordinary Ozark mountain range in northern Arkansas, which is one of America’s most striking natural wonders.

California
View down Laguna Beach with ocean on one side and rocky palm tree lines landscape on other.
Credit: Gabriele Maltinti/ Shutterstock

Given its marvelous oceanside location, it’s fitting that California would owe its name to a mythical island from a work of fiction, specifically a romance novel. Spanish author Garci Rodríguez de Montalvo’s 1510 book Las Sergas de Esplandián (“The Adventures of Esplandián”) described an island named California that was filled with gold and ruled by Queen Calafia and other powerful women. Upon arriving on what is now Baja California in 1539, Spanish explorers believed they had stumbled upon this opulent, albeit fictitious land. Though there’s some dispute over this theory, it remains widely accepted. It’s also quite an appropriate hypothesis considering that California’s gorgeous and varied scenery is storybook in nature.

Colorado

Garden of the Gods eroded red-sandstone formations in Colorado Springs, Colorado.
Credit: Oleg Kovtun Hydrobio/ Shutterstock

Few concert venues are as spectacular as Colorado’s Red Rocks Amphitheater, but the region’s stunning red rocks have given us more than just a beautiful place to see a show. In fact, the red rocks are responsible for the state’s name, at least according to one theory. The name Colorado undoubtedly comes from the Spanish language word colorado, which translates to the color red. Initially, the prevailing belief was that in the early 16th century, Spanish explorers discovered a red-colored river carrying silt down from the mountains and named it Rio Colorado. However, some state historians believe that the state was actually named after Colorado City, thanks to lobbyists who believed naming the whole territory Colorado would help promote their town. According to one of the founders of Colorado City, they took that name due to the town’s proximity to the region’s alluring red rocks.

Connecticut
Hartford, Connecticut downtown city skyline on the river.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

Connecticut may be a small state, but it’s also home to part of the longest river in all of New England, that being the Connecticut River. That flowing water source lends its name to the state as a whole, as the river was one called Quinnehtukqut — an Algonquian word that aptly means “long river place” — by the state’s native Mohegan tribe. Connecticut owes both its name and verdant landscape to the serene waters that run through it and add to the calm atmosphere of this quiet northeastern state.

Delaware
A pathway to the shore at the Delaware seaside with a view of a lighthouse in distance.
Credit: Yvonne Navalaney/ Shutterstock

It’s appropriate that this small, yet naturally spectacular jewel of the Atlantic coast owes its name to a water source. In 1610, English explorer Samuel Argall was sailing from Virginia when a storm blew him off course and into modern day Cape Henlopen. After his arrival, Argall would go on to pay tribute to his governor, Thomas West, Lord De La Warr, the first governor of the colony of Virginia, by naming the waterway Delaware Bay. The state takes its name from both that bay and the Delaware River.

Florida
Everglades National Park.
Credit: Irina Wilhauk/ Shutterstock

The Sunshine State is justly named in part after the bright and colorful plant life that can be found throughout the Florida peninsula. In April 1513, famous Spanish explorer Juan Ponce de León made his first European expedition to Florida, landing near what is now St. Augustine (America’s oldest city). It’s believed that the region’s spectacular plant life and the fact that the date was very close to Easter (or Pascua in Spanish) inspired the name Pascua Florida after one of Spain’s celebrations of the religious holiday, the Feast of Flowers. Every year, on April 2, Florida celebrates de León’s discovery with its official state day, Pascua Florida Day. You don’t need to wait until then to experience Florida’s beauty, however, as its stunning flora and unique natural sites like the Everglades can be enjoyed year round.

Georgia
Landscape of Providence Canyon, Georgia.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

Despite America’s quest for independence from the British, the influence of English royalty can still be felt stateside, as evidenced by Georgia’s name. British philanthropist James Oglethorpe sought to create a U.S. colony where the debt-ridden people of England could get back on their feet and take ownership over their lives. During these efforts, he named the state after King George II for the king’s role in granting the charter that made his vision possible. Though Oglethorpe’s social-reform brainchild didn’t pan out as he hoped, Georgia still blossomed into a state that perfectly encapsulates all that the American southeast has to offer, from its rich history to scenic beauty.

Hawaii
Diamond Head crater in Hawaii.
Credit: Norbert Turi/ Shutterstock

In the early 1810s, King Kamehameha I of Hawaii united the islands as the Kingdom of Hawaii, though the etymology behind the name is unclear. One theory is that British explorer Captain James Cook asked the Natives where he was when he landed in 1778, and wrote it down as “Owhyhee,” which translates to “homeland.” Others suggest that the name comes from a blend of  similar Proto-Polynesian words or that it is named after the Hawaiian legend Hawaiʻiloa, who is said to have settled the big island of Hawaii. All that being said, it’s hard to worry too much about which theory holds true when you can simply shut off your brain and relax on the sandy beaches of this Pacific paradise instead.

Idaho
Shoshone Falls, Snake River, Idaho.
Credit: Benny Marty/ Shutterstock

While Idaho is very real, its name was entirely made up to begin with. In 1860, the name Idaho was proposed for the territory by George Willing, a mining lobbyist who claimed it was a Native American word meaning “gem of the mountains.” It turned out that Willing had actually made the name up; Congress found out about the fraud and rejected the name, instead naming it Colorado. But a few years later, in 1863, after the naming hoax fiasco had been forgotten, the mining territory was officially named Idaho after all. The story really makes you wonder how many place names we can owe to a curious imagination.

Illinois
A summer sunset over Garden of the Gods in Southern Illinois
Credit: anthony heflin/ Shutterstock

Spanning nearly 400-miles North to South, Illinois is home to a wide array of climates and cultures that make the state fascinating to learn about, but when it comes to its name, there’s a simple explanation. Illinois is a French pronunciation of the Illiniwek Native American tribe that French explorers Louis Jolliet and Jacques Marquette encountered upon arriving in 1673. The explorers believed the word to mean “the men,” but more recent studies of the language indicate it could mean “he speaks in the ordinary way.” In 1818, when the territory was made a state, Congress confirmed the name. Nowadays the word Illinois is synonymous with the state’s great residents who have gone on to achieve profound success in the worlds of politics, art, music, and more.

Indiana
Indianapolis, Indiana downtown skyline over the river walk.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

The story behind why Indianans are called “Hoosiers” is a lot more uncertain than the state’s name as a whole. The name Indiana simply means “land of the Indians,” though how it got that name is a tumultuous story. After the French and Indian War, the state was owned by a Philadelphia trading company who named it after the Native Americans that originally had claim to the land. But a large portion of the land actually belonged to Virginia, and after years of legal dispute, Indiana was reabsorbed by the territory, no longer bearing an official name. It wasn’t until 1800, when Congress reassigned territory boundaries that the old name Indiana was restored, and this key region from America’s Heartland became what we know it as today.

Iowa
Sunrise over corn field with silo.
Credit: Larry Lindell/ Shutterstock

With endless fields of glorious corn, the lands of Iowa are majestic. In fact, the state’s name has been translated to mean “the beautiful land” by Iowa officials in the past, but the more likely explanation is that it came from the Ioway Native American tribe who originally inhabited the region. The tribe’s actual name, Ayuhwa, was given to the tribe by the Dakota Sioux and means “sleepy people,” though it was later adapted into Ioway by Europeans. Either way you look at it, the name Iowa is appropriate for such a visually appealing state whose residents live a calm and serene lifestyle.

Kansas
Gravel road through high grass in the Flint Hills of Kansas.
Credit: TommyBrison/ Shutterstock

Kansas is derived from a Siouan language, and means “people of the south wind.” How appropriate, considering the winds that sweep through Kansas’ vast plains. The state got its name from the Native American Sioux tribe called the Kaws — also known as the Kansa — for whom French explorers also named the Kansas River. It’s believed that a French explorer once wrote the name on a map, and from that point on, the name Kansas was used for the region. Who knew that the simple stroke of a pen could have such a long-lasting impact?

Kentucky
Fenced in land on horse farm in Kentucky.
Credit: Alexey Stiop/ Shutterstock

Knowing your namesake can be a point of pride, as it carries on the legacy of those who came before. But for Kentuckians, they may never know exactly where their state’s name came from. There are several prevailing theories, all primarily derived from Iroquois names. One includes a word for “prairie”; another, kentahten, means “land of tomorrow.” Other experts say it originated from an Algonquian term, kinathiki, which refers to a river bottom, or a Shawnee word meaning “at the head of a river.” Some records indicate that the Wyandot people’s Iroquois word for “plain” is in fact the true origin, and that it was first recorded in 1753. One thing’s certain: The Bluegrass State’s official name origins remain a mystery.

Louisiana
Louisiana bayou.
Credit: Tom Wolf/ Shutterstock

Take a trip down to the Bayou and you’ll see French influence everywhere you look. If you can’t make it down South, then just take one look at a map of the United States. There you’ll see the name Louisiana, which was named by French explorer René-Robert Cavelier Sieur de La Salle in 1682. He named Louisiana Le Louisiane in honor of the French King Louis XIV, and after the territory was divided up as part of the 1803 Louisiana Purchase, the state of Louisiana retained its name.

Maine
Sunset behind Portland Breakwater Light in Portland, Maine.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

Similar to Louisiana, we sort of have the French to thank for the name Maine, at least according to the modern day state legislature. The first recorded use of the name Maine was in a 1622 land patent from King Charles calling the area “the Province or County of Mayne.” While some historians believe the name was used to differentiate it as the mainland, the Maine legislature adopted a resolution in 2001 stating that Maine’s name was taken from a nearby French province by the same name. It only took 379 years, but we can finally put that debate to rest.

Maryland
Downtown Annapolis, Maryland over Main Street with the State House.
Credit: Sean Pavone Shutterstock

Women have played an undeniably important role in America’s history, yet only three states are named after female individuals. Maryland is one of them, named after English King Charles I’s wife, Queen Henrietta Maria. Some religious scholars, however, point out that Maryland’s founder George Calvert intended the colony to be a refuge for Catholics, and believe its name to be biblical in nature, named it after Mary, the mother of Jesus. No matter which way you cut it, Maryland’s name pays homage to a powerful and influential woman.

Massachusetts
Boston, Massachusetts skyline with Faneuil Hall and Quincy Market at dusk.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

The Bay State takes its official name from the Massachusett tribe of Native Americans who lived south of present-day Boston; that Algonquian term roughly translates to “at the Great Hill.” How appropriate given the pivotal American Revolution battle that took place in Massachusetts at Bunker Hill. The name Massachusetts first appeared on record in explorer John Smith’s 1616 book, A Description of New England, and in that text he described the place as though its name had already been assigned by the Native inhabitants.

Michigan
Upper Peninsula, Michigan forest near the shore of Lake Superior.
Credit: Craig Sterken/ Shutterstock

Michigan not only looks like a glove, but its name fits like a glove. Explorer Jacques Marquette settled the region in 1668 and named it such as a French derivation of the Chippewa word michigama, meaning “great or large lake.” Whale Marquette may not have realized it at the time, Michigan is the only state that borders four of the five Great lakes, an impressive geographic achievement for this northern lacustrine paradise.

Minnesota
Lake with tree line reflected in water in Minnesota.
Credit: Dan Thornberg/ Shutterstock

Though it’s nicknamed the “Land of 10,000 Lakes” — and that’s selling it short, given there are a staggering 11,842 lakes found throughout the state! — Minnesota actually takes its name from a river. That river was named by the Native American Dakota tribe who inhabited present-day Minnesota. Mni is the Dakota word for “water”; sota is largely said to mean “cloudy or muddy,” while others say it means “sky-tinted.” For a definitive answer, state historians point to the Treaty of 1851 in which the Dakota included the direct translation as “land where the water is so clear it reflects the sky,” which is a beautiful description of this lush northern territory.

Mississippi
Credit: TLF Images/ Shutterstock

Though its glistening waters weave through 10 states, the Mississippi River lent its name to just one. The river was named by the area’s Native Ojibwe tribe, who called the river misi sipi, which translates to “big river.” It has also been said that the Native American communities, who long used the water for transportation and food, referred to it as the “Father of Waters.” How apt, given that this namesake of Mississippi continues to provide in those ways even today.

Missouri
Winding Missouri River through hills.
Credit: kavram/ Shutterstock

From one watery state to another, Missouri was also named after the river that bears its name. In 1673, a Native American Sioux tribe named the Missouris — a name given to them by the Fox tribe — called the area home. That name was initially thought to mean “muddy water,” but in later years it was determined to mean “people with big canoes.” You’d need big canoes to navigate the Missouri River, which believe it or not is actually the longest river in the United States! The river was named after these original inhabitants, which in turn gave its name to the future territory and eventual state.

Montana
Bridger mountain range near Bozeman, Montana.
Credit: Brian A Smith/ Shutterstock

Though its elevation falls shy of the nearby Rocky Mountain region, the towering crags of Montana are undeniably abundant. Its rocky terrain is what inspired the name Montana, which is Latin for “mountainous.” Montana was first proposed as a name in 1864, when the Dakota territory was split into smaller portions, though the mountains have loomed large over the state for tens of millions of years prior to that.

Nebraska
Aerial of shallow and braided Platte River near Brady, Nebraska
Credit: marekuliasz/ Shutterstock

Like many states throughout the Great Plains, the name Nebraska comes from a Native American term. In this case the word nebrathka comes from the Otoe people, and means “flat water,” a reference to the region’s Platte River. Nebraska likely owes its modern name to American explorer and politician John C. Frémont, who used the river’s Native name in a report to the Secretary of War. Fear not, though, there’s no warring with the state’s borders. Nebraska is a peaceful place nestled perfectly in the center of this great nation we call home.

Nevada
Road through Valley of Fire State Park in Nevada.
Credit: littlenySTOCK/ Shutterstock

Nevada’s name actually comes from a mountain range primarily located in nearby California. The Sierra Nevada mountains were named such by Spanish explorers who discovered the area in awe during the 1770s, and came upon the snow-covered peaks. Sierra is Spanish for “mountain range,” and nevada means “snowfall.” Nevada wouldn’t be comprehensively explored until the 1820s, at which point the groundwork was laid for the modern gambling and entertainment mecca we know it as today.

New Hampshire

Houses and trees along the Winnipesaukee River, in Laconia, New Hampshire.
Credit: Jon Bilous/ Shutterstock

There’s no place like home. This mantra is believed by many, including a settler named John Mason. In 1623, the land that would eventually become the New England state of New Hampshire was granted to Mason, and in 1629, he named it after his home, Hampshire county in England. Though Mason died in 1635 before ever voyaging over to live in the new province, his indelible impact on the Granite State remains.

New Jersey

Fenced path over sand dunes with ocean in background.
Credit: Jon Bilous/ Shutterstock

The name New Jersey is the result of a breakup, but not the romantic kind. In 1664, when the British seized the colony of New Netherland from the Dutch, the land was divided in half, with the east side granted to English statesman George Carteret. He had once served as governor of the Isle of Jersey, an island in the English Channel, and named the colony after it. Given its namesake, it only makes sense that New Jersey also borders the waters of the Atlantic, albeit many thousands of miles away.

New Mexico
Hot air balloons of the Rio Grande River in New Mexico.
Credit: gmeland/ Shutterstock

New Mexico was obviously named after the modern day country it borders, right? Wrong! You’d be surprised to learn that New Mexico was settled long before the country of Mexico was even named. In the 1500s, Spanish settlers referred to the upper area of the Rio Grande as Nuevo México, after the Aztec Valley of Mexico. The name comes from the Nahuatl word mexihco, and while the exact meaning is unclear, it seems most likely that the Aztecs named themselves after the tribal god of sun and war Huitzilopochtli, who was also referred to as Mēxihtli. So the next time someone ponders which came first, Mexico or New Mexico, keep this bit of trivia handy to wow them.

New York
Aerial view of the Central park and skyline in New York, New York.
Credit: Ingus Kruklitis/ Shutterstock

For a brief time in the 1600s, the city nicknamed the Big Apple was named after an entirely different fruit. In 1664, the British took power of the region of New Amsterdam and renamed it New York after King Charles I’s son, the Duke of York. However, for a short time, the city was actually called New Orange. In 1673, the Dutch regained control of the state and named it after the Dutch Prince of Orange. The following year, however, the British repossessed the region and renamed it New York for good, which later gave its name to the entire state. Yes, it’s hard to imagine Frank Sinatra singing “New Orange, New Orange,” but for a brief moment in history that was almost a reality.

North Carolina
Beach Front Houses at the coast of North Carolina with sand, sea grass and ocean in the foreground.
Credit: David Louis Econopouly/ Shutterstock

Naming a state after yourself is quite the power move, but that’s exactly what happened in 1629. King Charles I of England decided to name a new province Carolina (although it also appeared as “Carolana” in the charter), which is derived from Carolus, the Latin form of his name. Ah, to be king. In 1663, King Charles II granted a new charter for the same territory to the Lords Proprietors, who in 1710, appointed a separate governor to the northern part of the region. In 1729, the Carolina colony was officially divided in two, making Charles the namesake for double the amount of states he initially intended.

North Dakota
The Little Missouri River flowing through Theodore Roosevelt National Park .
Credit: Randy Runtsch/ Shutterstock

Much like the Carolinas, the Dakotas were once a singular, larger territory before being split into separate states in 1889.  The name Dakota was taken from that of the Native American Dakotas, a Sioux tribe who originally inhabited the region; the word means “friend,” though is also often translated as “allies.” Will the region be divided even further leading to an East and West Dakota someday? Probably not, but anything is possible.

Ohio
The rolling hills of south east Ohio.
Credit: Don Bilski/ Shutterstock

You can’t find any U.S. state names shorter than Ohio, but it was named after an even shorter Iroquoian wordO-Y-O, meaning “great river.” The Seneca Native Americans settled along what is now the Ohio River in the 1650s, and though the region was briefly named La Belle Riviere by French explorers in the late 1600s, the English restored its Native Ohio name when they took control in the mid-1700s.

Oklahoma
Wichita Mountain Wildlife Preserve, Lawton, Oklahoma.
Credit: Sarah Quintans/ Shutterstock

No, it’s not named after a frying pan, though Oklahoma’s shape certainly resembles ones. The first recorded use of the name Oklahoma actually came from Spanish explorer Francisco Vázquez de Coronado in 1541, and is based on the Choctaw words okla and humma, which mean “people” and “red,” and were used by the Choctaw to describe their people. In 1866, it was Allen Wright, then Chief of the Choctaw Nation, who suggested the name for the territory during treaty negotiations.

Oregon
Tumalo Falls in Bend, Oregon.
Credit: Clifford Wayne Estes/ Shutterstock

The story behind Oregon’s name is as murky as the state’s muddy banks along the Pacific Ocean. The first written record of the name appeared in 1765 by English army officer Major Robert Rogers, who stated that a local river was called Ouragon by Native Americans. Other theories were once popular enough to be printed in school textbooks, including that the name had Spanish roots and was adapted either from oregano, or orejon, a word meaning “big ears.” Though we may never be sure of Oregon’s true namesake, it’s certain that Oregon boasts an incredible natural beauty unique to the Pacific Northwest region.

Pennsylvania
Pine Creek Gorge, also called the Grand Canyon of Pennsylvania.
Credit: Reid Dalland/ Shutterstock

While Pennsylvania played a key role in helping to achieve American independence, its name has less to do with its political history and more with the state’s lush greenery. The Province of Pennsylvania — a name meaning “Penn’s Woods” — was inspired by the surname of its founder, William Penn, and also by the new province’s forestssylva (or “forest trees”). Penn envisioned a “a green country town” that encouraged religious freedom, which in turn led to Pennsylvania becoming one of the most culturally diverse among the 13 original colonies.

Rhode Island
Sunset at Castle Hill Lighthouse on Newport, Rhode Island.
Credit: Jim Schubert/ Shutterstock

You’ll have to forgive early explorers for assuming Rhode Island was an island. The New England state’s official stance on the origin of its name is that Dutch explorer Adriaen Block, on his 1614 expedition, called it “Roodt Eylandt” (“red island”) after seeing the red clay that lined the shore. One other popular theory however, is that explorer Giovanni da Verrazzano anchored near present-day Providence and compared the region to the Greek island of Rhodes. Though it’s not an island, Rhode Island still offers incredible oceanside views of the Atlantic that have earned it the very appropriate nickname, the Ocean State.

South Carolina
Historical downtown area of Charleston, South Carolina.
Credit: f11photo/ Shutterstock

It’s no surprise that South Carolina shares an origin story with North Carolina, as described above. Despite this, South Carolina possesses a unique identity and southern charm that differentiate it from its neighbor to the North.

South Dakota

Sylvan Lake in Custer State Park.
Credit: Jess Kraft/ Shutterstock

Once again, there’s no unique origin story for South Dakota, as it shares that history with North Dakota. But what makes South Dakota particularly stunning compared to its northern neighbor are South Dakota’s Black Hills and Badlands that make it a must-visit site for nature lovers.

Tennessee

Aerial of downtown Chattanooga, Tennessee and Tennessee River.
Credit: Kevin Ruck/ Shutterstock

It’s an unfortunate truth that sometimes details get lost in the annals of history. While that’s the case with regards to Tennessee’s naming origins, one agreed-upon fact is that Spanish explorer Juan Pardo was the first to record the name in 1567. He and his crew are believed to have traveled through a Cherokee village called Tanasqui, or, potentially Tanasi. The meanings of those words are not known, but have been theorized to be derivations of “winding river” and “river of the great bend.” With both the Tennessee and Mississippi Rivers winding through its borders, it’s very possible if not likely that they could have inspired the state’s name.

Texas
The Rio Grande as viewed from Big Bend National Park, Texas.
Credit: William Silver/ Shutterstock

Texans have that sweet southern charm, so it’s fitting that its name translates to “friends or allies.” Spanish explorers encountered the Native American Caddo tribe in present-day Texas in the 1540s, and are believed to have interpreted their word teyshas as the tribe name, recording it as Teyas or Tejas. While the errors were corrected and the usage stopped over time, the name eventually lived on. “Friendship” has even been the Texas state motto since 1930, so if you don’t have a pal from Texas already then be sure to find yourself one.

Utah
Sandstone arch in Arches National Park, Utah/
Credit: Harry Beugelink/ Shutterstock

From its crystal clear Great Salt Lake to the mountainous peaks that make the state distinct, Utah has a natural beauty as rich as its deep history. When Spanish settlers arrived in the area in the late 1500s, they encountered the Native American Ute tribe, from which the state takes its name. The meaning of this tribe’s name is “people of the mountains”; it’s also believed that this name could potentially have come from the Apache word for the tribe, yuttahih, which roughly translates to “those that are higher up.” Despite the association with the state’s elevation, in the Ute tribe’s language, their own name actually means “land of the sun.”

Vermont
View from overlook of Green Mountains in Vermont.
Credit: Stacy Funderburke/ Shutterstock

While many of the names on this list date back to pre-American independence, Vermont’s name was first documented just one year after the country’s creation. The words vert and mont translate to “green mountain,” as the state is home to the glorious Green Mountain range. On April 11, 1777, Philadelphia doctor and revolutionary Thomas Young became the first to use the name Vermont in print, writing, ““To the Inhabitants of Vermont, a Free and Independent State.” Young is believed to be the originator of the name, which was likely as much a tribute to his friend Ethan Allen and his Green Mountain Boys militia as it was a description of the stunning scenery.

Virginia
Aerial of Virginia Beach and boardwalk.
Credit: ABEMOS/ Shutterstock

Much like Maryland, yet another powerful and influential woman lends her name to the state of Virginia (and in turn, West Virginia, but we’ll get to that later). Virginia was named for Queen Elizabeth I of England, who was also known as the “Virgin Queen” for her reluctance to marry. In 1584, Elizabeth granted English explorer and soldier Walter Raleigh permission to start the colony, and he would go on to name the new land in her honor.

Washington
Autumn landscape and Columbia River Gorge from Cape Horn Viewpoint.
Credit: PL Designs/ Shutterstock

Few individuals have had a more prolific impact on our country’s history than the first U.S. President George Washington, so it’s only sensible to have named a state after him. The territory was initially going to be named Columbia, after the Columbia River, but Congress worried it might get confused with the national capital, the District of Columbia. Washington is the only U.S. state named after a president, though if there’s one man who deserves the honor, it’s George.

West Virginia
Bridge over New River Gorge in autumn.
Credit: Sean Pavone/ Shutterstock

West Virginia retained the name of the state from which it separated (Virgina), meaning it is also named after Queen Elizabeth I and is the third and final (alphabetically) U.S. state named for a female individual. During the Civil War, when the State of Virginia withdrew from the Union in 1861 to join the Confederacy, the state’s western region — which had long felt alienated from the eastern region’s politics — refused to do so. In 1863, President Abraham Lincoln proclaimed West Virginia as its own state. This beautiful Appalachian state received its first national park in 2021, the New River Gorge.

Wisconsin
Rocky overlook view of lake and hills in Devil's Lake State Park near Baraboo, Wisconsin.
Credit: Sarah Quintans/ Shutterstock

Doctors famously have bad handwriting, but in one historic case, so do explorers. In 1673, French explorer Jacques Marquette adapted the word Meskousing from the region’s Algonquin-speaking tribes to describe a river he had traveled. The word, written in cursive, was then misread as “Ouisconsin” by French explorers. It was written that way until 1830, when the U.S. House of Representatives first printed it as it sounds: Wisconsin.

Wyoming
Jackson, Hole Wyoming.
Credit: Andreiute/ Shutterstock

Last but not least we come to Wyoming. The name comes from the Native American Algonquian word mecheweamiing (meaning “at the big plains”), and was first used by the Lenape people as a name for their home region, Pennsylvania’s Wyoming Valley. In 1865, the name was suggested for the Wyoming territory. Though U.S. Representative James M. Ashley (who was born in the Wyoming Valley) later expressed regret upon learning of the new territory’s poor soil quality, the name stuck. Hopefully Ashley’s descendents don’t feel the same way, as Wyoming is home to some of the most awe-inspiring nature found anywhere in the U.S.A.

Source credit: thediscoverer.com

The Kamala Harris story personifies rising Indian American aspirations in a changing America

M R Rangaswami, Silicon Vally entrepreneur, angel investor and philanthropist, and a community leader who founded Indiaspora, said: “I never thought in my wildest dreams that we would have an Indian American running for President of the United States but this is now a reality”.

Four years ago, on August 11, 2020, a biracial woman politician, with Indian and African ethnic roots, made history when she was nominated as the Democratic Party candidate for the Vice President of the United States. The American media then rather evocatively described the senator and California attorney general as being a “heartbeat away” from being the President of the United States.

That transition may not happen as was being dramatically projected, but a progressive presidential health concerns that became a national talking point has led the US-born Indian-origin Kamala Harris, whose mother hailed from Tamil Nadu, in southern India, to be propelled almost overnight into being the putative Democratic presidential candidate with an even chance of being anointed the 46th President of the United States on January 20, 2025.

And this has once again put the spotlight on the small, but respected and high-achieving Indian American community, which is just one per cent of the national population and yet has become known not just as the most educated and wealthiest community group in the US but one that is steadily growing in profile and prominence.

As she rapidly climbed the political ladder, from a California district attorney to attorney general, the first female and African American attorney general in the country’s most populous and culturally diverse state, she did not go out of her way to project her “Indianness”, her Indian heritage. So in her initial years as San Francisco’s black elected district attorney, she went largely unnoticed by the Indian American community.

It was only in her 2018 memoir “The Truth We Hold: An American Journey”, that she spoke fondly of her Indian roots, her grandparents in Tamil Nadu, and how she and her younger sister Maya were raised with a strong awareness and appreciation of Indian culture.  “There is no title or honour I’ll treasure more than to say I am Shyamala Gopalan Harris’s daughter,” she wrote of her mother, a cancer researcher, whom she lost in 2009, ironically to cancer.

Trump shows desperation

It is potentially a measure of his desperation that her Republican rival Donald Trump raised a red herring to raise questions on her ethnicity, alleging that she, after being of “Indian heritage” for many years, had “turned black” only in recent years.

“She was always of Indian heritage, and she was only promoting Indian heritage. I didn’t know she was black until a number of years ago, when she happened to turn black, and now she wants to be known as black. So I don’t know, is she Indian or is she black?” Trump remarked at the National Association of Black Journalists, suggesting to them that her background should be investigated, an identity trope that the Republicans had brought up with Barack Obama as well during his presidential campaign.

Harris responded strongly, while sidestepping the ethnicity slur, accusing the Republicans of taking the nation “backward” with the  “same old show, the divisiveness and the disrespect”. The American people deserved better, she declared.

As the campaign season goes in to the final leg, Trump looks poised to make his attacks more personal, more racial and even sexist, as he seems to be looking for ways to counter the mounting ratings of Harris, an opponent he had not counted on. Biden’s withdrawal, his quick endorsement of his vice president and the way Harris has been able to mobilise Democratic support from across the spectrum, including from Obama and his wife Michelle, while raising record campaign funds, has thrown a spanner in Republican calculations who were counting on a facile victory.

A changing America

Trump appears to have been caught off-balance and out of touch with the mood of a demographically changing nation, which many had long foreseen. When Harris was announced as his running mate by Biden in 2020, Yonat Shimron wrote in the Religious News Service that “in a time of expanding religious pluralism, the country’s younger generation, many of them children and grandchildren of immigrants, will recognise in Harris a kind of multifaith and spiritual belonging unfamiliar to the mostly-white Chritian majority of past decades”.

Four years later the same news service, while headlining its article on her “Indian and Black, Hindu and Baptist: The multiplicities of Kamala Harris”, said Trump’s accounting of Harris’ racial identity was curious, given that Indian Americans have at times felt that the vice president had muted her Indian and Hindu heritage in favor of her identity as a Black Baptist Christian that carried potential resonance with a larger population of American voters.

Indian American vote

There is a lot of speculation on how the politically important Indian American community will vote. Trump had realised the community’s importance early on when a Trump campaign official was quoted saying “The powerful Indian Americans are a force to reckon with today. You have not realised your own power, but President Trump understands your power”.  The Trump presidency, marked by a strategic partnership with India and personal bonding between him and Prime Minister Narendra Modi, saw many American Hindus strongly support Trump and gravitate towards the Republican party and its conservative value systems.

Although the majority of Indian Americans – who comprised about 2.5 million eligible voters – were still Democrat supporters, the Bush and Trump presidencies had substantially changed the perception that Republicans were not traditionally well disposed towards India as the Democrats were, with support for a close multidimensional relationship with India, especially as a hedge against China in the Indo Pacific region, garnering cross-aisle nonpartisan support.

But Harris’ nomination could tilt the scales of the community in her favour even as she is said to be also gaining  broad-spectrum support of various interest lobbies – women, Indian, South Asian, Asian,  Black, LGBTQ – because of her mixed heritage as well as her liberal-left policy stances. M R Rangaswami, Silicon Vally entrepreneur, angel investor and philanthropist, and a community leader who founded Indiaspora, said: “I never thought in my wildest dreams that we would have an Indian American running for President of the United States but this is now a reality”.

Now, with Harris having narrowed the ratings considerably with some astute moves, including the choice of a Midwesterner in Tim Walz as her running mate, both Trump and Harris are running almost neck and neck in popularity ratings.  As Vice President to an ageing President, Joe Biden, she may still be a heartbeat away from the presidency till inauguration day on January 20, 2025; but as far as the presidential contest is concerned, Harris is now, as the Daily Beast put it, just a coin-toss away.

A coin-toss contest that the Indian American community – steadily acquiring political muscle with more and more of them joining mainstream political contests as never before – and Indians across the world would be watching with acute interest.

(The writer is a veteran journalist and author-editor of the book “Kamala Harris and the Rise of Indian Americans”. Views are personal. He can be reached at [email protected])

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/spotlight/kamala-harris-story-personifies-rising-indian-american-aspirations-changing-america

Census shows America’s post-2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young

Last month, the Census Bureau released new data for geographic areas which provide a glimpse of how the nation’s population has been changing over the first third of the 2020s decade. It emphasizes that people of color are the main drivers of population growth for the nation as well as shifts across states, metropolitan areas and counties.

The 2020 census showed that the 2010s was the first decade in the nation’s history when the white population declined and the second consecutive decade when the white population under age 18 declined. The new census estimates for the period between April 2020 and July 2023 have made plain that both of these trends are continuing though the 2020s. This is leaving the growth of many areas reliant on the rise of members of other races and ethnic groups, especially among their youth. All of this reinforces my earlier view that the nation’s “diversity explosion” represents an important part of its future, a phenomenon that American policies and politics need to recognize.

National growth depends on minority groups, particularly Hispanic Americans

Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the youngThe post-2020 period has been impacted by a pandemic, a decline and then an uptick in immigration, and shifts in both births and deaths—all of which has affected overall population gains and losses.

The national population changes by race, depicted in Figure 1, show that basic patterns that were evident in the 2010s still apply after 2020. Between April 2020 and July 2023, the nation’s white population declined by 2.1 million, a figure more than countered by the combined gains of people of color, including those identifying as Hispanic, Asian (including, here, Hawaiian and other Pacific Islander), Black, American Indian and Alaska Native (AIAN), and as two or more races.\

The Hispanic population contributed the most to these gains, accounting for 3.2 million, or 91% of the total U.S.net international migration and natural increase by race ethnicity population gain of 3.4 million for this three-plus year period. Within this period, the peak pandemic year of 2020–2021 showed smaller annual gains (or greater declines) for each group, but the gains picked up through 2022–2023 (see downloadable Table A).

When looking at the primary demographic components of change—net international migration and natural increase (births minus deaths)—it is clear that the white population’s negative natural increase (or natural decease) contributed the most to the white population’s decline, only partially offset by white net international migration. For all other groups, except the Asian population, natural increases contributed more than immigration. And on both demographic measures, Hispanic contributions were greater than those of any other group (see Figure 2).

People of color are most responsible for state population gains

Top News Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young (1)Minority populations fueled population growth across all parts of the U.S., especially in growing states. This is because white population decline is spread broadly across the nation. Over the 2020–2023 period, fully 34 states (a count that includes the District of Columbia) registered white population losses, with only 17 experiencing white gains (See downloadable Table B).

Map 1 shows that broad national picture: 17 states experienced white and total population growth (where minority gains generally outnumbered white gains), 19 states registered total gains despite white losses, and 15 states lost population size overall including substantial numbers of whites.

Thumbnail Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young (3)People of color contributed most, if not all, of the population gains in the fastest-growing states. This is depicted in Figure 3 for the five states with the greatest gains: Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Georgia, and Arizona. Although all of these states except Georgia received some white gains, the main contributions for each came from minority groups. Hispanic gains were substantial in each of these states, but in most, especially Texas, there were significant Black and Asian contributions. And in Georgia, a state with white losses, Black gains outnumbered those of the other minority groups.

A different story emerged among the states with the greatest population losses. Among these, white populations accounted for most of the declines. This trend is depicted in Figure 3 for the states that weathered the greatest population losses: New York, California, Illinois, Louisiana, and Pennsylvania. In each of these states, white losses dominated overall losses, though in New York there also were significant Black and Hispanic population losses. In contrast, minority gains in California and Pennsylvania were sizable enough to reduce overall population losses for those states.

In contrast to the pervasive white population losses across states, most other racial groups showed widespread population gains (see downloadable Table C). Both Hispanic and Asian populations registered gains in all states except one (New York and Hawaii, respectively), with Hispanic residents showing the greatest gains in the Sun Belt states of Texas, Florida, California, Arizona, and North Carolina. The states with the biggest Asian population gains were Texas, California, Washington, Florida, and Georgia. The Black populations grew in 37 states, led by Texas, Georgia, Florida, and North Carolina, with the greatest losses in New York, California, and Illinois. And the AIAN population showed small gains in 40 states.

Major metro areas reflect extremes: minority gains and white losses

Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the youngJust as state population shifts highlight minority growth in the states with the greatest population gains and white losses in the states with the biggest population declines, this pattern is magnified among major metro areas—those with populations exceeding 1 million (see downloadable Table D).

Figure 4 depicts the five metros with the greatest population gains—the Texan trio of Dallas, Houston, and Austin along with Phoenix and Atlanta. In each of these metros, minorities made up the largest contributions to 2020–2023 population gains, with Houston and Atlanta experiencing white losses over this period.

The largest growth contributions in four of these metros came from the Hispanic population though substantial Black and Asian contributions occurred in Dallas and Houston. The outlier among these metros was Atlanta, where the Black contribution was biggest. Dallas, Atlanta, and Houston showed the largest gains among Black populations of all metros in 2020–2023. Dallas, Houston, Austin, and Atlanta were among the five metros that gained the most Asian residents, and Houston, Dallas, and Phoenix were in the top four for greatest gains in their Hispanic populations.

The five major metros with the greatest population declines included three Californian areas (Los Angeles, SanTop News Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young Francisco, and San Jose) as well as New York (the largest decliner) and Chicago. In each, white losses were by far the greatest, though in New York, Los Angeles, and San Francisco, there were sizable losses in the Hispanic and Black populations as well. Notably, these areas registered sharp overall population losses during the prime pandemic year of 2020–2021. Chicago also experienced a decline in its Black population, the second-largest drop after New York.

Map 2 provides an overview of growth and decline patterns for the 56 major metro areas, emphasizing the contribution of white population changes to overall population change. Among these 56 areas, 41 experienced white population losses during the 2020–2023 period. Overall, 15 metros gained both total and white populations, 22 registered total population gains despite white losses, and 19 sustained both total and white population losses. Among the 15 that gained both total and white populations (including areas such as Dallas, Phoenix, and Austin), the white contributions to these gains were far less than half in most of them.

White losses are most pervasive in Snow Belt and non-metropolitan counties

Top News Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young (2)The breadth of white population declines and widespread minority gains were also apparent across the nation’s 3,141 counties. Among these counties, 1,974 (63%) had white population losses in 2020–2023. The overall growth patterns are depicted in Map 3, which shows that 1,125 counties gained both total and white populations, 553 experienced total gains while seeing white population losses, and 1,421 counties weathered losses of their overall and white populations. (An additional 42 counties had white population gains but had overall population losses.)

percent of counties with total and white population losses 2020 2023

Table 1 provides a useful breakdown depicting the share of counties that lost population by region and metropolitan size. The shares of counties with white population losses were highest in the Northeast and Midwest regions (81% and 74%) and in non-metropolitan areas (68%). The share of counties with total population declines was lower in each region, especially in large metropolitan areas where only 26% of counties—mostly in urban cores—registered total population losses. Of the counties in large metros that experienced population gains, more than one-third also experienced white population losses. These counties contain some of the largest populations in the country. Thus, minorities have contributed substantially to large metropolitan population growth.

Minorities are essential for the growth of the youth population

Minority growth is especially vital for the nation’s youth under the age of 18. The white youth population has been declining nationally since 2000 and has continued to do so since the 2020 census. This is because proportionately fewer white women are in their prime childbearing ages, and fertility rates are lower among white than minority populations. Even with gains among some minority groups, the population decline in white youth has led to a total population loss in the nation’s youth.

post 2020 u s population change for age groups (1)post 2020 u s population change for age groups by race and ethnicity

 

The left panel of Figure 5 shows that the nation’s total youth population declined by 1.6 million in the three-plus years between the 2020 census and 2023, mostly due to the population loss of white youth. In comparison, the age group with greatest gains (over 5 million) were seniors (age 65 and above), due primarily to the continued aging of the largely white baby boomer population.

The continued decline of the nation’s youth population has contributed further to America’s overall aging. As was the case in the recent past, the white-dominated decline of this age group was mitigated somewhat by gains in some minority groups. As Figure 5 shows, the biggest gains in the youth population from 2020 to 2023 occurred for Hispanic and Asian youth as well youth identifying with two or more races. There were small population declines for Black and AIAN youth over this period.

Youth gains did occur in some states due mostly to the contributions of minority groups. Among the 50 states and the District of Columbia, just 12 showed youth population gains from 2020 to 2023, and only five of these exhibited white population gains as well. The remaining 39 states displayed both white and total youth population losses. While most of these showed minority youth gains, those gains did not outnumber white losses (see Map 4).

Top News Census shows America’s post 2020 population is driven by diversity especially among the young (1)
The states with the greatest youth population gains—Florida, Texas, South Carolina, North Carolina, and Tennessee—are all in the nation’s South region. In each of these states except Texas, Hispanic youth gains outnumbered all others, while population gains among Black youth predominated in the Lone Star State. The remaining seven states with overall youth population gains were in the West (Idaho and Montana), South (Oklahoma, Delaware, and Alabama), Midwest (South Dakota), and the District of Columbia (See downloadable Table E).

The states with the greatest youth population losses were California, New York, Illinois, Pennsylvania, and Michigan. Although white losses outnumbered those of all other groups in these states, each except Pennsylvania showed losses among their minority youth populations as well. California and New York registered youth declines among their Hispanic, Asian, Black, AIAN, and two-or-more race populations. Illinois and Michigan showed youth losses for each group except the latter. And in Pennsylvania, Black youth showed the largest minority declines.

Clearly, the decline of the white youth population is pervasive, both nationally and in all but five states. The Hispanic youth population was much more dispersed, registering gains in all but six states, while youth identifying as two or more races made gains in all but seven states, and Asian youth gained in all but 19 states. Each of these groups, together, continue to dominate national growth and represent the best hope of driving future growth in the nation’s young population.

Today’s diverse growth will lead to tomorrow’s multiracial America

The diversity of population gains, shown here for the post-2020 period, continues patterns observed in the past two decades when the nation’s white population began to slow and then eventually decline. Moreover, the transition is most important for the younger population, which experienced both overall and white losses. The overall losses would have been greater had it not been for minority population gains—especially in the Hispanic, two-or-more- races, and Asian populations. These groups are also benefitting from past and likely future immigration, though natural population increases (an excess of births over deaths among existing U.S. residents) are driving the bulk of gains among Hispanic residents and those of two or more races.

useful picture of where the country is heading draws from recent Census Bureau population projections, which assume continued white population losses overall and at most young ages, as well as a level of immigration consistent with the nation’s recent past (see Figure 6).

projected u s race ethnic profiles persons under age 18 projected u s race ethnic profiles total population

The projections show that Hispanic and other nonwhite groups will comprise 44 percent of the U.S. population in 2030, with Hispanic residents making up 21 percent. By 2050, these groups will make up more than half of the U.S. population with Hispanic residents comprising one-quarter of Americans. More importantly, the youth population, which is already “minority white,” will be 53 percent minorities in 2030 and 60 percent minorities in 2050, with the Hispanic shares of youth rising from 27 percent to 31 percent.

Immigration will certainly keep this aging nation growing and more diverse.  But even with lower levels of immigration, the U.S. population will become more racially diverse. As a result, the future of the nation’s labor force productivity and economic well-being will rely heavily on the success and integration of today’s and tomorrow’s increasingly multiracial younger population. Although the term “diversity” has become a politically divisive one in conversations about policies ranging from affirmative action to diversity, equity, and inclusion programs, the changing demographics evident in these census statistics underscore the need to make education, employment, and related opportunities available to young populations of all racial and ethnic groups.

Credit: Brooking.edu

Indian Nurses Association of New York organizes Blood Drive in Long Island

Indian Nurses Association of New York (INANY), the organization that represents the voice of all Indian origin nurses in New York State is all set to conduct this year’s first blood drive in Long Island, says Annie Sabu, the chairwoman of INANY’s Fundraising and Charity Committee. She said the event will take place on June 1st from 10:45 am to 3:15 pm at Westbury Memorial Library, 445 Jefferson Street, Westbury, NY 11590. Home Health Aide Training Institute and the charity organization Connor’s Closet are also partnering with INANY for

WhatsApp Image 2024 07 24 at 20 22 17The New York area is currently experiencing a serious blood shortage.  According to the American Red Cross, someone in the United States needs a blood transfusion every two seconds. Studies show that one donation of blood can save at least two lives.  Many reasons such as accidents, operations, cancer treatment and blood diseases increase the importance of blood donation. According to New York Blood Center blood donation has never been so low in the last 20 years. The current shortage of blood is due to an unprecedented level of drop in donations.

Many people have the misconception that donating blood is physically draining and exhausting.  Blood is not drawn from us to the point of exhausting us. A normal healthy body contains nine to twelve pints of blood. A single donation will only give less than a pint of blood. The body, which is constantly making blood cells, can replenish the volume of the lost blood within twenty-four hours and the deficiency of cells within eight weeks.  This writer recently donated double red cell.  It is a special automated process called apheresis to collect two units of just red blood cells during a single donation.  The fluid known as plasma was returned to my body.  A whole blood donation is that we give whole blood with all the components.

Some people are afraid of needles. The only discomfort felt when the needle is inserted into the vein is to draw blood for testing at the doctor’s office, hospital, etc. Some find it difficult to spend time to donate. Yes, it takes about forty-five minutes to an hour for a single donation of blood.   But, when we consider spending an hour spent by us saves two or three lives, or the significant difference and impact our donation makes, it takes us to a different level of invaluable gratification.

Some find it difficult that each donation takes from three quarters to an hour; but when you think that one hour canWhatsApp Image 2024 07 24 at 20 22 25 save two or three lives, the preciousness of blood donation increases. Those who come ready to donate blood will be subjected to donation only after being checked and having a blood test done.

Anyone between the ages of seventeen and seventy-six in normal health can donate blood. Those under the age of sixteen can donate blood with the consent of either of their parents and those above the age of seventy-six with the consent of a doctor. A donor must weigh at least one hundred and ten pounds and have no cold or flue symptoms in the preceding seventy-two hours.  Eligibility of those who are ready to donate blood will be decided only after a health screening.

INANY  is an non-profit organization dedicated to the professional development of Indian nurses and the overall health of the individual, families and communities in the society. The blood drive is just one among INANY’s charity activities. Other initiatives include health fairs, clothing drives, fundraising for charities for local, national and needy in India, direct and indirect relief efforts in disasters, scholarships for nursing students, and tuition discount for higher education.

Dr. Anna George, an associate professor at Molloy University and an NP at Northwell Health who is INANY’s president said that it is hoped that everyone who has a helping mind and general health will cooperate in this life-saving effort. For more information and registration, contact Anne Sabu (516.474.5834), Dr. Anna George (646.732.6143), or Christine Koenig (516.333.3689).

Jesuit heads Tamil Nadu’s Minorities Commission

Chennai, July 24, 2024: The southern Indian state of Tamil Nadu has appointed Jesuit Father Joe Arun as the chairperson of its 10-member Minorities Commission.

A government notification on July 23 said the appointment is for three years.

The commission vice chairperson is M M Abdul Khaddhus.

Other members in the commission are Hamilton Welson, A Sornaraj, Nagore A H Najimudeen, Praveen Kumar Tatia, Rajendra Prasad, M Rameet Kapoor, J Mohammed Rafi and S Vasanth.

Father Arun, a member of the Jesuit Chennai province, succeeds Peter Alphonse, a former Member of Parliament, a lawyer and a renowned Congressman.

The 59-year-old Jesuit is the secretary for the higher education secretariat of Jesuit Conference of South Asia and Director of the Chennai-based LIBA (Loyola Institute of Business Administration), a 45-year-old business management institute.

In his 23 years of robust experience in academic and industry, Father Arun has done extensive research in the areas of consumer behavior, cross-cultural management, conflict and identity construction and other related areas. He has published books and scientific papers on personal growth, globalization, leadership and strategy.

He holds an MBA from IIBM and Madras University and a doctorate from Oxford University UK.

Earlier, he directed St. Joseph’s Institute of Management, Trichy. During his tenure the institute became one of the top B-Schools in India. He has also served as the director of Goa Institute of Management and as the secretary and correspondent of Loyola College, director of Xavier Institute of Business Administration, Palayamkottai.

In August 2010, Tamil Nadu became the 12th state to set up the Minorities Commission as a statutory body to protect the rights and interest of minorities. It visits various parts of the state to study the problems of the minorities and recommends suitable remedial measures to the departments concerned.

Women’s exclusion from ordination discriminatory, Pope Francis told

New Delhi, July 22, 2024: Christian reform groups from across the world observed the feast of Saint Mary Magdalene July 22 by urging Pope Francis to ensure women’s full equality in the Church, including their ordination to priesthood.

In an open letter addressed to “Dear Brother Francis,” the Catholic Women’s Council and We Are Church International termed women’s exclusion from ordination and preaching homily as “discriminatory” and against Christ’s teachings.

The letter, endorsed by 35 Christian women groups spread across the world, also urges the Pope to include women’s full equality in the Synod on Synodality scheduled for October this year.

“The exclusion of women from Church ordination (canon 1024); Church governance (cc.129 and 274§1), and from preaching the homily (c.767§1) are discriminatory, contrary to Jesus’ inclusion of all, and deprive the Church of the benefits of gender diversity and balance in leadership,” asserts the letter.

The letter also points out that the exclusion of women hurts women’s dignity and unacceptable in the 21st century since all have received the same baptism, the same Spirit and the same calling.

“We place our request before you, Pope Francis as it is you who has set out a synodal church that “walks together”, listens, and dialogues; and therefore, invites everyone to “speak with courage and candor” (preparatory document p. 20). It is in this spirit that we place our appeal for due consideration of women’s position of full equality in the Church to be kept on the table for the Synod of 2024,” the letter concludes.

According to the Gospels, Mary Magdelene travelled with Jesus as one of his followers. She was a witness to his crucifixion and resurrection.

The Catholic Church has made her the patron of contemplative life, converts, penitents, and women. She has been designated as the patron of hairstylists and perfume makers due to the Gospel story of her anointing Jesus’ feet.

Open Letter to Pope Francis by Reform Groups

Include Women’s full equality in the Synod on Synodality, October 2024
Dear Brother Francis,
The exclusion of women from Church ordination (canon 1024); Church governance (cc.129 and
274§1), and from preaching the homily (c.767§1) are discriminatory, contrary to Jesus’ inclusion of
all, and deprive the Church of the benefits of gender diversity and balance in leadership.
All have received the same Baptism, the Same Spirit, and the Same Calling. The exclusion of women
to respond to that Calling is hurtful to women’s dignity and unacceptable in the 21 st century.
You have rightly called the Church to Walk together in Communion, Participation and Mission.
However, if women continue to be kept in an infantile position, then women can never hope to be
part of a synodal Church where they are in communion, participating equally in mission. A synodal
Church requires a change in the structures where women participate equally in decision taking, not
just in decision-making processes.
We understand that the topic ‘women deacons’ has been assigned to one of the 10 study groups
reporting in 2025. We call for transparency about the synod working groups, their members, and
their mandates. We are aware of the abundance of study, research, history, etc., that supports the
restoration of women deacons, and therefore wonder why you continue to stall on this issue.
The role of women is key to the synodal process and should be discussed as a whole and not
portioned out into women deacons, women in decision-making, women needing care, etc. To ignore
the question of women’s equality which means their access to ordination to the priesthood, is to
exclude women from synodality and ignore the voice of the ‘sensus fidei’ of the people of God.
Why do we ask this?
• Jesus treated women as equals and had many women disciples
• The “natural inferiority” of women is today completely unacceptable
• There is worldwide support for women to be ordained
• The Pontifical Biblical Commission (1976) found nothing in scripture preventing the
ordination of women
• The blunt “No” in Ordinatio Sacerdotalis (1994) is based on power and not on scripture
We place our request before you, Pope Francis as it is you who has set out a synodal church that
“walks together”, listens, and dialogues; and therefore, invites everyone to “speak with courage and
candor” (preparatory document p. 20). It is in this spirit that we place our appeal for due
consideration of women’s position of full equality in the Church to be kept on the table for the Synod
of 2024.

Endorsements:
1. Women and the Australian Church (WATAC)
2. Council of Catholic Women Perth (CCWP).
3. Revuelta de Mujeres en la Iglesia from: Asturias, Sevilla, Extremadura, Zaragoza, Madrid, La
Rioja, Granada, Alicante, Tenerife, Murcia, Valladolid, Cabra, Navarra, and Gran Canaria
(Spain)
4. Ecclesia of Women in Asia
5. Indian Women Theologians Forum
6. Indian Christian Women’s9 Movement
7. Call To Action, Columbus Chapter, USA
8. Alcem la Veu from: Catalunya, Menorca, Valencia. Spain
9. ⁠Mujeres y Teología Zaragoza, Cabra, Cantabria, Spain.
10. ⁠Movimiento por el Celibato Opcional (Spain)
11. ⁠Redes Cristianas (Spain)
12. ⁠Emakumeen Aldarria Donostia – San Sebastián, (Spain)
13. ⁠As Mulleres Cristiás Galegas Exeria, Spain.
14. ⁠Mujeres por la igualdad en la Iglesia, Burgos, Spain.
15. ⁠Comunidad Cristiana de la Esperanza, Spain.
16. ⁠Tras las Huellas de Sophia. Mexico.
17. Ordens Frauen für Menschenrechte,
18. In BONA FIDE, Lana Bobic
19. Red Mirian de Espiritualidad Religiosa Femenina
20. Sr. Mary John Mananzan OSB, Philippines
21. Catholic women’s Ordination conference UK,
22. Ursula Halligan Ireland
23. Sr. Susanne Schneider Missionare Christi, München, Germany.
24. Donne per la Chiesa, Italy
25. Un Camino Teologia Para Nuestra Vida, Chile
26. Women’s Alliance for Theology, Ethics and Ritual (WATER), USA
27. Women’s Wisdom in the Church (WWITCH), Australia
28. Roman Catholic Women Priests, South Africa
29. Sisters of Justice, South Africa.
30. Root & Branch Community for Reform, UK
31. Ru’ha Community, South Africa
32. Dr Sr. R=ekha Chennattu, Superior General of the Religious of the Assumption.
33. MUFECA- Mujeres de Fe para el cambio. Bolivia
34. – ⁠Comunidad Tejiendo historias. Bolivia
35. – ⁠Asociacion Civil Memoria de Mujeres. Argentina

New York City Mayor Eric Adams Inaugurates AAPI’s 1st Ever World Health Congress

New York City Mayor Eric Adams inaugurated the first ever World Health Congress of Physicians, a Maga Convention of physicians of Indian Origin with the cutting of the Ribbon and a powerful and memorable inaugural address at the Marriott Marquis on Times Square in New York City on July 18th, 2024.

20240718 125536In his brief inaugural address, Adams lauded the contributions of Indian American physicians across the United States, especially during the Covid pandemic. “When you look at the 1000s of physicians across the country, you walk into any hospital, the emergency rooms, especially during COVID, you were present. You were there, and you sacrificed your own health to make sure of the health of this entire country. Your contributions are so rare.”

Recalling his past visit to India, Mayor Adams said, “When I was in India, the home of Gandhi and I saw the steps, his last few steps that he took, before the assassin took his life. It is our obligation and responsibility, no matter what field we are in, to ensure that we live out the dreams of Gandhi and we live out the dreams of those steps,” Adams said. “As we mark, the image of unity here, throughout the United States of America, we believe in the fundamentals and the foundation for the family. You believe in public service, and you believe in our children, and you are a real partner in doing so,” Mayor Adam told Indian American physicians.

“I want to extent a very warm welcome to AAPI delegates from around the world to first ever World Congress of Physicians, being held here from July 18th-22, 2024 in New York City, organized by the American Association of Physicians of Indian origin (AAPI) at the prestigious Marriott Marquis on Times Square, at the heart of the most popular city in the world,” Dr. Anjana Samadder, President of AAPI said in her welcome address.

Sri Brahmrishi SiddhGuru Gurudev, embodying compassion, love, humility, and simplicity, adhering to ancient Indian spiritual practices, while bestowing his blessings on the organizers and the AAPI delegates called the Indian American Physicians “the best” in the world, because “they give their best to the world.” He lauded them for their virtues of “learning, earning and returning” that makes them stand out across the globe.

Others who addressed the audience e during the inaugural session included, Dilip Chauhan, Deputy Commissioner for Trade, Investment and Innovation, and Jenifer Rajkumar, a lawyer, professor, and government leader who made history as the first South Asian-American woman ever to be elected to a state office in New York, whom Mayor Adams praised for her contributions to the society and urged the community to support her in her efforts to be the first person of Indian origin to run for statewide office in New York.

Some of the key speakers invited to be at the Congress include: Dr. Mehmet Oz, American television personality,20240718 130625 (1) Physician, Author, and Professor Emeritus of cardiothoracic surgery at Columbia University; Smriti Zubin Irani, an Indian politician and former actress, fashion model, and television producer. She has been Minister of Women and Child Development since 2019, and also Minister of Minority Affairs since 2022; Mansukh Laxmanbhai Mandaviya is an Indian politician currently serving as the Minister of Health and Family Welfare and Chemicals and Fertilizers of India. He is also a Rajya Sabha member from Gujarat; Dr. Jesse Menachem Ehrenfeld, President of the American Medical Association and Professor of Anesthesiology at the Medical College of Wisconsin.; and, Dr. Vivek Hallegere Murthy, a vice admiral in the United States Public Health Service Commissioned Corps who has served as the 19th and 21st Surgeon General of the United States under Presidents Barack Obama, Donald Trump, and Joe Biden.

“We want to welcome you to the AAPI’s inaugural World Congress of Physicians in the world’s capital city, New York,” Dr. Achintya Moulik, Chair of AAPI Convention 2024 said. “We have convened a fantastic group of dedicated organizers to meet the needs of the 2024 convention and are very excited about this year. Please reach out to any one of the representatives from the New York Tri-State team with questions or comments.”

Dr. Sumul Raval, current Secretary of AAPI, “We have an event that is full of fun-filled, research-filled, and learning-filled activities.” Outlining other features of the event, Dr. Raval said “There is something for everyone, including the younger generation, the teenagers, and children, making it a family event. “We have amazing food for all the many days — from Moghul catering from New Jersey, and many more activities throughout the five days,” Raval said.

According to the organizers, some of the major themes at the convention include: Yoga and Meditation practices, a Welcome kit with books & self-care supplies, A Personal Reflexology Session, Take home wellness routine, yoga therapy sessions, a workshop on Spiritual well-being, Book talk with Yoga Gurus, including on the science of Yoga & Lifestyle medicine, and several wellness sessions.

20240718 131234The World Congress has, among many others, sessions on cutting-edge research and CMEs, promoting business relationships, and display the ethnic items. Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the prime focus of our World Health Congress. There will be entertainment features for children, performances by singer Atul Purohit and a comedy show by Kapil Sharma, Live entertainment by Javed Ali and Atif Aslam, Traditional Garba, Bollywood Film Festival, and a fashion show.

AAPI’s World Health Congress offers an exciting venue to interact with leading physicians, health professionals, academicians, and scientists of Indian origin. The physicians and healthcare professionals from across the country will convene and participate in the scholarly exchange of medical advances, to develop health policy agendas, and to encourage legislative priorities in the coming year.

In addition to colorful entertainment, and exquisite authentic Indian cuisine, esteemed health industry leaders, world-renowned speakers, and experts will be sharing their wisdom and expertise in the industry, offering enlightening sessions to the delegates.

Amit Chakrabarty, Vice President of AAPI said, “AAPI’s mission has evolved in the past 42 years. “Today, AAPI is strong representing over 120,000 Indian American physicians, 130 local Chapters, who make up 10% of total physicians in the US and nearly 50% of International Medical Graduates, rooted in every corner of the nation, who serve every 7th patient in the US. We are proud of our achievements and our contributions to the healthcare industry and the millions of people we serve.”

“The annual convention offers extensive academic presentations, recognition of achievements and achievers, and professional networking at the alumni and evening social events,” Dr. Samadder added.   For more details on AAPI and the 1st World Congress, please visit: AAPI World Health Congress  and www.aapiusa.org

A VP called Vance, and a Chilukuri called Usha- an Indian intriguing hope!

As former President Donald Trump seeks to return to the White House, Ohio US Senator JD Vance has been selected as his vice president nominee. James David Vance is an American author, venture capitalist, and politician who has served as the junior US Senator from Ohio since 2023. He is a member of the Republican Party and is the party’s nominee for the post of Vice President in the 2024 election.
But what intrigues Indians is another matter. The wife of Vice President Nominee Vance Usha Chilukuri is of Indian origin. Biden has Indian-born Kamala Harris as his vice president. I don’t know how history will change. It is not wrong for the Indian of the time to dream that this Usha Chilukuri may become “another Kamala” of the future.
Mr. Vance’s wife, Usha Chilukuri, now realizes that Vance has many credentials and a deep connection with Indian values ​​and culture. Usha Vance, a litigation lawyer at a national firm, is the daughter of Indian immigrants from Andhra. Born as Usha Chilukuri, she forged a career in law, clerking for Supreme Court Justices John Roberts and Brett Kavanaugh before Mr Kavanaugh was nominated to the bench. Mr. Vance, a 39-year-old Republican serving his first term in the Senate, was born and raised in Middletown, Ohio. He joined the Marines and served in Iraq, then graduated from Ohio State University and Yale Law School. He also worked as a venture capitalist in Silicon Valley.
Mr. Vance made a name for himself with his 2016 bestseller “Hillbilly Elegy,” published when Trump was first running for president. Even among the working class and among rural white voters, The book made Mr. Vance famous as a New York businessman who helped Trump win the presidency. “Hillbilly Elegy” also introduced Mr. Vance to the Trump family. Donald Trump Jr. loved the book and got to know Mr. Vance when he went to start his political career. And Trump, now 78, developed a great friendship and equation with Vance, half his age. Our Indian lady helped Mr. Vance organize his thoughts about social decay in rural white America, which inspired Vance’s best-selling memoir, “Hillbilly Elegy.” In the past, she has made some rare appearances with Mr. Vance when he sought an Ohio Senate seat.
Ms. Usha grew up in the suburbs of San Diego, California. Some of Usha’s academic achievements should also be known. After four years of intensive extracurricular activity at Yale, he continued his studies as a Gates Fellow at Cambridge, mingling with leftist and liberal groups. He holds a bachelor’s degree in history from Yale University and a master’s degree in philosophy from Cambridge University. No kidding, she was a registered Democrat in 2014. Ms. Usha and J.D. Vance first met at Yale Law School and were married in Kentucky in 2014, with a Hindu priest presiding over the special ceremony. The couple has three children: Ivan (born 2017), Vivek (born 2020) and Mirabel (born 2021). Usha Chilkuri is a Hindu, and her husband is a Roman Catholic. Vance was born James David Bowman in Middletown, Ohio. His grandfather and grandmother raised him.
 “Ushaji knows Indian culture and India. She can help her husband navigate the great relationship between the USA and India, and Indians can hope for something.”

*****************************

Dr.Mathew Joys

Archaeologists Unearth 1,500-Year-Old Ivory Box with Christian Motifs in Southern Austria

A team of archaeologists from the University of Innsbruck made a remarkable find while excavating a church site in southern Austria. They uncovered a marble shrine containing a 1,500-year-old ivory box decorated with Christian motifs. This relic, believed to be linked to Moses receiving the Ten Commandments, is considered highly significant due to the rarity of early Christian sacred objects.

“We know of around 40 ivory boxes of this kind worldwide and, as far as I know, the last time one of these was found during excavations was around 100 years ago—the few pyxes that exist are either preserved in cathedral treasures or exhibited in museums,” explains the finder, archaeologist Gerald Grabherr.

“The pyx was presumably also seen as sacred and was treated as such because it was in contact with a relic. The archaeological and art-historical significance of the pyx cannot be denied,” emphasises Gerald Grabherr.

The intricately carved box was discovered under an altar inside a chapel located at the summit of Burgbichl, a small hill in the municipality of Irschen. The University of Innsbruck has been conducting excavations in this area, part of the Carinthian Drava Valley, since 2016.

“This is the typical depiction of the handing over of the laws to Moses on Mount Sinai, the beginning of the covenant between God and man from the Old Testament,” says Gerald Grabherr.

Towards the end of the Roman Empire, times became more uncertain, especially in the peripheral provinces of the empire, including the area that is now Austria. For this reason, from around the 4th century, the inhabitants increasingly founded settlements on hilltops that were easier to defend and left the valley floor.

Indians Abroad Send Record $107 Billion in Remittances in FY 2023-24, Surpassing $100 Billion Mark for Second Year

In the financial year 2023-24, Indians living abroad sent a record $107 billion in remittances to their families in India, marking the second year in a row that remittances exceeded $100 billion, as reported by The Economic Times.

This massive inflow of remittances nearly doubles the combined $54 billion from foreign direct investments (FDI) and portfolio investments during the same timeframe.

According to balance of payments data, gross remittances from the Indian diaspora, categorized as private transfers, reached $119 billion in FY24. After deducting repatriated income by foreign residents and other related expenses, net private transfers stood at $107 billion.

Both global studies and domestic research indicate a correlation between remittances and migration levels in various economies, as well as the employment conditions in the countries of origin. The cost of sending money is also a crucial factor influencing the volume of remittances.

United States: The Largest Source of Remittances

A survey by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on post-Covid-19 remittances identified the United States as the largest source, contributing 23% of the total amount. Meanwhile, remittances from the Gulf region saw a decline during this period.

The majority of these funds are sent to support families, with some also allocated to investments such as deposits, according to the RBI’s findings on remittances.

In 2023, the United States remained the top contributor to global remittances. India was the largest recipient, with $125 billion, followed by Mexico ($67 billion), China ($50 billion), the Philippines ($40 billion), and Egypt ($24 billion).

Remittance Flow to Developing Nations

In December, the World Bank’s “Migration and Development Brief” confirmed that India continues to lead globally in receiving remittances from its diaspora. This trend, ongoing for over two decades, is largely driven by the migration of IT professionals to North America and Europe since the 1990s.

Dilip Ratha, lead economist and principal author of the World Bank report, stated that remittance flows to developing nations have recently outpaced foreign direct investment and official development assistance. He added that this trend is expected to continue growing.

The World Bank report predicts a slower growth rate in remittances to low- and middle-income countries, forecasting a 3.1% increase in 2024.

The Liberalised Remittance Scheme

The Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) allows resident individuals, including minors, to remit up to $250,000 annually (April to March) for any permissible current or capital account transaction, or a combination thereof. Additionally, residents can utilize foreign exchange services as specified in Para 1 of Schedule III of the FEM (CAT) Amendment Rules 2015, dated May 26, 2015, with a cap of $250,000.

Introduced on February 4, 2004, the scheme initially had a cap of $25,000. The LRS limit has since been gradually increased in line with prevailing macroeconomic and microeconomic conditions.

If the remitter is a minor, the LRS declaration form must be signed by the natural guardian. The scheme does not apply to corporates, partnership firms, and trusts, among others.

There are no restrictions on the frequency of remittances under the LRS, but the total foreign exchange bought or remitted through any Indian source in a financial year cannot exceed $250,000. Once an individual remits up to $250,000 within a financial year, they are not eligible for further remittances under this scheme, regardless of whether investment proceeds have been repatriated.

Senate Republicans Block Tax Credit Expansion, Democrats Claim Political Motive to Deny Biden Victory

Senate Democrats accuse Senate Republicans of blocking an expansion of the child tax credit and a corporate tax credits package, despite significant support from business groups, to prevent President Biden from securing a legislative win five months before Election Day.

This marks the second instance this year where presidential politics have caused a divide between Senate Republicans and major business trade groups like the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable.

Earlier this year, Senate Republicans overwhelmingly voted against a bipartisan border security deal endorsed by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the Business Roundtable, among others, following former President Trump’s instructions to avoid giving Biden a victory on border security.

Democrats allege Republicans are once again obstructing a major bipartisan initiative to aid Trump. “The business community still really wants that; we really want it. It’s all presidential politics — they don’t want to give Biden a win. That’s 100 percent what it is,” stated a senior Senate Democrat regarding the opposition to the House-passed Tax Relief for American Families and Workers Act of 2024.

The senator noted that Senate Democrats are intensifying efforts to break through the Republican blockade. “We are trying very hard. There’s no real reason they’re objecting,” the source said.

The proposed package aims to reinstate research and development expensing for businesses, which expired in 2022. The U.S. Chamber of Commerce has urged the Senate to approve the package, warning that failing to restore research and development expensing retroactively would cause “irreversible harm to U.S. innovation and competitiveness.”

The Business Roundtable has also pushed for the Senate to pass the legislation. Joshua Bolten, the CEO of the Business Roundtable, emphasized that it would “boost business investment at home, create American jobs and strengthen U.S. competitiveness.”

The bill also enhances the child tax credit to help low-income families manage inflation and increases tax relief for victims of disasters like the 2023 toxic rail derailment in East Palestine, Ohio.

Senate Finance Committee Chair Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) supports his colleagues’ view that Senate Republicans are blocking the tax package to boost Trump’s prospects by denying Biden a legislative success. “No question about it. They said that right from the get-go,” Wyden told The Hill.

Sen. Chuck Grassley (Iowa), a senior Republican on the Senate Finance Committee, previously indicated that Senate Republicans did not want to help Biden “look good” and improve his reelection chances. He expressed concerns that Biden’s reelection would eliminate any possibility of renewing Trump’s 2017 tax cuts before they expire at the end of next year. “Passing a tax bill that makes the president look good, mailing out checks before the election, means he could be reelected and then we won’t extend the 2017 tax cuts,” Grassley told Semafor on the day the House passed the tax bill.

For Democrats, this situation mirrors the fate of the bipartisan border security deal negotiated by Sens. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), Kyrsten Sinema (I-Ariz.), James Lankford (R-Okla.), and the White House. Only four Senate Republicans supported the deal after Trump advised his Senate allies to reject it to deny Biden a victory.

Wyden crafted the stalled $79 billion tax package with House Ways and Means Committee Chair Jason Smith (R-Mo.), and it passed the House with overwhelming support, 357-70. The package would restore Section 174 expensing for research and development investments and 100 percent “bonus” depreciation, allowing businesses to deduct more depreciation costs than normally allowed. It also includes a low-income housing tax credit to increase affordable housing supply.

The package is nearly fully funded by advancing the deadline for filing backdated pandemic-related employee retention tax credit claims, according to a PwC analysis.

Amanda Critchfield, spokesperson for Sen. Mike Crapo (Idaho), the top-ranking Republican on the Finance Committee, said her boss “fully supports extending the pro-growth business provisions” and “also supports expanding the child tax credit to provide additional tax relief to working families.” However, she noted that Crapo “has policy concerns with the current bill, as do other Republican members, and he has been clear that he would like to find a compromise that a majority of Republican senators can support.”

A tax lobbyist familiar with the bill’s passage efforts said the business community has intensified its lobbying efforts towards Senate Republicans. “The Chamber and other business groups are very firmly for it, and they are making the rounds,” the source said. “The business community has upped its effort, and they’re saying because of the expiration of 174 and expensing, we really do have tangible economic harm. Companies are doing grasstops lobbying at home, and that’s starting to sink in. The business community is upping the ante,” the source added.

Watson McLeish, senior vice president for tax policy at the U.S. Chamber, warned in a statement on Monday that the Senate’s failure to advance the tax package is burdening employers. “As the tax extenders package remains stalled in the Senate, some small and midsize businesses have been forced to take out high-interest loans, raise prices, pare back operations, and even cut jobs just to survive and pay their taxes,” McLeish said. “We urge the Senate to take up this legislation immediately after the Independence Day recess and send it to the President’s desk to be signed into law.”

A Senate Republican aide mentioned that Senate GOP leaders are deferring to Crapo on handling the issue and pointed out that he might prefer to delay action on expired tax breaks until after the election, by which time Republicans will know if they will control the Senate in 2025. Some Republican senators believe they will secure a better deal on extending expired provisions if they control the White House and Senate, though waiting until after the election carries the risk that Democrats could retain the White House and regain control of the House.

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) told reporters earlier this month he hopes to bring the bill to the floor if it garners more Republican support. “I supported it the minute it was announced. I think it’s a good bill; I was very proud that I pushed hard and got into the bill the low-income housing tax credit,” Schumer said last week. “I’m currently working with Chairman Wyden to try and get something done. It’s not dead.”

Minta Rose Santy, A Young Malayali Woman, Secures 4th Rank Globally

Plavan International Medical University is a famous university in Europe that was established in 1974. It is based on a former local hospital that was established in 1865.

Minta Rose Santy A Young Malayali Woman Secures 4th Rank Globally 1A young Malayali woman, Minta Rose Santy, ranked fourth globally, out if the One hundred seventy-one young medical doctors from 16 countries Italy, India, Great Britain, Germany, Greece, Finland, Canada, Bangladesh, Ireland, Pakistan, Spain, Portugal, Turkey, Iraq, Netherlands, and Zimbabwe completed their studies at the graduation ceremony held last week in Bulgaria-Plavan.

Minta Rose Santy A Young Malayali Woman Secures 4th Rank Globally 2Minta Rose Santi, a native of Kothamangalam, has achieved the rare feat of honors and fourth rank. This is also a proud moment for Malayalis all over the world. This young doctor is the daughter of Kothamangalam Thekilakat Kudumbayogam Secretary, Global Indian Council Ambassador, and Director of Thodupuzha Global Indian Public School Mr.Santy Mathew Madappattu. Mother Lovely Santy, Siblings – Linta Maria Santy (Engineer – Bank Officer in Switzerland) and Emmanuel M Santy (IT Student – Canada), who completed 6 years of studies and graduated with Honors, Minta is also the winner of the “Best Student of the Year” award of the University 2023. Also, Minta Rose has become the First in Asia and the fourth winner globally.

Her parents, Santy Mathew and  Lovely Santy attended the graduation ceremony held last week at Bulgaria. University Rector Prof. Dr. Dobromir Dimitrov honored the Honors graduates with special prizes. He also congratulated other successful young doctors. In his speech, he emphasized that medical ethics should always be preserved.
Minta’s meticulous accomplishment is also a proud moment for Malayalis all over the world.
Minta Rose Santy A Young Malayali Woman Secures 4th Rank Globally 3

TheUNN Corporation Announces Joint Publication of Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan’s New Best-Selling Book

Boca Raton, FL – TheUNN Corporation has announcedthe agreement to jointly publish Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan’s latest best-selling book, “Diplomacy Liberated: The Golden Treasury of T.P. Sreenivasan” to readers worldwide. This significant partnership underscores TheUNN Corporation’s commitment to promoting influential voices in international relations and global diplomacy.

Chalil and KPRAmbassador Sreenivasan’s new anthology, meticulously edited by Wing Commander Ragashree D. Nair (Retd) offers an unparalleled insight into the complex world of diplomacy. Spanning over two decades of insightful essays and personal reflections, the book delves into pivotal geopolitical events and diplomatic challenges that have shaped modern international relations.

“We are honored to collaborate with Ambassador T.P. Sreenivasan on this important publication,” said Dr. Joseph M. Chalil, TheUNN News’s Publisher and Indo-American Press Club’s Chairman. “His extensive career and profound understanding of global affairs make this book an invaluable resource for scholars, diplomats, and anyone interested in the nuances of international relations.”

“Diplomacy Liberated: The Golden Treasury of T.P. Sreenivasan” is a compelling and thought-provoking anthology that offers a rare glimpse into the world of international diplomacy through the eyes of one of India’s most esteemed diplomats. This collection, edited with precision by Wing Commander Ragashree D. Nair (Retd), encapsulates over two decades of insightful essays, personal reflections, and profound analyses.

T.P. Sreenivasan’s extensive career as a diplomat lends an unmatched authenticity and depth to his writings. The book is organized into thematic sections that cover a wide range of topics, from the intricacies of India-US relations and the evolution of multilateral diplomacy to the complexities of India-China relations and the significance of the Indian diaspora. Each essay is a testament to Sreenivasan’s keen intellect, deep understanding, and unparalleled experience in the field of international relations.

One of the standout features of “Diplomacy Liberated” is its exploration of critical issues such as nuclear disarmament, environmental diplomacy, and the ethics of political appointments. Sreenivasan’s analysis of these topics is not only insightful but also provides a nuanced understanding of the global challenges and diplomatic strategies that shape our world today. His reflections on multilateral diplomacy, in particular, offer a deep dive into the workings of the United Nations and other international bodies, highlighting both the successes and shortcomings of these institutions.

The personal memoirs interspersed throughout the book add a touching and humanizing element to this scholarly work. From his early days in Japan to his involvement in higher education reforms in Kerala, Sreenivasan’s anecdotes provide an intimate look at the life and experiences of a seasoned diplomat. The poignant tribute to his late wife, Chandralekha Sreenivasan, is especially moving and adds a layer of personal depth to the narrative.

The book’s comprehensive coverage of diverse geopolitical events and diplomatic challenges makes it an essential read for scholars, diplomats, and anyone interested in international relations. Sreenivasan’s ability to contextualize historical events within contemporary geopolitical frameworks is particularly commendable. His essays, updated and contemporized, provide a lasting legacy of his efforts to interpret and influence global events.

TP and KPRIn “Diplomacy Liberated,” readers will find a treasure trove of wisdom, analysis, and personal reflections that are both enlightening and engaging. The anthology not only chronicles past events but also offers valuable insights into present and future trajectories of global diplomacy. It is a golden treasury of diplomatic wisdom that will remain relevant and influential for years to come.

Overall, “Diplomacy Liberated: The Golden Treasury of T.P. Sreenivasan” is a masterful collection that reflects the breadth and depth of Sreenivasan’s experience and vision. It is a fitting tribute to a distinguished career and a valuable addition to the literature on international diplomacy.

TheUNN Corporation, known for its dedication to fostering global understanding through impactful publications, views this partnership as a significant milestone. “This collaboration not only enhances our publication portfolio but also aligns with our mission to disseminate knowledge that bridges cultural and political divides,” added Mr. KPR Nair, Managing Director of Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

The book is available on Amazon worldwide and is set to captivate a global audience, offering timeless wisdom and a deeper understanding of the forces shaping our world.

About TheUNN Corporation:

TheUNN Corporation and The Universal News Network is a leading publishing and media company that promotes diverse voices and fosters global understanding. Through innovative collaborations and a commitment to quality content, TheUNN Corporation aims to enlighten, educate, and inspire readers worldwide.

Title: Diplomacy Liberated: The Golden Treasury of T.P. Sreenivasan

Author: T.P. Sreenivasan

Editor: Wing Commander Ragashree D. Nair (Retd)

Publisher: Konark Publishers and TheUNN Corporation

Publication Date: June 2024

ISBN: 978-1-7359048-9-4

Dabbling in Diplomacy AuthorisedDiplomacy Liberated Konark UNN front for PODIndia Beyond The PandemicBeyond the COVID-19 Pandemic

Modi was set to lose 2024 like Vajpayee in 2004. Here’s what changed

Why did Narendra Modi come back to power? Why did the NDA manage to secure a majority? Why did the BJP not face a more comprehensive defeat?

It is a mark of the power of false narratives that we have not started to ask these questions. Much of the post-election analysis in the media is still stuck in a mistaken and self-serving question: What explains this unexpected electoral setback for the BJP? The question is mistaken, for the surprise in this instance lies in the eyes of the beholder.

The commentariat has not started reflecting on the possibility that there is nothing surprising about a bad, non-responsive and arrogant government losing an election, that the shock was entirely the creation of the media. It is self-serving as it draws the discussion exactly to the kind of minutiae blame games that helps to cover up the real issues. But once the dust settles, we can hope for more attention to the real issues and ask the counterfactual question: How did the BJP scrape through in an election that it was going to lose badly?

A precedence from the past

A comparison with the election of 2004 is very instructive here. Recall that it was the conclusion of a ‘successful’ five-year term of the NDA government led by the charismatic Atal Bihari Vajpayee. Riding on the slogan of ‘India Shining’, he was ‘widely expected’ to come back to power in 2009. All the pre-election polls and indeed the exit polls forecast a clear majority for the ruling coalition. Yet, the results belied all expectations and left everyone bewildered. Just as it did this month.

Fortunately, we have a post-poll survey conducted by Lokniti-CSDS in 2004 that asked the same questions that have been asked by the Lokniti survey after this election, whose findings have been made public.

Modi’s popularity ratings in 2024 are not very different from those of Vajpayee in 2004. When people were asked to name their choice for the PM, 38 per cent named Vajpayee, as compared to 41 per cent for Modi this year. In 2004, the nearest rival was Sonia Gandhi at 26 per cent. This year it was Rahul Gandhi at 27 per cent. Peoples’ satisfaction with the Vajpayee government was a shade higher than that with the Modi government: net satisfaction (satisfied minus dissatisfied) was 29 per cent in 2004 compared to 23 per cent in 2024. The critical question about whether the incumbent government should be given another chance elicited similar responses: Vajpayee was favored 48 to 30 percent, similar to Modi’s 46 to 39.

 

  The striking similarities between what happened in 2004 and 2024

2004

2024

People’s choice for the next PM

Vajpayee/Modi

38

41

Sonia/ Rahul Gandhi

26

27

Satisfied with Central Govt?

Satisfied

57

59

Dissatisfied

28

36

Another chance for incumbent Govt?

Yes

48

46

No

30

39

Poll projections

Average for NDA in pre polls

287

373

Average for NDA in exit polls

257

339

Actual seats for NDA (BJP)

181

292

Source for 2004 and 2024 survey data: Lokniti-CSDS National Election Study 2004 and 2024; Average for NDA in pre polls and exit polls are authors’ calculations.

 Yet, Vajpayee lost the 2004 election badly. Exit polls had predicted anything between 230 and 275 seats for the NDA. The alliance ended up with 181. The BJP was unseated and the UPA government was formed.

Why did that not happen in 2024? One good answer could be that the NDA’s starting point in 2024 was much higher than it was in 2004. Back then, the NDA was a fledgling coalition of 23 parties held together by Vajpayee whose BJP had won only 182 seats in the 1999 elections. An electoral setback pushed the BJP down by 44 seats. This is not very different from what happened to Modi’s BJP, down from 303 to 240.

A counterfactual scenario

At the same time, the question remains: Could the outcome have been substantially different? Could the BJP have been ousted from power in 2024? Once we stop focusing on the wrong question and look at the election outcome with new spectacles, we can see that Modi saved his government by the skin of his teeth.

The scenarios presented in Table 2 and Table 3 present us with various possibilities. Let’s take the final outcome of this election as the starting point. If there was an additional 1 percentage point swing against the NDA (loss to NDA and proportionate gains to its principal opponent), it would have lost 18 seats. A national-wide swing of 1.5 pp would have brought the NDA tally down to 261, well below the majority mark. It would have also brought the ruling coalition slightly below its principal rival: 261 for NDA and 263 for INDIA. Another half a percent would have taken it down further to 246 and INDIA above the majority mark at 275.

 Just 1.5 percentage point Uniform National Swing would have unseated the BJP

 

Scenario/ Seats

BJP

Allies

NDA

Congress

Allies

INDIA

Others

Actual outcome

240

52

292

99

135

234

17

If 1% swing against NDA

224

50

274

105

146

251

18

If 1.5% swing against NDA

213

48

261

111

152

263

19

If 2% swing against NDA

201

45

246

118

157

275

22

  Table 3 shows a more realistic scenario. Instead of assuming a uniform swing across all the states, it presents the likely outcome if a national-wide swing was distributed unevenly across different states, concentrated more in Hindi heartland states where there was a momentum against the BJP that could be pushed further. If we assume an additional swing of 2 percentage point each in Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, West Bengal, Bihar, Rajasthan, and Haryana, the NDA would be down to just 260 seats, well below the majority mark. In that scenario, the BJP would be at 214, too far away from staking a claim to form the government. All these would add up to just one percentage point national swing against the BJP.

 Just 2 percentage point swing focused in select states, amounting to just over 1 pp (-1.1pp) national swing would have unseated BJP

 

SCENARIO: 2 pp SWING AWAY FROM NDA
State Name Change in NDA seats Change in BJP seats
UP

-15

-13

Maharashtra

-5

-2

West Bengal

-4

-4

Bihar

-3

-2

Rajasthan

-3

-3

Haryana

-2

-2

All India total

-32

-26

 Remember this: Modi’s BJP was about 1 percentage point away from a comprehensive defeat that would have forced it to sit in the opposition.

Now the question for us and future historians to ponder is: what could have made a difference of 1 percentage point national vote? What may have helped the BJP avert this disaster? Did the BJP leaders know something that all of us did not know, or were prevented from knowing?

One obvious answer is alliances. It is now evident why the BJP had struck a strange alliance with Nitish Kumar (JDU) and Jayant Chaudhary (RLD), why it did a U-turn to join hands with Chandrababu Naidu (TDP) and why it pursued every ally in Bihar and Maharashtra. The allies not only shored up the numbers for the NDA, they also helped the BJP pick at least 10 additional seats in Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, and Uttar Pradesh. In retrospect, we can also see the cost of TMC-Congress rift in West Bengal (3 seats) and the damage done by the VBA of Prakash Ambedkar (4) and AIMIM of Asaduddin Owaisi (1).

Consider another answer. Just imagine that the mainstream media had covered this election a shade less unfairly than it did. Lokniti-CSDS post-poll survey tells us that 83 percent of the voters had a TV at home, 66 percent watched news channels every day or sometimes (compared to 47 percent who received information from social media), all but a fraction named one or the other Godi media channel as the source of their information on elections. Just imagine what would have happened if TV news had presented a balanced picture of the performance of the Modi government? Let alone speak truth to power, if only they had not run blatant propaganda for the ruling party and the cringe-worthy interviews of the Supreme Leader? Imagine if they had simply reported that the 2024 election was not a one-way race, that it might be a close contest?

Remember, if just 1 out of the 66 people watching the sarkari propaganda had changed their mind, the Supreme Leader would have been the Leader of Opposition today.

4,300 Indian Millionaires to Migrate in 2024, Favoring UAE Amid Global Wealth Mobility Trends

Around 4,300 millionaires are projected to migrate from India this year, with many choosing the UAE as their new home, according to a report by Henley and Partners, a global investment migration advisory firm. Despite India’s status as the world’s fastest-growing economy, it is expected to rank third in millionaire migrations, following China and the United Kingdom. This migration trend occurs as India, now the most populous country globally, experiences a net millionaire exodus that is less than 30 percent of China’s. “While India loses thousands of millionaires each year, with many migrating to the UAE, concerns over the outflows may well be mitigated as with wealth growth of 85 percent over the past decade, the country continues to produce far more new high-net-worth individuals than it loses to emigration,” the report stated. In the previous year, 5,100 Indian millionaires migrated abroad, according to the report.

The migration of millionaires significantly impacts a country’s foreign exchange reserves since these individuals often transfer substantial assets when they relocate. The primary motivations for millionaire migration include tax benefits, safety and financial considerations, retirement prospects, business opportunities, and an enhanced lifestyle. Despite the decline from the 5,100 departures in 2023, India remains among the countries with the highest number of HNWIs leaving the country. Henley & Partners defines millionaires and HNWIs as those with liquid wealth of at least US$1 million. Meanwhile, the UAE is expected to attract an unprecedented 6,700 millionaires by the end of 2024, thanks to its world-class infrastructure, strategic location, advantageous tax regulations, and other appealing factors. To further attract talented individuals, the UAE offers a golden visa, granting permanent residency to entrepreneurs, foreign investors, and talented individuals making substantial investments. This visa program has become particularly popular among Indians.

Besides the UAE, Indians are increasingly seeking citizenship and residency through investment schemes in countries such as Portugal, Greece, Spain, Malta, and the Caribbean nations of Antigua and Barbuda, and Grenada. The reasons for these relocations vary. Some wealthy families move due to security concerns, while others seek tax advantages and better budgetary conditions. Many also migrate in search of improved retirement options, business opportunities, appealing lifestyles, healthcare systems, education for their children, and an overall higher standard of living.

This trend of millionaire migration is notable as it reflects the broader socio-economic dynamics at play within India. The country’s rapid economic growth has led to the creation of significant wealth, but it has also highlighted disparities and concerns that drive individuals to seek opportunities abroad. The report emphasizes that while the loss of millionaires could be seen as a negative indicator, India’s ability to generate new high-net-worth individuals at a faster rate suggests a resilient economic environment.

The migration of millionaires has various implications for India. On the one hand, it represents a loss of potential investment and economic activity that these individuals might have contributed domestically. On the other hand, the continuous creation of new millionaires indicates a robust economic framework capable of producing and sustaining wealth. As the world’s fastest-growing economy, India faces the dual challenge of retaining its wealthy citizens while continuing to foster an environment conducive to wealth creation.

In terms of foreign exchange reserves, the departure of millionaires can lead to a significant outflow of capital. These individuals often move substantial portions of their wealth to their new countries of residence, impacting the host nation’s financial landscape. The motivations behind these migrations are diverse, encompassing financial, personal, and lifestyle considerations. For many, the allure of lower taxes, safer environments, better retirement options, and enhanced business opportunities outweigh the benefits of staying in India.

The UAE stands out as a particularly attractive destination for migrating millionaires. Its strategic location, state-of-the-art infrastructure, and favorable tax policies make it a prime choice for those seeking a new home. The introduction of the golden visa program has further boosted its appeal, offering a streamlined path to permanent residency for investors, entrepreneurs, and talented individuals. This program’s popularity among Indians highlights the UAE’s success in positioning itself as a hub for global wealth.

In addition to the UAE, European countries like Portugal, Greece, Spain, and Malta have become popular choices for Indian millionaires. These countries offer various investment schemes that grant residency or citizenship in exchange for significant financial investments. The Caribbean nations of Antigua and Barbuda and Grenada are also emerging as attractive destinations, offering similar investment-based residency programs. The factors driving these migrations range from seeking better security and financial conditions to desiring a higher quality of life and improved healthcare and education systems for their families.

The report from Henley and Partners sheds light on the complex interplay of factors influencing millionaire migration. It underscores the importance of understanding these trends within the broader context of global economic and social shifts. While the departure of wealthy individuals presents challenges, it also highlights the dynamic nature of wealth creation and distribution in today’s world. India’s experience, as detailed in the report, illustrates the ongoing evolution of the global economic landscape and the factors driving individual decisions to seek opportunities beyond their home country.

Ultimately, the migration of Indian millionaires is a multifaceted phenomenon with implications for both India and the destination countries. It reflects broader trends in global wealth mobility and the factors influencing individuals’ decisions to relocate. As India continues to grow and evolve economically, understanding and addressing the motivations behind millionaire migration will be crucial in shaping its future trajectory on the global stage. The insights provided by Henley and Partners’ report offer valuable perspectives on these dynamics, highlighting the need for a nuanced approach to addressing the challenges and opportunities presented by this trend.

India’s Unfinished Journey: A Post-Colonial Quest for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi

A Post-Colonial Quest

The pursuit of recognition is an intrinsic human trait, and this collective yearning is mirrored in a state’s quest for major-power status. In “The Unfinished Quest: India’s Search for Major Power Status from Nehru to Modi” (“The Quest”) by T.V. Paul, a professor of International Relations at McGill University, the journey of post-colonial India towards global recognition as a major power is thoroughly examined.

Throughout history, states have sought status recognition, traditionally tied to military might. T.V. Paul notes, “Victory in great power wars was the most prominent mechanism through which a state gained or lost status that had already been conferred on it.” This understanding of power was dominant during times when European nations, believing their languages and knowledge systems superior, pursued widespread colonization in Asia and Africa.

Colonization

Colonization entailed not just political domination but also religious and racial superiority. Paul emphasizes, “Closeness to the Christian religious establishments was the key element in nineteenth-century Europe, based on the ideas of ‘standards of civilization.’” The colonizers’ zeal to establish Christian supremacy in their colonies was a byproduct of their power dynamics.

Following World War II and especially after the USSR’s collapse in 1991, the criteria for power and status recognition expanded beyond military prowess to include economic strength, knowledge, and skills.

“The Quest” is a thorough exploration of India’s ongoing journey to significant global status. The book provides a detailed analysis of India’s political, economic, and strategic ambitions since its 1947 independence. Paul asserts, “No leader since the Nehru era has fundamentally reduced India’s hard-power asset acquisition.”

Hard Power Resources

Paul identifies ten critical components in a nation’s quest for major power status, termed “comprehensive national power capability.” These include four ‘hard-power resources’—military, economy, technology/knowledge, and demographics—and six ‘soft-power resources’—normative position, leadership in international institutions, culture, state capacity, strategy and diplomacy, and effective national leadership. He traces India’s trajectory from the early days under Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru to current leader Narendra Modi, weaving in internal political dynamics, economic growth, and strategic decisions.

When Nobel laureate V.S. Naipaul visited India in 1988 for his book “India: A Million Mutinies Now,” he encountered an India overshadowed by “pietistic Gandhian gloom.” Naipaul noted, “The talk among the talkers in the towns was of degeneracy, a falling away from the standards of earlier times.” This pervasive gloom reflected nearly four decades of unsuccessful Nehruvian socialism.

A Wounded Nation Rises

Centuries of Islamic and British colonization had transformed a historically prosperous and entrepreneurial society into one that was defeated and despondent. Today, however, optimism is sweeping across India. In a post-COVID world marked by inflation, rising food and energy prices, and prolonged conflicts in Europe and the Middle East, Indians are hopeful and eager to restore India’s pre-colonial economic and civilizational prominence.

Economic liberalization in the 1990s, initiated by Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao, opened up India’s foreign investment markets. Although there were initial successes, economic progress faced hurdles. India’s international status has significantly advanced with nuclear tests in 1974 and 1998 and recent Moon and Mars missions.

An Outsider’s Perspective

Despite these achievements, Paul concludes that India’s major power status remains elusive, with an uncertain future. “The Quest” stands out as an academic work but is presented from an outsider’s perspective. During colonial times, non-native Western scholars began to control the intellectual discourse about India. This tradition continues, as illustrated by the critiques from homegrown Marxist/Leftist scholars detailed in Arun Shourie’s book “Eminent Historians: Their Technology, Their Line, Their Fraud.”

Paul mentions “caste” and “Hindutva” in “The Quest” but does not provide a framework for assessing India’s status quest on these parameters. Historically, “jati” (caste) has been part of Indian society, which has remained prosperous and knowledge-producing. The term ‘Hindutva’ is often used to demonize India’s assertive Hindu majority, as Vishwa Adluri and Joydeep Bagchee argue, “raises the spectre of Hindutva to scare off critics.”

India’s Statecraft

Paul critiques the “religious-nationalist coloration” in naming India’s weapons systems with “Sanskrit/Hindu mythological terms,” while overlooking ‘panchsheela,’ misspelled as ‘panschila’ in his book. He also refers to India’s “founding fathers,” although India is a civilizational nation not founded by a group of men in 1947.

Notably, Paul’s work omits significant concepts like Dharma and Kautilya. Dharma, the core Hindu philosophy of righteous deeds, underpins Hindu cosmology. Kautilya, a 4th-century BCE Indian scholar, is known for the Arthashastra, a foundational text on statecraft. Arshid Iqbal Dar states, “Kautilya’s realism is there in the DNA of India’s strategic culture and has been the default strategy for South Asia.” Yet, “The Quest” lacks references to these critical elements.

Overall, “The Quest” is an excellent academic examination of India’s journey, though it is presented through a 19th/20th-century colonial-Western narrative that overlooks native perspectives.

Apple’s iPhone Sales Soar to $1.95 Trillion Despite Q1 Decline

Despite a slight decline in the first quarter of 2024, Apple’s lifetime iPhone sales have reached staggering heights, with total revenues surpassing $1.95 trillion, according to a new report released on Wednesday.

In Q1 2024, Apple shipped 50.1 million iPhones, a decrease of five million units compared to the same period last year. Consequently, iPhone sales revenue dropped by nearly 10%, amounting to $45.9 billion, as per data from Stocklytics.com.

Five years after the launch of the first iPhone, Apple had generated $78.7 billion in iPhone sales. By fiscal year (FY) 2014, this figure had surged to $101.9 billion, continuing to climb steadily based on Statista and official company reports.

Over the course of two years, Apple accrued more than $405 billion from iPhone sales. Although revenue figures dipped slightly in Q2 FY 2024, iPhone sales have remained robust.

In H1 FY 2024 alone, Apple earned $115.6 billion from iPhone sales, pushing its cumulative revenue from iPhone sales to an impressive $1.95 trillion.

The report also highlighted that over 2.65 billion iPhones have been shipped since their initial launch in 2007. In 2014, Apple shipped 192.7 million iPhones. A decade later, this number had risen to 231.8 million.

IRS Announces Permanent Expansion of Free Online Tax Filing Program

The IRS’s trial of a free online tax filing program this year is set to become a permanent fixture, with Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen revealing plans for its expansion. Dubbed “Direct File,” this digital platform will undergo integration with state tax systems and a broadening of its capabilities beyond its current limited deductions processing, as announced by Yellen and IRS Commissioner Danny Werfel.

“We’re making Direct File — the new product we piloted this year — permanent,” affirmed Yellen, citing the increased IRS funding from the Inflation Reduction Act as a contributing factor.

Werfel indicated that while the scale of the expansion remains undecided, it will progressively accommodate a broader range of tax scenarios over the forthcoming years, with a particular focus on those pertinent to “working families.”

Presently, the system can only handle income received in the form of W2 wages, the predominant payment method for most U.S. workers, alongside a select few credits such as the Child Tax Credit and Earned Income Tax Credit. Werfel highlighted various tax scenarios where there was a notable demand for inclusion in Direct File, including health care and retirement tax credits.

“The premium tax credit — under the Affordable Care Act, those that get their health insurance in the affordable care act marketplace and therefore receive a premium tax credit. That was something that was not in our eligibility scope this year,” explained Werfel, adding, “There were other refundable tax credits that were out of scope. There was certain retirement income that was out of scope.”

Senator Ron Wyden, chair of the Senate Finance Committee, lauded the development as “tremendous news for taxpayers all over the country who are tired of getting ripped off by the big tax prep companies that routinely upcharge for unnecessary services, oversell the quality of their products and offer crummy customer service.” Wyden commended Werfel and Secretary Yellen for their approach, noting the careful testing and development of the service before its expansion.

In contrast, Republicans and the private tax preparation software industry have criticized the initiative. House Republicans moved to defund Direct File shortly after assuming control of the lower chamber in 2023. Senate Finance Committee ranking member Mike Crapo expressed concerns about the IRS’s legal authority to implement such a program without congressional authorization in a statement last year.

Thursday’s announcement did not delve into additional types of income that could become eligible for Direct File, such as investment returns, rental property income, or independent contractor income filed on 1099-Ks.

The process of expanding Direct File will commence with the identification of additional states to be included beyond the initial 12 where it was accessible this year.

“It really depends on state readiness,” noted Werfel. “There will be no limit to the number of states that can participate in the coming year.”

The projected cost of the program for the next year could reach up to $75 million, as outlined in the IRS’s strategic operating plan annual supplement, a figure that Werfel assured would not be “significantly or materially exceed.”

12-Year-Old Bruhat Soma Triumphs in Thrilling Spell-Off to Win 96th Scripps National Spelling Bee

Bruhat Soma, a 12-year-old from Tampa, Florida, emerged victorious at the 96th Scripps National Spelling Bee held on May 30th. His impressive performance in a spell-off saw him correctly spell 29 challenging words in just 90 seconds. This rapid-fire round featured some of the most obscure and difficult words in the English language.

This year’s competition, which saw its 96th edition, concluded with a spell-off, a fast-paced elimination method that was introduced in 2021 and has only been used once before. Bruhat qualified for this decisive round by correctly spelling “Hoofddorp,” a town near Amsterdam, positioning himself against Faizan Zaki, another 12-year-old from Allen, Texas. Faizan secured his spot by flawlessly spelling “nicuri,” a term derived from a Brazilian palm, without seeking any clarification on its origin or meaning.

In the spell-off, Bruhat swiftly navigated through a series of words, managing to spell 29 accurately before the 90-second timer expired. Faizan, competing from the same list, correctly spelled 20 words in the allotted time. This remarkable performance secured Bruhat the esteemed trophy and a $50,000 prize. A recorded segment earlier in the televised event showcased Bruhat, a basketball enthusiast, shooting hoops.

The eight finalists, including Bruhat and Faizan, had advanced from regional competitions that filtered down to 245 local champions aged 8 to 15. These finalists competed over three days at a convention center near Washington, D.C. Among them, some were stumped by particularly tricky words such as “Lillooet” (a people from modern British Columbia), “kanin” (boiled rice in the Philippines), and “murrina” (a horse disease).

Throughout the competition, young participants demonstrated exceptional skill and composure as they tackled some of the English language’s most difficult and rarely used words. Their ability to spell with such accuracy and confidence left spectators in awe.

The Scripps National Spelling Bee, sponsored by the Scripps media group since 1925, has been held annually except for a hiatus during World War II and a pause in 2020 due to the Covid-19 pandemic. The majority of participants hail from the United States, representing all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. territories including Guam, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Additionally, this year’s competition featured contenders from Canada, the Bahamas, Germany, and Ghana.

The history and prestige of the Scripps National Spelling Bee make it a significant event in the academic lives of young spellers. The competition not only tests their spelling prowess but also their ability to remain composed under pressure. Each year, the bee highlights the dedication and hard work of these young scholars, who often spend countless hours preparing for this momentous event.

The introduction of the spell-off in 2021 added a new level of excitement and urgency to the competition. This rapid-elimination format tests contestants’ quick thinking and spelling accuracy under extreme time constraints, making for a thrilling conclusion to the bee. Bruhat’s success in this format is a testament to his exceptional preparation and mental agility.

Bruhat’s journey to victory is an inspiring story of perseverance and passion. His ability to spell 29 words correctly in just 90 seconds is a remarkable achievement that showcases his dedication and love for language. This win not only brings him a substantial monetary prize but also the honor of being recognized as one of the top young spellers in the nation.

The Scripps National Spelling Bee continues to be a celebration of linguistic talent and intellectual prowess. It brings together young minds from diverse backgrounds, united by their love of words and their commitment to academic excellence. As the competition grows in scope and popularity, it continues to inspire new generations of spellers to pursue their passion for language and learning.

The 96th Scripps National Spelling Bee was marked by the impressive performances of its young finalists, particularly Bruhat Soma, whose skill and speed in the spell-off secured him the championship. The event remains a cornerstone of academic competition, highlighting the extraordinary talents of young spellers from across the globe. Bruhat’s victory serves as a reminder of the importance of dedication, hard work, and the joy of learning.

Christian Exodus from Nazareth as Mafia Crime Wave and Rising Islamic Influence Threaten Community

Nazareth, Israel’s largest Arab city and known as the childhood home of Jesus, is grappling with a severe crisis as its historic Christian population contends with a rampant mafia crime wave spreading through northern Israel and the rise of Islam.

A recent report by The Telegraph reveals that Christian business owners are being extorted by primarily Muslim mafia gangs, who demand hefty protection fees of about $13,500 per month.

Despite the efforts of Israel’s Shin Bet security agency and increased police presence, the situation continues to deteriorate, prompting many Christians to flee the city.

Peter Roshrash, an experienced police inspector, likened the situation to the Wild West. “In Nazareth, the mafia will shoot at the stores, then tell them they need ‘chawa’ [protection money]. It’s like the Wild West,” he stated.

Roshrash also accused the mafia of hiding weapons in Christians’ homes, threatening the occupants with death if they reported to the authorities.

The impact on Nazareth’s Christian community, which once formed the majority, has been significant. When Israel gained independence in 1948, Christians made up about 80% of Nazareth’s population; today, they represent only 20%. Many have emigrated to Western countries, while others have moved to predominantly Jewish areas to escape the violence.

Once lively Easter and Christmas celebrations have diminished, and Christian-owned businesses are vanishing, replaced by Muslim-owned ones.

The surge in mafia violence has become a national issue. Despite assurances from Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, the mafia’s influence continues to grow.

According to the Abraham Initiatives, a nonprofit advocating for Jewish-Arab equality, Nazareth was among the deadliest cities last year due to criminal violence. “Nazareth became a focal point for crime in 2023,” the group reported.

Municipal officials have tried to downplay the religious angle of the mafia’s activities, insisting the targeting is indiscriminate, affecting both Muslims and Christians. “If there is a mafia, it’s against Muslims and Christians alike. You think the rich Muslims aren’t also a target for the mafia? To the mafia, there is no religion,” said Municipality Spokesman Salem Sharara.

However, there is a long history of Christian mistreatment by Muslims in the Holy Land. In the late 1990s, Muslims attempted to build a mosque on the property of the Basilica of the Annunciation in Nazareth. Although the attempt was unsuccessful, many Arab political groups in Israel and the Palestinian Territories have increasingly adopted Islamic characteristics as their former socialist stances have lost popularity.

This pressure on Christians can be observed in the Palestinian Territories and throughout the Middle East.

The Arab population in Israel, including Nazareth, has increasingly called for more government intervention to combat rising crime rates. Initially, the outbreak of the Gaza War led to a decrease in violent crime and deaths in the Arab sector, but recent increases in criminal attacks suggest a return to the high levels of violence seen in 2023.

Many Christians in Israel and the Palestinian Territories, often wealthier than their Muslim counterparts, have the means to relocate, leading to an exodus from cities like Nazareth and Bethlehem, which are central to Christian history and heritage.

Trump’s Conviction: A Game-Changer or Temporary Setback for the 2024 Election?

Scandals have surrounded former President Donald Trump since his initial presidential campaign in 2016. However, following his conviction in his New York hush-money case, he is now officially labeled as a convicted felon, adding a new dimension to his controversial legacy. This development begs the question: could this conviction significantly alter the trajectory of the 2024 election?

Initial indicators suggest that Trump’s conviction could indeed erode his support base. A poll conducted by CNN/SSRS in April revealed that while 76 percent of Trump supporters vowed unwavering allegiance, 24 percent admitted they might reconsider their support if he were convicted. Similarly, a May survey by Emerson College found that 25 percent of voters claimed a guilty verdict in New York would diminish their likelihood of voting for Trump.

Some pollsters adopted a two-pronged approach, asking respondents their voting preferences both with and without considering Trump’s conviction. On average, Trump’s standing shifted from a 1 percentage point lead to a 6-point deficit when the conviction was factored in.

However, Democrats should temper their enthusiasm, considering the nuances within these statistics. The wording of the CNN/SSRS poll, for instance, reveals that while 24 percent of Trump supporters might reconsider their vote, this doesn’t necessarily translate to definitive abandonment. Many may simply experience a crisis of confidence without outright switching allegiance to President Joe Biden.

A poll by ABC News/Ipsos echoed this sentiment. While 16 percent of respondents claimed they would reconsider their support for Trump following a conviction, only 4 percent stated they would completely withdraw it. Moreover, caution is warranted in interpreting polls like Emerson’s, which gauge whether events influence voting behavior. Often, respondents use such questions as proxies for their approval or disapproval rather than literal indicators of future action.

Interestingly, a significant portion of those claiming a conviction would sway their vote towards Biden had already expressed support for him in previous questions. Conversely, only a small fraction of Trump supporters indicated that a guilty verdict would deter them from voting for him, suggesting a lesser impact on his actual support than initially presumed.

Additional polls reinforce the notion that Trump’s conviction may not trigger mass defections to Biden. Instead, the majority of lost support for Trump translates into undecided or hypothetical “someone else” categories. While Trump’s support decreases by an average of 6 points post-conviction, Biden only gains 1 point, with 5 points going to undecided or alternative options.

This dynamic suggests that while some Trump supporters may hesitate to endorse him following the conviction, they are unlikely to pivot towards Biden. Consequently, the dip in Trump’s support may be transient. Past behavior serves as a predictor, indicating that many defectors could eventually realign with Trump, especially given the substantial time remaining until Election Day. Trump’s ability to craft a narrative that assuages concerns about supporting a convicted felon could further facilitate this return to the fold.

The parallels with past events, such as the fallout from the “Access Hollywood” tape during the 2016 campaign, underscore the potential for Trump’s support to rebound swiftly. Despite initial discomfort among Republicans, Trump’s popularity recovered within weeks of the tape’s release.

Nevertheless, even if most defectors ultimately return to Trump’s camp, the conviction’s impact on the race should not be dismissed entirely. Biden’s marginal 1-point gain could prove decisive in a closely contested election, though it’s crucial not to exaggerate the conviction’s influence. Ultimately, if the outcome of the hush-money trial shapes the presidential race, it will likely be within the margins of a closely contested contest.

US Stock Markets Grapple with Sharp Declines Amid Economic Concerns and Disappointing Earnings

US stock markets encountered a challenging week with the Dow witnessing a decline of approximately 1,000 points in the past three days alone, and this negative trend persisted on Thursday.

The Dow concluded 331 points lower, marking a decrease of 0.9%. Similarly, the S&P 500 experienced a decline of 0.6%, while the Nasdaq Composite dropped by 1.1%. The disappointing earnings report from Salesforce (CRM) contributed to investor concerns.

Salesforce, a prominent player in customer relationship management, suffered a substantial drop of 19.7% following its announcement of a revenue shortfall and a downward adjustment of expectations for the forthcoming year, marking its worst performance in two decades.

The market woes extended from Wednesday when all 11 sectors of the S&P 500 closed in the red. The Dow experienced a significant dip of over 300 points, primarily driven by a decline in shares of Nvidia (NVDA), a leading chipmaking company, which subsequently dragged down other major tech stocks.

The recent downturn can be attributed to various factors, including disappointing earnings reports and unexpectedly strong economic data. Bonds witnessed a notable decrease in value amidst mounting concerns about inflation, exacerbated by a lackluster Treasury auction on Wednesday. The 10-year Treasury yield surged to its highest level since late April.

Investor anxiety was further fueled by robust economic indicators, raising fears that a stronger economy might prompt the Federal Reserve to maintain higher interest rates for a prolonged period to counter inflationary pressures.

Despite the S&P 500 registering gains in 23 out of the last 30 weeks, matching a record set in 1989, it appears to be heading towards a negative performance for the current week.

Deutsche Bank analysts observed, “There had already been a relentless run of gains in recent weeks that was always going to be tough to maintain. It’s clear that the momentum is now more negative.”

New economic figures released on Thursday indicated a downward revision of US gross domestic product for the first quarter, from 1.6% to 1.3%, coupled with a slowdown in personal consumption. This suggests a moderation in economic expansion, a development viewed with mixed sentiments by analysts.

Chris Zaccarelli, Chief Investment Officer at Independent Advisor Alliance, remarked, “The data could be a concern for companies and stock market investors, but on the other hand, slowing consumption and economic growth could be just the news we need to see in order for the rate of inflation to keep coming down and allow the Fed to reduce interest rates after all.”

All eyes are now on the impending release of the Personal Consumption Expenditures index for April on Friday, which serves as the Federal Reserve’s preferred measure of inflation.

NASA’s Lunar Timekeeping Initiative: Charting a New Temporal Frontier

The intricacies of timekeeping have always fascinated humanity, from the simple tick of a sundial to the precision of atomic clocks. But as our ambitions extend beyond Earth’s boundaries, so too do the challenges of measuring time accurately.

In recent years, a new space race has emerged, with the United States, its allies, and China vying to establish permanent settlements on the moon. This renewed interest in lunar exploration has once again brought to light the complexities of timekeeping in space.

On the moon, a single Earth day is approximately 56 microseconds shorter than on our home planet, a minute difference that can have significant implications over time. To address this challenge, NASA and its international partners are working to develop a new “time scale” tailored specifically for lunar conditions.

Rather than simply creating a new time zone for the moon, as some headlines have suggested, NASA aims to establish a comprehensive system of measurement that accounts for the subtle variations in timekeeping between Earth and its celestial neighbor. This initiative has been underscored by a recent memo from the White House, which directed NASA to outline its plans for the new time scale by the end of the year 2026.

For astronauts exploring the lunar surface, accurate timekeeping is essential for navigation, communication, and scientific research. As Cheryl Gramling, from NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, explains, “When they’re navigating relative to the moon, time needs to be relative to the moon.”

The foundation of modern timekeeping on Earth lies in our understanding of relativity, as articulated by Albert Einstein. General relativity posits that gravity warps both space and time, resulting in phenomena such as time dilation. This principle explains why time passes slightly more slowly at lower elevations, closer to massive objects like Earth.

To maintain precise timekeeping on our planet, scientists have deployed atomic clocks at various locations worldwide. These clocks, which rely on the vibrations of atoms, provide a standardized measure of time known as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). However, even UTC occasionally requires adjustments, such as the addition of “leap seconds,” to account for fluctuations in Earth’s rotation speed.

Beyond Earth’s bounds, the complexities of timekeeping become even more pronounced. According to Einstein’s theory of special relativity, time passes slower for objects in motion, a phenomenon observed by astronauts aboard the International Space Station. Despite orbiting at high speeds, these astronauts can synchronize their activities with Earth time, thanks to onboard clocks and ground-based communication systems.

However, for missions farther into space, such as those exploring the outer reaches of the solar system, maintaining accurate time becomes more challenging. Spacecraft must rely on their internal clocks while also coordinating with Earth-based timekeeping systems for navigation and communication.

As preparations intensify for lunar exploration, scientists are faced with the task of establishing precision timekeeping instruments on the moon itself. The logistics of this endeavor, including funding, clock selection, and placement, are still being determined. Atomic clocks are favored for their long-term stability, while crystal oscillators offer short-term reliability at a lower cost.

The development of a lunar time scale, known as LunaNet, will serve as the backbone for future lunar missions. This framework, akin to the internet, will standardize timekeeping across various lunar activities and international space agencies.

While discussions with US partners have been promising, the involvement of other nations, such as China, remains uncertain. International collaboration will be essential in establishing common standards for lunar timekeeping through organizations like the International Astronomical Union.

Beyond the technical challenges of timekeeping, future lunar inhabitants will grapple with the unique rhythms of life on the moon. With its prolonged periods of sunlight and darkness, the lunar surface presents a stark contrast to Earth’s diurnal cycle. Despite these differences, precise timekeeping will be crucial for coordinating missions and ensuring the success of lunar exploration endeavors.

By mastering timekeeping on the moon, scientists hope to pave the way for future missions to Mars and beyond. As Cheryl Gramling emphasizes, “We are very much looking at executing this on the moon, learning what we can learn, so that we are prepared to do the same thing on Mars or other future bodies.”

Long Island Ramps Up Security for India-Pakistan Cricket World Cup Match Following ISIS Threat

**Police Heighten Security for Cricket World Cup Match on Long Island Following ISIS Threat**

Authorities are significantly increasing security measures on Long Island in response to a threat from ISIS targeting the upcoming cricket World Cup match between India and Pakistan at East Meadow’s Eisenhower Stadium. This decision was announced on Wednesday by local officials, who emphasized that while there is no “specific threat” of an attack during the June 9 match, they are not willing to take any risks with the international event approaching.

Nassau Police Commissioner Patrick Ryder assured the public, “This will be the tightest security that Nassau County has ever seen. Every single asset in the police department is involved, including our intelligence.” The police force has coordinated with several agencies to ensure comprehensive security coverage. “We have partnered with the NYPD, the MTA, the New York State Police, Suffolk County, FBI, and DHS. Customs have all provided briefings,” Ryder added, affirming that all intelligence reports are credible.

The decision to bolster security follows a menacing online post by the Islamic State on matrix.com. The post, dated May 28, featured a hooded individual with a rifle, accompanied by the message, “You wait for the matches… and we wait for you,” with “Nassau Stadium” and the date June 9 prominently displayed at the top.

To enhance safety, county officials have announced several measures. A contingent of 100 police officers will be assigned to patrol neighboring areas, and the stadium will have metal detectors at every entrance. Additionally, a no-fly zone will be enforced overhead, and there will be strict regulations on items spectators can bring into the venue. Ryder emphasized that lingering outside the stadium will be prohibited, and drones are strictly banned.

“This is like the Super Bowl on steroids,” Nassau County Executive Bruce Blakeman declared during Wednesday’s press conference. He expressed full confidence in the safety measures, stating, “If I wasn’t confident that we were safe, secure, and that our healthcare measures were not in place, I would not do this.”

Governor Kathy Hochul also commented on the preparations, noting that officials in Albany have been coordinating with federal agencies for months to ensure the cricket matches are well-protected against potential terrorist activities. “While there is no credible public safety threat at this time, we continue to monitor the situation closely,” she said. “I have also directed the New York State Police to engage in elevated security measures, including an increased law enforcement presence, advance surveillance, and thorough screening processes.”

The International Cricket Council has announced that the 11-week World Cup competition will be hosted at various international venues, including eight matches scheduled to take place at the 34,000-seat Long Island stadium.

Anasuya Sengupta Makes History as First Indian Actress to Win Best Actress at Cannes Film Festival, Signaling India’s Rising Influence on Global Cinema Stage

In a groundbreaking and historic occurrence, Anasuya Sengupta has made history by becoming the inaugural Indian actress to clinch the esteemed Best Actress accolade at the Cannes Film Festival.

The extraordinary feat was attributed to her exceptional portrayal in ‘The Shameless,’ a compelling cinematic piece vying for recognition in the Un Certain Regard segment of the 77th iteration of the festival.

Upon accepting the award, Anasuya fervently dedicated her triumph to various marginalized communities worldwide, especially the queer community, expressing, “This is for the queer community everywhere, and all other marginalized communities all over the world, for bravely fighting a fight they shouldn’t have to fight.” She further emphasized the significance of embracing the female perspective in cinema, stating, “More female gaze is the way forward, and the browner the better.”

The 77th Cannes Film Festival stood as a momentous occasion for India, with Anasuya’s historic win setting the stage. Additionally, the festival commemorated nearly 48 years since the release of Shyam Benegal’s iconic ‘Manthan’ through a special screening.

Moreover, Indian luminaries and influencers captivated audiences on the prestigious red carpet, underscoring India’s escalating impact on the global cinematic landscape. This year, Indian cinema seized numerous nominations across diverse categories, highlighting its burgeoning prominence.

Hailing from Kolkata, Anasuya Sengupta delivered a stellar portrayal as Renuka in ‘The Shameless,’ helmed by Bulgarian director Konstantin Bojanov. The film delves into Renuka’s daunting yet empowering odyssey as she escapes a brothel in Delhi following the demise of a police officer. It also delves into her intricate romance with her love interest, depicted by Omara Shetty.

Further elevating India’s triumph at Cannes 2024, two Indian films clinched top accolades in the La Cinef Selection. ‘Sunflowers Were the First Ones to Know,’ a Kannada short film directed by Chidananda Naik, a student from the Film and Television Institute of India, secured the first position. Meanwhile, ‘Bunnyhood,’ directed by Mansi Maheshwari from Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, and currently pursuing studies in the UK, secured the third position.

As the curtains closed on the 77th Cannes Film Festival on May 25, it etched a significant milestone for Indian cinema on the global arena, showcasing its prowess and potential to captivate audiences worldwide.

(15): 17th, May, 2024 set in Mamoudzou, Mayotte, France

« It has come to this time, and you know it. »

« She is still young. She looks this way, and it looks hopeless, but I am not desolate. I know my mother. I know what she is capable of and what she is not. »

« So, will you disagree with what the doctors say and let your mother suffer because you are stubborn? »

« I will do what is best for my mother, and that is all. »

23 March, 2024

His mother made a choking sound. He and his wife were in the dining room picking at the crab with their hands. His mother could not do it herself, and so he took the crab and mashed it into a pulp to feed directly to her. It was common for her to cough while she ate, but this time she made a sound that was stronger than that. It was the sound of someone trying to expel food out of their lungs.

His wife came up from behind and patted her. The choking sounds stopped. He talked with his wife. They wondered if the pieces were too big for her. He tried some of the mush. There were some red wedges that even he could have choked on. He should have been more careful. At his mother’s age, just the simple act of remembering how to swallow was difficult. A lot of people at that age died because their throat muscles gave out.

Father hoped that day would be a good time away from this one. He asked his wife to mash the crab better. Whatever they served for the rest of the meal did not choke his mother. He did see some tears in her eyes, but she teared often. He observed her, tried to talk to her when she seemed in the mood to attempt speech, and when she had finished her meal and her throat was fully settled, he turned on the television, and they watched it together, knowing that he’d have to go to the hospital for work in an hour and be there for the rest of the day.

29 March, 1960

It was a festive night in the town of Mtsamborou. Because of the breaking of the fast and the start of iftaar, everyone was out on the street, getting fried brochette and snacks from the various venders. Boys were out playing ball. The women were in the hovels on each side, sitting on the steps, eating their meals, feeding their children, and partaking in gossip.

The young Abdou Madi was out with his brothers and his mother. His father was on the coast with his friends who were fishermen. It was rare for Abdou to be with his family, but he liked to spend time with them. Abdou was five. He saw the boys playing ball and it filled him with curiosity. He tried to run over to them, but because his sandals were broken, he kept falling over. His brothers laughed at him and called him names rather than help him up. Tired, he decided to go back to his mother.

His mother, who was known in the village as Zakia Madi, was sitting on their stoop. She was by the fire making the pilao that she would serve to him and his brothers and the other men and women of the household.

The pilao had a strong saffron, spicy taste. He would mash the peas with his tongue and swallow the small carrot pieces whole. The chicken pieces sometimes got wedged in between his teeth, and his mother would tell him to keep his mouth shut so as to not show the neighbours how unkempt his mouth was.

But his mother wasn’t that much better when it came to eating. She must have been hungry from the fasting. She took her hand to the plate and stuck as much food as possible into her mouth. Only one in every six hands went to her son.

It never really changed over the years. Whether it was during the breaking of the fast during the holy month or just food that she made regularly in her own home, Zakia Madi was a ravenous eater. She drank little water, but gulped down her food as if it were liquid, and that was probably where Abdou had learned the habit. Years later, Abdou moved to Mamoudzou for work and he learned to eat all sorts of things, from Chinese food commonly sold at nearby restaurants to the French styles of croissants and baked goods that were common in the capital. His mother never had that exposure and stuck to what she ate, but for Abdou, that was a good thing. Abdou became a father, and Abdou became a doctor, and Abdou became a fixture of the capital, but whenever he visited his hometown in the north of the island, it was like time was stuck in place, with his mother always bending over the fire outside of their small little hovel, cloaked in hijab, throwing spices and vegetables bits into the rice she was boiling in her pot.

2 April, 2024

« What is that sound? »

« Do not worry. She makes it when she is eating. »

« It sounds like a crow is dying. »

« Halima, this is the mother of my husband. She is like a grandmother to you. She is our family. Do not say such things. And today is the day of my husband’s birthday. Do you want to come here to tell him your wishes, or are you going to make him sad? »

« I am sorry. »

« Mariame, I am fine. Your niece means well. When people get old, they make different sounds. In time she will come to learn them. Now, Halima, you came here for a reason, I am sure. What is it? »

« Happy birthday, my uncle. »

« Thank you so much, my child. I am happy to see you here. »

« Thank you. Auntie, I have something else to discuss with you. We will go to the other room and speak. »

« Thank you for coming, Halima. »

« Anytime, my uncle. I wish a good day to you. »

« Thank you…now, my mother, do not make such a face. It is my birthday. She means well. She doesn’t know you. You are doing well, my mother. Now, open your mouth. Yes, like that. Good. Will you have some more cake? Eat, if you please. Eat… »

14 May, 2024

It was inevitable that her throat would stop working. She was an old woman, and she had lost most of the mobility in her legs and body. At some point the upper parts were going to go as well. But when Mother called and told Father that his mother, the great dame of the family, Zakia Madi, was blue in the face, and she didn’t know what to do, his first instinct was to think that she was dying.

Father was at work, tending to one of his patients at the main hospital of Mamoudzou. He politely told the nurse who was on staff with him to continue the patient’s check-up, and he rushed to the ER, demanding that they send an ambulance. Father’s house was just on the other side of the hospital. It only took them a few minutes to curve through the snaking small roads of the city centre. Father was happy to see that his mother was alive. She was lying on the floor on her belly, with the caramel colour back to her face. He saw pieces of pilao and chicken on her orange flower dress and her unfastened headscarf on the table, as Mother had probably removed it while trying to get the food out of Koko Madi’s throat.

Koko Madi was too old and frail to be attended to with the Heimlich manoeuvre. The paramedic had to bend her at certain angles to make sure all the food was dislodged. Koko Madi coughed and flailed and ultimately vomited, spilling a yellow gruel of rice and chicken all over the hardwood floor. Koko Madi was put on a stretcher, placed in the ambulance, and sent to the hospital, alongside her son.

The news came after some tests that it was dysphagia. Father knew it had to be something like that, given how often Koko Madi coughed and hacked out whatever they fed her. The doctor who looked over his mother recommended that they insert a tube into her throat so that she could be fed with it. Father thought carefully but ultimately decided against it. His mother loved the taste of pilao too much. She would grow depressed not being able to eat food. Given that she was no longer able to walk or talk, food was the only thing left that she could enjoy, and Father did not want to take that away from her.

Koko Madi left the hospital, and Father told Mother over the phone that she really had to watch her as she was being fed. Mother asked Father what the doctor at the hospital had said, and Father said nothing. He would tell her in some days, when he had the free time to talk properly about his mother’s situation.

15 May, 2024

« Let her eat pilao, please. »

« It is a bad idea. »

« My mother loves pilao. If she were your mother, you would understand. »

« If she were my mother…well, since I take care of her all day long and all week long, it is like she is my mother. That is the truth. It is a bad idea to feed her rice. It will get stuck in her throat. Aren’t you the doctor? Should you not be the one saying this? »

« I suppose… »

« I suppose I have become the doctor of this family now, and the caretaker, and the one you vent all of your frustrations on. And it is unfair since you are not giving any payment. Remember? You are the one who is receiving payment. »

«You are not thinking correctly. I do not want to fight. You are my wife. I love you. But she is not ready… »

« Abdou, my love…the doctor said she needs to have her throat cut open. There needs to be a tube put in. Why did you not tell me? You are also a doctor. You would say something different if she were your patient. I know she is your mother. I know it is hard. But the mother whom you knew is long gone, my love. You have to really think about what is best for her. It has come to this time, and you know it. »

17 May, 2024

Father is not able to come into the room when his mother is having her throat drilled into, but at least he visits after the tube is inserted. He sees the strange little nob at the start of his mother’s chest. He goes immediately to grab her by the hand. She is making an anguished noise. It is like the helpless sound that animals make when they are about to be taken to the slaughterhouse by their owners. Father’s hand tightens around hers, and he feels her hand tighten around his, too, but her sounds do not stop.

The nurse comes to show him how to feed her. Father finds this condescending. He is a doctor. He knows how it is done. Still, at this point, he is the son of a patient, and he does not argue with her. The liquid is poured down the tube, making a strange gurgling sound, like putting oil into a machine.

But unlike a machine, Koko Madi has the most humiliated look in her eyes as she is being fed. She makes a protesting sound, but ultimately quiets when she realises it doesn’t change the outcome.

Father knows that she knows that what she is being subjected to is degrading.

She would have never wanted this. If she were still able to speak, she would have told her son to kill her then and there. Or she would have asked for her death months before, before she progressed to this state. She would have absolutely not wanted to live if she had known that her future would be a mindless body, with none of her organs or muscles working properly.

Though, then again, that is the future for all beings, even Father. What would he choose? Would he want to live on in a state barely considered life, because it was better than being nothing at all, or would he want to have peace, that sense of relief, that knowing of finality, when he could at the very least choose the end?

Father signs some papers to pay for the surgery. He doesn’t let go of his mother’s hand as she sits in her wheelchair. Mother was right when she said it. Father isn’t ready to let go. He wants to be hopeful. He wants to believe that this is the right decision for his mother. He wants to make sure his mother lives and lives and lives, even though his gut instinct tells him that all he has done is prolong the inevitable.

His mother’s hand grows sweaty and she lets it go limp, but he holds on. He tells himself over and over again that he will never let go. This is not one of his patients. This is his mother. His mother never gave up on him no matter what problems he faced. It is his fate, as a son, to do the same, until the end of her life comes.

Overdose Deaths Fall for First Time in Five Years

Newswise — In recent data shared by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, overdose deaths involving opioids fell in 2023; it’s the first decrease the agency has reported in five years. While the decline is encouraging, experts are still concerned as more than 100,000 individuals in the United States died of drug overdose last year. Daniel Lasoff, MD, emergency medicine physician with UC San Diego Health is available to discuss the decrease in deaths, as well as provide information on measures in place to treat opioid addiction and prevent overdose.

Biography :

Daniel Lasoff, MD, is a board-certified emergency medicine physician who treats patients of all ages, including those with life-threatening or critical conditions, at UC San Diego Health Emergency Departments in Hillcrest and La Jolla.

As an assistant professor at UC San Diego School of Medicine, Lasoff trains medical students, residents and fellows in the Department of Emergency Medicine, where he serves as medical director of the medical toxicology fellowship program. His research interests include drugs of abuse and resuscitation.

Google Unveils Cutting-Edge AI Upgrades Amid Competition with OpenAI

Google is poised to introduce fresh artificial intelligence (AI) functionalities across its search features and other services, as it competes head-to-head with OpenAI, the creator of ChatGPT, to maintain its position at the forefront of AI advancement.

The tech giant’s latest AI advancements, under the banner of Google’s AI Oversights, leveraging its revamped Gemini model, promise users more comprehensive responses to inquiries — even those posed via video, as revealed by the company on Tuesday during its annual developers conference.

The unveiling of Google’s AI updates, a central focus of the conference, occurred hot on the heels of OpenAI’s introduction of GPT-4o during a live showcase. Both companies have been pivotal players in the rapidly evolving landscape of generative AI technology.

Liz Reid, Google’s head of search, characterized the updates as a “glimpse of how we are reimagining search in the Gemini era.”

One of the showcased advancements demonstrated how a single query could enable users to explore yoga studios in their vicinity, while simultaneously providing detailed breakdowns of pricing, reviews, and distance within AI Oversights. This enhancement harnesses multistep reasoning capabilities newly integrated into the AI’s functionalities.

Another instance highlighted how users could diagnose the issue of a malfunctioning record player by capturing a video of the broken device, rather than articulating the problem.

Beyond the enhancements to search functionality, Google also lifted the curtain on Project Astra, an AI agent fueled by Gemini. During a demonstration, Google exhibited an employee navigating the DeepMind office in London, with Project Astra adeptly identifying items, equations, and the office’s precise location through the lens of a smartphone camera.

Additionally, Google announced plans to integrate AI-powered search features into Android smartphones, with Gemini slated to become the new AI assistant for Android devices.

Prostate Cancer: From Controversy to Clarity, Unveiling Revolutionary Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment

Diagnosing and treating prostate cancer has long stirred controversy and ambiguity. One focal point of debate involves prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing, a blood examination identifying a distinctive protein that may unveil cancer even in asymptomatic patients. Since its inception in the early 1990s, PSA testing garnered widespread acceptance with millions conducted annually in the U.S. Nonetheless, in 2012, a government task force cautioned that this test might lead to overtreating cancers of minimal threat, advocating for a more restrained approach.

While the discourse surrounding PSA testing oscillates, the field has made significant strides in understanding the factors driving rapid growth in certain prostate cancers. These insights have contributed to improved patient prognoses across all disease stages, even in advanced cases. Today, prostate cancer specialists wield an enhanced arsenal of treatment tools and can judiciously assess when intervention is warranted.

The significance of these advancements cannot be overstated, considering prostate cancer remains one of the most prevalent malignancies. Beyond some skin cancers, prostate cancer ranks among the most common cancers affecting men in the U.S. Each year, nearly 270,000 Americans receive a prostate cancer diagnosis, making it the fourth most common cancer globally. Fortunately, most patients diagnosed with prostate cancer can expect to live for many years post-diagnosis, more likely succumbing to unrelated causes.

At its core, prostate cancer manifests as a malignancy within the prostate gland, responsible for producing fluid that mixes with sperm to form semen. Situated in front of the rectum, below the bladder, and above the penis, the prostate cancer spectrum encompasses four major stages.

Initially, localized tumors confine themselves within the prostate gland. Subsequently, a “regionally advanced” variant of the disease remains in close proximity to the prostate. Metastatic prostate cancers extend beyond the gland, spreading to other body parts. The advent of enhanced diagnostic imaging tests has facilitated the characterization of oligometastatic prostate cancer, marking a stage between localized and widely dispersed metastatic disease. Noteworthy discoveries over the past decade have revolutionized the approach to each prostate cancer type, with ongoing advancements anticipated for years to come.

In terms of treatment, the initial steps for individuals with localized cancer involve risk assessment. Physicians gauge the potential for eliminating or curing cancer through local treatments, typically surgery or radiation, and the likelihood of recurrence. This assessment relies on PSA results, physical prostate gland examinations, and tumor cell inspection from biopsies.

The approach to elevated PSA levels in patients continues to evolve. Traditionally, physicians conducted rectal examinations followed by needle biopsies to procure prostate tissue snippets. However, technological advancements now allow for perineal biopsies, conducted outpatient without general anesthesia, mitigating infection risks and antibiotic needs. Notably, MRI scans are increasingly replacing biopsies, aiding in identifying clinically significant cancers while sparing patients unnecessary treatment for clinically insignificant ones.

Following a prostate cancer diagnosis, treatment decisions have historically sparked contentious debates akin to those surrounding diagnosis. Recent research from the U.K. sheds light on this matter, with findings suggesting that “active surveillance,” involving delayed or avoided treatment, is increasingly offered post-diagnosis. Rigorous monitoring, including PSA testing, physical prostate examinations, and urinary symptom assessments, is now common practice, even for patients with more concerning tumors.

For cancers displaying intermediate- or high-risk features, monitoring disease progression entails bone and abdominal-pelvic CT scans, though these may miss small metastatic areas, leading to understaging. Advanced scanning techniques combining PET and CT are addressing this issue, allowing for more precise diagnostic testing.

Such scans, particularly PSMA PET-CT scans, enable the identification of small metastatic deposits, paving the way for metastasis-directed therapy (MDT). MDT targets cancer-containing lymph nodes or bony areas with radiation or surgical removal, yielding promising outcomes, including long-term remission in some cases.

Additionally, advancements in hormone therapy for advanced disease are noteworthy. Traditional androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) mainly targets testosterone produced by the testicles, but newer approaches aim to block androgen production by the adrenal glands or cancer cells, substantially improving survival rates.

Moreover, targeted therapies, such as lutetium-177-PSMA-617, show promise in treating prostate cancer resistant to conventional ADT and chemotherapy. Genetic and genomic testing further enhance treatment efficacy, guiding specific therapies tailored to patients’ mutations for improved outcomes.

These remarkable advances, achieved within a decade, mark a significant stride in prostate cancer oncology. From offering conservative choices for early-stage cancers to managing metastatic diseases with fewer systemic side effects, these innovations are transforming prostate cancer into a manageable chronic condition, prolonging patients’ life expectancy.

Heeremandi: The Diamond Bazaar – A Grand Saga of Passion, Betrayal, and Redemption Unfolds in Sanjay Leela Bhansali’s Web Debut

Heeremandi: The Diamond Bazaar, Sanjay Leela Bhansali’s foray into the world of web series, offers a rich tapestry of intrigues, conspiracies, and complex emotions, all wrapped in the grandiose style typical of the filmmaker. Drawing inspiration from a story by Moin Beg, Bhansali weaves together a narrative that mirrors his signature blend of opulence, intense human drama, and historical backdrop, reminiscent of his acclaimed films like Bajirao Mastani, Padmaavat, and Gangubai Kathiawadi. Set against the backdrop of Heeramandi, a fictionalized version of Lahore’s famed Heera Mandi, the series transports viewers to a bygone era of cultural richness and social intricacies.

Originally known as Heera Mandi, the real-life locale was a vibrant center of art and culture during Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign, attracting courtesans renowned for their mastery of classical arts. These women, known as tawaifs, were not merely entertainers but also intellectuals, influencers, and even revolutionaries, leaving an indelible mark on the socio-cultural landscape of their time. However, the decline of Heera Mandi, attributed partly to British colonization and Victorian morality, saw the fading of its once-thriving arts scene.

Bhansali’s narrative ingeniously intertwines fictional characters with real historical figures, offering a dramatic reinterpretation of their lives and motivations. Mallikajaan, portrayed by Manisha Koirala, emerges as the central figure—a formidable courtesan whose past sins and familial ties catalyze a series of tragic events. Sonakshi Sinha delivers a compelling performance in a dual role, embodying the cunning and vengeful Fareedajaan and the tragic figure of Rehana. Adhyayan Suman’s portrayal of Zoravar, Mallikajaan’s estranged son, adds depth to the narrative, while Sharmin Segal’s Alamzeb grapples with her desire for love and freedom amidst familial discord.

At the heart of the story lies the forbidden romance between Alamzeb and Nawab Tajdar, played by Taaha Shah Badussha, whose union becomes a symbol of defiance against societal norms and political upheaval. As the characters navigate a landscape fraught with betrayal and intrigue, their destinies become intertwined in the backdrop of India’s struggle for independence.

Bhansali’s meticulous attention to detail is evident in every aspect of production, from the lavish sets and costumes to the evocative cinematography. While the music may not reach the heights of Bhansali’s previous works, the stellar performances and riveting script captivate the audience throughout the near-eight-hour runtime. Notable performances include Sanjeeda Sheikh’s portrayal of the conflicted Waheeda and Richa Chadha’s poignant turn as Laddo.

While the series boasts a stellar cast, including veterans like Manisha Koirala and Sonakshi Sinha, as well as promising newcomers, some performances fall short of expectations. Aditi Roy Hydari shines in her role as Bibbojan, while Sharmin Segal’s portrayal of Alamzeb leaves room for improvement.

Despite its flaws, Heeremandi: The Diamond Bazaar is a testament to Bhansali’s vision and ambition, offering viewers a sumptuous feast of storytelling and spectacle. As the series unfolds against the backdrop of Heeramandi’s fading glory, it invites audiences to immerse themselves in a world of passion, betrayal, and redemption—a quintessential Bhansali experience not to be missed.

FBI Warns of Targeted Extortion Scheme Against Individuals of Indian Descent, Urges Vigilance

The FBI has issued a warning to individuals of Indian descent regarding a targeted extortion scheme that poses potential violence. The FBI’s Sacramento office is actively investigating this scheme, which involves threats of violence or death unless a significant sum of money is paid. The interactions typically commence with phone calls containing demands and threats, but they can escalate to in-person confrontations. Some victims have even experienced “targeted shootings at their residences and vehicles,” according to FBI reports.

While many are accustomed to more conventional scams perpetrated through calls, texts, or emails from individuals posing as someone else to solicit money, Special Agent Sid Patel of the Sacramento FBI office emphasizes that this scheme differs significantly. Patel clarifies, “This is not fraud. This is true extortion.” The perpetrators demand money and resort to threats of violence to coerce compliance.

Although no specific number of reports has been disclosed, officials note that the targets are primarily individuals of Indian descent, particularly “business owners, influential members, or individuals with what is perceived to be large amounts of money,” Patel stated. He further highlights a recent surge in crimes against individuals of Indian descent globally over the past six months to a year. Patel suggests that Sacramento may be experiencing targeted incidents partly due to its sizable Sikh community.

Patel emphasizes the underreporting of such cases and urges anyone with relevant information to contact the FBI at 1-800-225-5324 or submit a tip online. He stresses the importance of seeking immediate assistance by calling 911 if one believes their life is in danger.

In a call to action, Patel asserts, “If you see something, say something. We will do something. We’re here to protect you and our communities.” He underscores the illegality of extortion in the United States, urging victims to report such incidents promptly to the authorities.

Unlocking the Power of Handwriting: The Cognitive Benefits Beyond the Screen

In our increasingly digital world, the act of handwriting seems to have become a relic of the past for many of us who are adept at navigating screens. Instead of penning handwritten notes or letters, we rely on text messages and digital lists. The efficiency offered by electronic keyboards is undeniable, revolutionizing how we communicate and organize our thoughts. Yet, as schools integrate computers into education from an early age, the traditional practice of handwriting is fading.

However, recent research sheds light on the cognitive benefits of handwriting, both for children and adults. Studies indicate that handwriting, compared to typing, enhances letter recognition and understanding in children, leading to better literacy skills and memory retention. Similarly, adults who take handwritten notes during lectures tend to have a deeper conceptual grasp of the material.

Neuroscientists delve into the underlying mechanisms that make handwriting a powerful cognitive tool. Unlike typing, which involves relatively simple finger movements, handwriting demands intricate coordination between motor and visual systems. This complexity engages various brain areas simultaneously, facilitating learning and memory formation.

According to Marieke Longcamp, a cognitive neuroscientist, handwriting is among the most intricate motor skills, requiring precise finger movements to reproduce letters accurately. This intricate process involves constant adjustment of finger pressure and real-time comparison with mental letter models.

Research shows that when individuals write by hand, brain regions responsible for motor and visual processing synchronize with those crucial for memory formation, enhancing learning. This synchronization is absent in typing, indicating that handwriting offers unique cognitive advantages.

Educational neuroscientist Sophia Vinci-Booher highlights the significance of handwriting in learning letter recognition, particularly during early childhood. The variability inherent in handwritten letters aids in solidifying conceptual understanding, promoting neural communication patterns essential for future learning.

Recognizing the potential consequences of abandoning handwriting instruction, some states mandate cursive education in schools. California, for instance, recently introduced a requirement for elementary students to learn cursive, emphasizing the importance of handwriting in cognitive development.

For adults, writing by hand compels a slower processing of information compared to typing. This deliberate pace encourages deeper engagement with the material, leading to better comprehension and retention. While typing allows for faster transcription, it may result in passive data entry without meaningful processing.

Despite the convenience of digital tools, concerns linger regarding the broader implications of relying solely on screens for writing. Neuroscientist Ramesh Balasubramaniam suggests that while digital devices expand cognitive capabilities, they might also diminish the immersive experiences that foster deep learning and critical thinking.

Balasubramaniam emphasizes that leveraging the benefits of handwriting doesn’t necessitate abandoning digital technology altogether. Research indicates that using a stylus on a screen activates similar brain pathways as traditional handwriting, emphasizing the importance of physical movement in cognitive processes.

While digitalization offers undeniable advantages, preserving the practice of handwriting is crucial for optimal cognitive development. Whether pen meets paper or stylus meets screen, the act of physically engaging with writing remains a fundamental aspect of human cognition.

President Biden Halts Arms Shipment to Israel Amid Gaza Crisis, Signals Shift in US-Israel Relations

President Joe Biden made a significant move this week that shook up a key global relationship. During a TV interview, he responded to a question about Israel’s potential invasion of Rafah by stating, “I’m not supplying the weapons.” This statement marked a departure from the long-standing tradition of arms shipments being central to the US-Israel alliance. It was the first time in forty years such a crack had appeared. Biden faced pressure from both domestic and international fronts to prevent further civilian casualties and alleviate the worsening humanitarian crisis in Gaza. Consequently, he took the unprecedented step of withholding arms shipments to Israel, a move not seen since President Ronald Reagan in the 1980s.

Aaron David Miller, a former State Department analyst, noted Biden’s reluctance to take actions that might harm the US-Israel relationship but highlighted a shift in Biden’s stance due to concerns about Israel’s potential invasion of Rafah.

Israel’s announcement of ground forces beginning “targeted activity” in Rafah, coupled with the looming threat of a full-scale invasion, prompted Biden’s decision. The situation in Rafah had led to over 100,000 people fleeing the fighting, facing dire shortages of basic necessities. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s insistence on launching a full ground invasion exacerbated concerns, despite Washington’s urging for a more targeted approach against Hamas in Rafah.

Biden’s primary concern was de-escalating the conflict and avoiding a crisis with neighboring Egypt while minimizing divisions within the Democratic Party. The temporary halt in arms shipments, including high payload weapons like 2,000-pound bombs and JDAM kits, reflected Biden’s attempt to signal his concerns about the situation in Rafah. However, the impact of this pause on Israel’s military capabilities was deemed inconsequential by some experts.

Nonetheless, Biden’s move sparked strong reactions, with Republicans condemning it as outrageous and a sign of weakness, while Democrats viewed it as a necessary step to address humanitarian concerns. The rift between Biden and Netanyahu comes at a critical juncture in ceasefire negotiations, with disagreements over Hamas’ demands for a permanent end to the war.

The longstanding relationship between Biden and Netanyahu has been characterized by turbulence, with occasional praise from Netanyahu but frequent disagreements over Palestinian policy. Despite historical support for Israel, Biden’s recent actions signal a potential shift in US-Israel relations. Netanyahu’s defiant response to Biden’s move underscores his willingness to resist US pressure, while Democratic senators emphasize the importance of minimizing civilian casualties in any military action by Israel.

Cartier’s Enduring Legacy: A Journey of Cultural Fusion and Artistic Mastery

A sunlit, sepia-toned image depicts a stylish European gentleman, complete with a handkerchief peeking out of his pocket and a cigarette poised between his fingers, amidst a group of men garbed in bisht and keffiyeh. This snapshot freezes a moment from Jacques Cartier’s inaugural voyage to the Persian Gulf in 1911, marking his return journey to London from Delhi—a business venture instigated by his father, Alfred, who then helmed the Cartier enterprise. The waning power of the Ottoman Empire and the Persian Constitutional Revolution of 1905 had inundated Europe’s artistic hubs with novel influences, birthing an aesthetic christened as “the Muslim arts.” Driven by an insatiable curiosity, Jacques embarked on a four-month odyssey across Asia and the Middle East, delving into bustling bazaars, engaging with high society, and immersing himself in the cultural tapestry.

Fast forward over a century, and the enduring impact of Jacques’s expedition—and his enduring fascination with Islamic and Indian artistry—finds expression in a freshly minted tome, “Cartier: Islamic Inspiration and Modern Design,” birthed from exhibitions held in Abu Dhabi, Dallas, and Paris. Within its pages lies a homage to the maison’s enduring fusion of quintessential French craftsmanship with the intricate beauty of Islamic art, chronicling the transformative influence of Jacques’s voyages across the landscapes of India, Bahrain, Egypt, Oman, and what is now Dubai—altering the trajectory of Cartier’s jewelry craftsmanship irreversibly.

Louis, Jacques’s elder sibling, emerged as a fervent aficionado of Persian miniatures, Islamic relics, and Asian artistry, traversing Indian locales such as Kolkata and Hyderabad in pursuit of treasures, while cultivating a distinguished clientele among the ruling maharajahs.

Meanwhile, Jacques set sail across the Arabian Sea to Bahrain, questing for pearls to adorn opulent tiaras and embellish vanity cases and brooches destined for Indian royalty, European aristocracy, and the crème de la crème of American high society. Consequently, Cartier garnered renown for its masterful interpretations of Persian gardens, Kashmiri and Egyptian motifs, and the mesmerizing complexity of Islamic geometric designs—a natural consequence of the maison’s embrace of global cultural currents.

Google CEO Sunder Pichai Discusses AI Competition and Strategy Amidst Rivalry with Microsoft

In a recent interview with Bloomberg, Sunder Pichai, the Indian American CEO of Google, delved into the fierce competition within the realm of artificial intelligence (AI) and articulated strategies for navigating this landscape. Pichai highlighted the importance of remaining focused amidst external noise, cautioning against the temptation to mimic competitors. He emphasized, “One of the ways you can do the wrong thing is by listening to noise out there and playing someone else’s dance music.”

Pichai’s commentary serves as a rebuttal to statements made by Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella in the previous year. Nadella had expressed his desire for the “new Bing” to prompt Google to “come out and show that they can dance.” Reflecting on the launch of the revamped Bing search engine developed in collaboration with OpenAI, Nadella remarked, “And I want people to know that we made them dance, and I think that’ll be a great day.”

Acknowledging the rapid pace of technological evolution, Pichai remarked, “It’s happening at a faster pace, but you know technology changes tend to get faster over time.” Despite this accelerated rate of change, Pichai expressed confidence in Google’s direction, stating, “I think we have a clear sense of what we need to do.”

Despite Microsoft’s efforts with Bing, Google continues to maintain its dominance in the realm of search. Nadella himself recognized this fact subsequent to his earlier comments about challenging Google, underscoring Google’s steadfast position in the market.

ZEE5 Global Gears Up For The Digital Premiere Of The Gripping Movie Bastar: The Naxal Story

ZEE5 Global, the world’s largest streaming platform for South Asian content, announces the digital premiere of the hard-hitting crime drama produced by Sunshine Pictures Pvt Ltd – ‘Bastar: The Naxal Story’. Post the success of The Kerala Story, the core team of director Sudipto Sen, producer Vipul Amrutlal Shah, Sunshine Productions and lead actor Adah Sharma have created yet another intense and thought-provoking narrative. The film, inspired by true events, centers on the Naxal insurgency in the Indian state Chhattisgarh and the extraordinary efforts of a single police officer to quell the threat. Along with Adah Sharma, the movie also features Indira Tiwari, Vijay Krishna, Shilpa Shukla, Yashpal Sharma, Subrat Dutta, and Raima Sen in prominent roles. Viewers can stream ‘Bastar’ from May 17 onwards, exclusively on ZEE5 Global!

‘Bastar’ is a gripping tale that sheds light on the Naxal menace that has claimed thousands of lives and caused immense destruction in the region. Drawing inspiration from actual events, the film follows the journey of a dedicated police officer who goes above and beyond to combat the Naxal insurgency in Chhattisgarh. With intense moments that will shake you to the core, ‘Bastar’ offers an unflinching look at the complexities of this issue.

Watch Bastar on ZEE5 Global to witness the unsung heroes fight terrorism and delve deeper into the personal challenges of officers and their courageous battle against the Naxal community. The film will be available in Hindi and Telugu languages starting May 17, 2024.

Archana Anand, Chief Business Officer at ZEE5 Global said, “At ZEE5 Global, we believe in curating a diverse library of content that sparks conversation and widens perspectives. Bastar is a powerful film that tackles the complexities of the Naxal insurgency, offering a raw and thought-provoking exploration of a sensitive topic. Its addition to our platform adds a powerful global narrative to our ever-expanding entertainment landscape.”

Producer Vipul Amrutlal Shah said, “This is our second collaboration after “The Kerala Story” and I am proud to be the Producer of Bastar: The Naxal Story. With ‘Bastar,’ we wanted to shed light on the Naxal insurgency in Chhattisgarh, an issue that has impacted countless lives. This film talks about the bravery of those who have fought against this threat, and we hope it serves as a reminder of the importance of addressing such critical societal issues. Exploring this subject was a risky terrain, but I hope viewers appreciate our efforts in bringing this powerful story to the forefront. Sudipto, Adah, and the entire team have worked tirelessly to create a thought-provoking and we are delighted that ZEE5 Global is platforming this authentic portrayal of the Naxal conflict.”

Director Sudipto Sen recollects, “Directing ‘Bastar’ was a challenging yet rewarding experience. We aimed to present a very realistic side of the Naxal conflict, drawing inspiration from real-life events and characters. Adah Sharma has done a fabulous job once again, and the great performances from the entire cast make the film even more interesting and convincing. Making ‘Bastar’ was very important for me; it is something I have felt, lived, and understood since my childhood. While the subject matter is intense, we hope this film encourages dialogue and understanding about this terrifying issue. I am looking forward to the film’s digital premiere on ZEE5 Global and taking this lesser-known story to the masses.”

Actor Adah Sharma mentioned, “Bastar is a powerful film that tackles a sensitive and important issue. I’m overwhelmed by the love and appreciation that fans have showered upon my character during its theatrical release. With the digital premiere on ZEE5 Global, I feel the film will reach an even wider audience and hope that they continue to shower their love and support. I’m grateful for the opportunity and it was an intense and challenging experience.

ZEE5 Global is the digital entertainment destination launched by Zee Entertainment Enterprises Limited (ZEEL), a global Media and Entertainment powerhouse. The platform launched across 190+ countries in October 2018 and has content across 18 languages: Hindi, English, Bengali, Malayalam, Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Marathi, Oriya, Bhojpuri, Gujarati, Punjabi, including six international languages Malay, Thai, Bahasa, Urdu, Bangla and Arabic. ZEE5 Global is home to 200,000+ hours of on-demand content. The platform brings together the best of Originals, Movies and TV Shows, Music, Health and Lifestyle content in one destination. In addition, ZEE5 Global offers features like 15 navigational languages, content download options, seamless video playback and Voice Search. The platform also recently launched ZEE5 Global Add-ons in the US where one can access and subscribe to multiple South Asian streaming platforms like Chaupal, Oho Gujarati, NammaFlix, Simply South and iStream all in one single destination, ZEE5.

Indian Nurses Association of New York organizes Blood Drive in Long Island

Indian Nurses Association of New York (INANY), the organization that represents the voice of all Indian origin nurses in New York State is all set to conduct this year’s first blood drive in Long Island, says Annie Sabu, the chairwoman of INANY’s Fundraising and Charity Committee. She said the event will take place on June 1st from 10:45 am to 3:15 pm at Westbury Memorial Library, 445 Jefferson Street, Westbury, NY 11590. Home Health Aide Training Institute and the charity organization Connor’s Closet are also partnering with INANY for

Dr Anna GeorgeThe New York area is currently experiencing a serious blood shortage.  According to the American Red Cross, someone in the United States needs a blood transfusion every two seconds. Studies show that one donation of blood can save at least two lives.  Many reasons such as accidents, operations, cancer treatment and blood diseases increase the importance of blood donation. According to New York Blood Center blood donation has never been so low in the last 20 years. The current shortage of blood is due to an unprecedented level of drop in donations.

Many people have the misconception that donating blood is physically draining and exhausting.  Blood is not drawn from us to the point of exhausting us. A normal healthy body contains nine to twelve pints of blood. A single donation will only give less than a pint of blood. The body, which is constantly making blood cells, can replenish the volume of the lost blood within twenty-four hours and the deficiency of cells within eight weeks.  This writer recently donated double red cell.  It is a special automated process called apheresis to collect two units of just red blood cells during a single donation.  The fluid known as plasma was returned to my body.  A whole blood donation is that we give whole blood with all the components.

Some people are afraid of needles. The only discomfort felt when the needle is inserted into the vein is to draw bloodAnnie Sabu (1) for testing at the doctor’s office, hospital, etc. Some find it difficult to spend time to donate. Yes, it takes about forty-five minutes to an hour for a single donation of blood.   But, when we consider spending an hour spent by us saves two or three lives, or the significant difference and impact our donation makes, it takes us to a different level of invaluable gratification.

Some find it difficult that each donation takes from three quarters to an hour; but when you think that one hour can save two or three lives, the preciousness of blood donation increases. Those who come ready to donate blood will be subjected to donation only after being checked and having a blood test done.

Anyone between the ages of seventeen and seventy-six in normal health can donate blood. Those under the age of sixteen can donate blood with the consent of either of their parents and those above the age of seventy-six with the consent of a doctor. A donor must weigh at least one hundred and ten pounds and have no cold or flue symptoms in the preceding seventy-two hours.  Eligibility of those who are ready to donate blood will be decided only after a health screening.

INANY  is an non-profit organization dedicated to the professional development of Indian nurses and the overall health of the individual, families and communities in the society. The blood drive is just one among INANY’s charity activities. Other initiatives include health fairs, clothing drives, fundraising for charities for local, national and needy in India, direct and indirect relief efforts in disasters, scholarships for nursing students, and tuition discount for higher education.

Dr. Anna George, an associate professor at Molloy University and an NP at Northwell Health who is INANY’s president said that it is hoped that everyone who has a helping mind and general health will cooperate in this life-saving effort. For more information and registration, contact Anne Sabu (516.474.5834), Dr. Anna George (646.732.6143), or Christine Koenig (516.333.3689).

Indian Cinema’s Heritage Shines Bright: Shyam Benegal’s ‘Manthan’ Set for Cannes Revival

During the filming of ‘Manthan’ in the remote Gujarat village Sanganva, director Shyam Benegal instructed his actors, including Naseeruddin Shah, Smita Patil, Girish Karnad, and Amrish Puri, to wear the same clothes for the entire 40-45 day shoot, reflecting the locals’ reality of enduring days without bathing due to water scarcity. Benegal humorously remarked, “if they stank, they would stink jointly!”

The 77th Cannes Film Festival, set to take place from May 14-25, presents an Indian showcase with ‘Manthan’ among the eagerly-awaited films. Payal Kapadia’s ‘All We Imagine As Light’ joins the Competition section, marking 30 years since Shaji N Karun’s ‘Swaham,’ bringing a full Indian summer to the Croisette.

Several other Indian entries grace the festival: Sandhya Suri’s ‘Santosh’ in Un Certain Regard, Karan Kandhari’s ‘Sister Midnight’ in the Director’s Fortnight, Maisam Ali’s ‘In Retreat’ in the ACID program, Chidananda Naik’s ‘Sunflowers Were The First To Know’ in La Cinef competition, and ‘The Shameless’ by Bulgarian director Konstantin Bojanov. Additionally, ‘Sauna Day’ directed by Anna Hints and Tushar Prakash features in Critics’ Week.

Beyond screenings, renowned cinematographer Santosh Sivan receives the Pierre Angenieux award and conducts a masterclass, highlighting the diverse talent representing independent Indian cinema.

‘Manthan,’ Benegal’s third feature, portrays a fictionalized account of India’s successful co-operative movement in milk production, commissioned by Dr. Verghese Kurien, the visionary behind Amul. The film garnered National Awards and served as India’s Oscar submission in 1977, embodying the essence of India’s ‘White Revolution.’

Now, ‘Manthan’ receives a grand revival, presented in the Classics Section of the festival in a restored version, much to Benegal’s delight. Despite health reasons preventing his attendance, Benegal’s wife and key cast members, including Naseeruddin Shah and Prateik Babbar, will be present, alongside Nirmala Kurien, daughter of Dr. Verghese Kurien.

The film’s restoration by Shivendra Dungarpur brings it back to its original brilliance, ensuring its legacy endures. Plans are underway for a wide release across India post-Cannes.

Dungarpur, known for his preservation efforts, continues his Cannes streak with ‘Manthan,’ India’s first crowd-funded film, reflecting the communal effort of 500,000 farmers from Kheda district.

Reflecting on the shoot, Benegal fondly recalls the cast’s immersion in village life, despite the challenges, emphasizing their commitment and camaraderie. The experience, though rugged, remains a cherished memory for Benegal, epitomizing their collective achievement.

‘Manthan’ stands as a testament to India’s cinematic heritage, its restoration and Cannes screening symbolizing its enduring impact and relevance.

Legal Battle Escalates: TikTok Challenges New Law Amid National Security Concerns

TikTok and its parent company, ByteDance, are facing a significant challenge to their operations in the U.S., prompting them to resort to legal action, once again invoking the First Amendment. The company has filed a lawsuit against a new bipartisan law that mandates it to divest TikTok or face a ban in the country. This law, known as the Protecting Americans From Foreign Adversary Controlled Applications Act, is designed to address national security concerns arising from TikTok’s ties to China. Despite TikTok’s past successes in court using First Amendment arguments, this new law presents additional hurdles, as it is specifically tailored to address national security threats.

Sarah Kreps, director of the Tech Policy Institute at Cornell Brooks School of Public Policy, noted the ongoing efforts to ensure the constitutionality of such measures, emphasizing the evolving legal landscape since the Trump administration’s initial attempts to ban TikTok in 2020. The swift passage of the recent law, signed by President Biden, underscores the bipartisan consensus on the perceived national security risks posed by TikTok.

The law gained momentum in Congress, receiving bipartisan support and advancing rapidly through the legislative process. It was championed by members of the Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party and eventually incorporated into a broader package of foreign aid bills. Despite previous legislative efforts targeting TikTok, this new law distinguishes itself by providing ByteDance with an opportunity to sell TikTok before facing a ban and by authorizing the president to designate other apps with ties to adversarial nations.

However, TikTok remains steadfast in its First Amendment defense, arguing that the law unfairly targets the company and imposes an unattainable deadline for divestment. TikTok contends that the mandated divestiture is not feasible and represents an unconstitutional overreach by the government. While TikTok has successfully defended itself against previous bans using First Amendment arguments, the focus of the new law on national security presents a unique challenge.

The Knight First Amendment Institute has voiced opposition to both the federal law and previous state-level attempts to ban TikTok. According to George Wang, a staff attorney at the institute, any restriction on free speech must be justified by compelling evidence of harm, which the government has yet to provide convincingly.

The passage of the law was facilitated by a classified briefing to lawmakers from the intelligence community, highlighting potential security threats posed by TikTok. Despite some dissenting voices, the bill garnered broad bipartisan support, signaling a rare consensus on the perceived national security risks associated with TikTok.

Kreps observed that such broad bipartisan support lends credence to the notion of TikTok as a national security threat, given the typically polarized political climate. This unanimity among lawmakers and the executive branch strengthens the perception of TikTok as a significant security concern.

TikTok and ByteDance are challenging a new law aimed at addressing national security threats posed by the app’s Chinese ownership. Despite TikTok’s history of successfully using First Amendment arguments in court, the specific focus of this law on national security presents fresh challenges. The bipartisan support for the law underscores the widespread concern over TikTok’s potential risks, as perceived by both lawmakers and the intelligence community.

First Recipient of Genetically Modified Pig Kidney Transplant Passes Away: Medical Milestone and Family Gratitude Highlight Legacy

The primary recipient of a genetically modified pig kidney transplant has passed away nearly eight weeks following the procedure, as announced by his family and the hospital where the operation was conducted, on Saturday.

Richard “Rick” Slayman, aged 62, underwent the transplant at Massachusetts General Hospital in March. The surgical team had expressed confidence that the pig kidney would remain functional for a minimum of two years.

In their statement, the transplant team at Massachusetts General Hospital expressed deep sorrow at Slayman’s demise and extended condolences to his family. They emphasized that there were no indications suggesting his demise was linked to the transplant.

Hailing from Weymouth, Massachusetts, Slayman marked history as the inaugural living recipient of such a procedure. Formerly, pig kidneys were transplanted into brain-dead donors on a temporary basis. There had been instances where two individuals received heart transplants from pigs, albeit both succumbed within months.

Slayman had previously undergone a kidney transplant at the same hospital in 2018. However, he had to revert to dialysis last year when signs of failure appeared in his transplanted kidney. Subsequent complications with dialysis, necessitating frequent procedures, prompted his medical team to recommend a pig kidney transplant.

Expressing gratitude, Slayman’s family conveyed appreciation to his medical caregivers. According to their statement, “Their enormous efforts leading the xenotransplant gave our family seven more weeks with Rick, and our memories made during that time will remain in our minds and hearts.”

They highlighted that Slayman opted for the surgery partly to instill hope in the thousands awaiting transplants to prolong their lives. “Rick accomplished that goal and his hope and optimism will endure forever,” the statement asserted.

Xenotransplantation denotes the practice of utilizing cells, tissues, or organs from animals to treat human patients. Historically, such endeavors faced setbacks due to immediate rejection by the human immune system of foreign animal tissue. Recent advances have focused on modifying pigs to render their organs more akin to human physiology.

Over 100,000 individuals are currently listed on the national transplant waiting roster, with a majority requiring kidney transplants. Tragically, thousands succumb annually before their opportunity arises.

Tharoor Foresees Leadership Change: Modi’s Term to End in June, Asserts Congress Leader

Senior Congress leader Shashi Tharoor remarked on Sunday that there’s no need to wait until September 2025 for a change in leadership, asserting that Prime Minister Narendra Modi will no longer be in charge after the declaration of Lok Sabha poll results on June 4.

In response to AAP leader Arvind Kejriwal’s assertion that Modi is seeking votes for Home Minister Amit Shah as his successor post-September 2025, Tharoor stated, “A new government will come to power at the Centre in June. There is no need to wait till September 2025.”

During a press conference in Mumbai, Tharoor criticized Modi for diminishing the quality of public discourse and employing language unsuitable for the nation. He defended the Congress’ refusal to attend the consecration ceremony of the Lord Ram temple in Ayodhya, stating that Lord Ram is not under BJP’s exclusive domain. Tharoor emphasized, “I visit temples to pray, not to engage in politics. The ‘pran pratishtha’ ceremony in Ayodhya is being exploited for political gains. Should I relinquish Lord Ram to the BJP?”

Tharoor further accused the BJP of neglecting crucial issues such as inflation, unemployment, the failure to double farmers’ income, and the dwindling income of 80% of the population. Responding to Kejriwal’s comments about Modi’s “retirement age,” Tharoor questioned whether the BJP would make an exception for one individual, reiterating that Modi’s tenure as PM would end after the June 2024 elections.

Regarding the absence of Muslim candidates from Maharashtra in the Lok Sabha polls, Tharoor cited “compulsions of coalition politics,” explaining that in such scenarios, parties contest fewer seats. He emphasized that making concessions for the greater benefit of the alliance shouldn’t be viewed as surrender.

Tharoor highlighted the inclusive nature of the Maha Vikas Aghadi (MVA) alliance in Maharashtra, comprising the Congress, Shiv Sena, and NCP, contrasting it with the BJP-led NDA where allies like Akali Dal and BJD have distanced themselves from the BJP. He praised former PMs Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh for their adept handling of coalition governments, implying that Modi’s approach leans toward a presidential style of governance, deviating from the parliamentary system.

Asserting the Congress’ commitment to preserving Mumbai’s cosmopolitan essence, Tharoor noted a noticeable shift in sentiment after three phases of polling. He campaigned for Congress candidates Varsha Gaikwad and Bhushan Patil contesting from Mumbai North Central and Mumbai North constituencies, respectively, against BJP’s Ujjwal Nikam and Union Minister Piyush Goyal. Tharoor expressed confidence in favorable outcomes for the Congress in the upcoming elections on May 20.

Overall, Tharoor’s statements reflect his conviction in the impending change in leadership at the national level and his party’s strategic positioning within coalitions while advocating for inclusive governance and addressing pressing socioeconomic concerns.

US Explores Indian Doctors to Bridge Healthcare Gap in Underserved Areas

In a bid to enhance healthcare access in remote and economically disadvantaged regions, the United States is turning its attention towards educated and qualified Indian doctors, encouraging them to practice and offer medical services in underserved areas. By 2034, the US is projected to face a shortage of at least one hundred thousand physicians. To address this looming deficit, Indian doctors are being considered under a specialized J1 visa category, which is set to grant entry to at least five thousand doctors into the US.

Research conducted by the University of California San Diego’s School of Global Policy and Strategy highlights the significance of relaxed visa regulations in facilitating the practice of foreign-trained doctors in remote and low-income regions, while not impeding the employment opportunities for domestically trained physicians. The study indicates that due to the limited number of physicians graduating from medical schools within the US, foreign-born doctors educated abroad could serve as a vital resource in areas with inadequate medical services.

According to information provided by the US embassy in New Delhi to ETV Bharat, the Conrad 30 Waiver program has been in operation for some time with the aim of addressing medical service gaps in underserved regions. This program offers a waiver for graduates holding J1 visas, permitting them to return to their home countries. Established in 1994, the Conrad 30 waiver program allows foreign medical graduates on J-1 visas to request a waiver of the two-year foreign residence requirement upon fulfilling the J-1 exchange visitor program.

A majority of participants in the Conrad 30 program are deployed in Health Professional Shortage Areas (HPSAs), which are regions lacking a sufficient number of primary care physicians, dentists, or mental health care providers.

It has been reported that the waiver of visa requirements for Indian doctors under the Conrad 30 program will be implemented in thirty out of the fifty states in the US. This move aims to streamline the visa application process for Indian students pursuing medical studies in the US. Currently, approximately one hundred and twenty-five thousand Indian doctors are actively serving in the US.

The J1 visa for physicians is specifically tailored for exchange visitors, including a designated category for physicians. It allows foreign medical graduates to partake in medical training programs, fellowships, or academic research endeavors in the US.

As for the J-1 Visa Waiver, physicians arriving in the US on a J-1 visa are obligated to fulfill a two-year home residency requirement. However, they have the option to seek a waiver for this requirement. In exchange for the waiver, the physician is required to commit to working for a sponsoring healthcare organization in the US for a period of three years. This provision not only enables doctors to gain valuable experience but also serves the underserved populations in need of medical attention.

Japan’s Vacant Housing Crisis: Nine Million Homes Empty as Population Decline Continues

The count of unoccupied residences in Japan has surged to an unprecedented nine million, exceeding the population of New York City, a reflection of the ongoing struggle with Japan’s dwindling population.

In Japan, deserted houses are commonly referred to as “akiya,” a term typically associated with dilapidated residential properties found in rural areas. However, the prevalence of akiya is expanding in major urban centers like Tokyo and Kyoto, posing a significant challenge for a nation already contending with an aging demographic and a declining birth rate.

Jeffrey Hall, a lecturer at Kanda University of International Studies in Chiba, remarked, “This is a symptom of Japan’s population decline…It’s not really a problem of building too many houses, but a problem of not having enough people.”

Official data compiled by the Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications reveals that 14% of all residential properties in Japan stand vacant. These figures encompass second homes as well as properties left unoccupied for various reasons, including owners working abroad temporarily.

However, not all vacant properties deteriorate like traditional akiya, which present a range of issues for the government and local communities. These problems include impeding efforts to revitalize declining towns, posing potential hazards due to neglect, and exacerbating risks for emergency responders during natural disasters in a country susceptible to earthquakes and tsunamis.

The issue of a surplus of homes stems from various factors. Akiya are often passed down through generations, but with Japan’s plummeting fertility rate, many lack heirs or are inherited by younger generations disinterested in rural living. Additionally, some houses remain in administrative limbo due to poor record-keeping by local authorities.

Consequently, the government faces challenges in rejuvenating rapidly aging rural communities, hindering initiatives to attract younger residents seeking alternative lifestyles or investors seeking bargains.

Under Japan’s tax policies, some owners find it economically favorable to retain properties rather than demolish them for redevelopment. Furthermore, even if owners wish to sell, they may struggle to find buyers, particularly for houses lacking access to public amenities.

While social media trends depict foreigners purchasing inexpensive Japanese houses for conversion into trendy guesthouses and cafes, Jeffrey Hall cautioned that the reality is more complex. He emphasized the administrative hurdles and language barriers foreigners face in navigating the process, suggesting that acquiring these houses inexpensively is unlikely.

Japan’s population decline has persisted for years, with the latest data indicating a decrease of over 800,000 individuals since the previous year, totaling 125.4 million in 2022. The birth rate, which has remained around 1.3 for an extended period, is far below the 2.1 required to sustain a stable population. Furthermore, the number of children under 15 has declined for the 43rd consecutive year, reaching a record low.

The imbalance between housing availability and population size is poised to persist. Yuki Akiyama, a professor at Tokyo City University’s faculty of architecture and urban design, highlighted the repercussions of vacant houses, citing their obstruction of evacuation routes during disasters like earthquakes and tsunamis.

Akiyama underscored the challenges faced in post-disaster reconstruction due to unclear ownership of damaged properties. In rural areas with a surplus of vacant houses, development initiatives have stalled, leading to diminished real estate values and perceptions of devaluation within communities.

Although Akiyama developed an AI program to predict areas vulnerable to akiya, he noted that this issue extends beyond Japan, with similar phenomena observed in the US and parts of Europe. However, Japan’s unique architectural history and cultural attitudes exacerbate the situation, as newer houses command higher prices, and historical buildings are not widely valued for residential purposes.

Japan’s surplus of vacant houses underscores the complex interplay between demographic trends, urbanization, and cultural attitudes toward property. Addressing this issue will require multifaceted solutions that consider economic, social, and administrative factors to revitalize communities and mitigate risks associated with abandoned properties.

Indian-American Community Urged by FBI to Report Extortion Cases Promptly

The FBI’s Sacramento Field Office is calling upon the Indian-American community to report cases of extortion, emphasizing the importance of timely reporting to aid in apprehending perpetrators. Several incidents targeting individuals of Indian origin are currently under FBI investigation, with extortionists demanding significant sums of money. When these demands are not met, the perpetrators resort to violence, including targeted shootings at victims’ homes and vehicles.

Acting Special Agent in Charge Mark Remily, leading the FBI Sacramento Field Office, expressed concern over these criminal activities, stating, “Criminals are targeting hard-working, law-abiding business owners and are using thug tactics to extort them in clear violation of the law. We are deeply concerned for the safety and economic security of our neighbors of Indian descent who have been targeted.”

The FBI stresses that such incidents are likely underreported and urges victims to step forward promptly. By doing so, they not only seek justice for themselves but also contribute to the apprehension of those responsible for these crimes.

Renewable Energy Shines Bright: 2023 Marks Record Year, but Challenges Persist

In a recent report unveiled by Ember, a London-based think tank, it was highlighted that 2023 witnessed an unprecedented surge in the utilization of renewable energy sources worldwide, marking a significant milestone in the global energy landscape. The report underscores that a remarkable 30% of the electricity generated globally originated from clean energy sources, which do not discharge greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide and methane into the atmosphere. This surge in clean energy adoption was primarily propelled by the rapid proliferation of solar and wind farms across various regions.

Despite the dominance of hydroelectric dams in clean energy generation, as observed in previous years, the debilitating impact of droughts in key regions like India, China, North America, and Mexico led to a notable decline in hydropower production, hitting a five-year low. Such adverse climatic conditions, exacerbated by the effects of climate change, underscore the urgency for transitioning towards more sustainable energy alternatives.

The escalating demand for electricity, which escalated by approximately 2% compared to the previous year, equivalent to the annual electricity consumption of Canada, was largely fueled by burgeoning adoption of technologies such as heat pumps for efficient building heating and cooling, electric vehicles, and electrolyzers utilized for hydrogen production from water—an essential step towards mitigating climate change impacts.

Furthermore, the burgeoning demand for electricity was propelled by the proliferation of data centers and the increased use of air conditioning systems, particularly in regions experiencing rising temperatures. Solar energy emerged as the frontrunner among clean energy sources, accounting for the largest share of new clean energy additions, surpassing coal power by more than double. Notably, this marked the 19th consecutive year of solar energy being the fastest-growing source of electricity generation, with a notable surge in solar installations towards the end of the year, foreshadowing even more substantial growth projections for 2024.

China emerged as a global leader in renewable energy adoption, accounting for a significant portion of new solar and wind power installations, followed by the European Union, the United States, and Brazil. However, despite these strides in renewable energy adoption, China remained heavily reliant on coal for electricity generation, contributing to a substantial portion of global coal generation and overall electricity production.

The report also highlights a concerning trend of increasing electricity generation from fossil fuels, primarily driven by countries like China, India, Vietnam, and Mexico, which compensated for the shortfall in hydropower caused by drought-induced reservoir depletion by resorting to coal-based electricity generation. This underscores a concerning feedback loop wherein climate change-induced events prompt further reliance on fossil fuels, exacerbating the very issue they aim to address.

Despite the significant growth in renewable energy adoption, fossil fuels retained their dominance in global electricity generation, resulting in a 1% increase in global power sector emissions. Scientists emphasize that even if all greenhouse gas emissions were halted immediately, the planet would continue to experience warming due to the cumulative effects of pollutants already present in the atmosphere.

Looking ahead, analysts anticipate a further surge in global electricity demand in 2024. However, the forecast also suggests an accelerated growth trajectory for renewable energy generation, potentially leading to a 2% reduction in energy generated from fossil fuels, signaling a positive shift towards a more sustainable energy paradigm.

Unlocking Restful Sleep: Strategies to Combat Nighttime Phone Use and Improve Sleep Quality

Jessica Peoples, like many individuals today, is no stranger to the cautionary tales surrounding excessive screen time before bed. Despite this awareness, she admits to spending between 30 to 60 minutes on her phone before drifting off to sleep, often engrossed in social media feeds. Peoples, employed as a discrimination investigator with the state of New Jersey, acknowledges the impact of her screen time on her sleep, noting, “Recently, I’ve been trying to limit the amount… I do notice that how much time I spend affects how long it takes to fall asleep.”

The prevalence of this behavior extends beyond just Peoples. A survey conducted by the National Sleep Foundation revealed that over half of Americans engage with their phones within an hour of bedtime, prompting experts to highlight this hour as the cutoff point for device usage. Melissa Milanak, an associate professor at the Medical University of South Carolina specializing in sleep health, underscores the necessity for the brain to unwind well before bedtime to facilitate restorative deep sleep. Drawing an analogy, she compares the brain’s need to cool down before sleep to letting a casserole cool before refrigerating, emphasizing the importance of this preparatory phase for optimal sleep quality.

While altering bedtime habits may pose challenges, the consequences of insufficient sleep are well-documented, ranging from heightened anxiety to obesity. Research underscores the disruptive impact of smartphones on the body’s circadian rhythm, crucial for regulating sleep and hormone functions. Lisa Strauss, a licensed psychologist focusing on cognitive behavioral treatment of sleep disorders, elucidates the multifaceted ways in which screens impede sleep. Beyond the widely discussed blue light emitted by smartphones, even minimal exposure to bright light in bed can disrupt melatonin production, thus delaying the onset of deep sleep.

However, it’s not merely the light emissions that disrupt sleep patterns; the activities conducted on screens also play a significant role. From endlessly scrolling through news updates to succumbing to the allure of personalized social media content, engaging with digital devices at night carries its own set of repercussions. Technostress, induced by the constant influx of information, can trigger heightened arousal, potentially activating the brain’s fight-or-flight response. Additionally, algorithmically curated content often leads users into prolonged scrolling sessions, far beyond their intended duration.

Despite much of the existing research on digital media’s impact on sleep focusing on younger demographics, Strauss notes that a substantial portion of her clients grappling with insomnia are middle-aged individuals. She observes a trend wherein individuals immerse themselves in online content, spiraling down addictive rabbit holes, irrespective of age.

Breaking the cycle of nighttime phone usage necessitates a holistic approach, encompassing not just restricting phone usage in bed but also revamping evening routines. This entails cultivating alternative activities that provide fulfillment and relaxation. Suggestions include indulging in reading physical books (preferably over e-readers), listening to podcasts, engaging in household chores, spending quality time with family, or connecting with loved ones. Milanak emphasizes the importance of utilizing the pre-sleep hour for tasks devoid of screen involvement, recommending the creation of to-do lists as a means of diverting attention away from rumination in bed.

Moreover, it’s crucial to establish a mental association between the bed and sleep by performing non-screen-related activities in another room. Strauss advocates for delineating distinct microenvironments for wakefulness and sleep, even if it entails minor adjustments like altering one’s seating position or facing a different direction. Placing the phone out of reach, preferably in another room, serves as a practical measure to minimize the temptation of late-night screen usage.

For those finding complete cessation of nighttime phone usage unfeasible, there are strategies to mitigate the adverse effects. Implementing night mode settings on devices or gradually reducing screen brightness can help attenuate the impact of artificial light on sleep quality. Minimizing disruptive notifications by activating “do not disturb” mode, with exceptions for essential contacts, offers a compromise between connectivity and sleep hygiene. However, Strauss cautions against viewing these measures as a carte blanche for unrestricted nocturnal screen time, encouraging individuals to reflect on the underlying reasons driving their late-night digital habits.

In essence, addressing the pervasive issue of nighttime phone usage necessitates a comprehensive overhaul of bedtime routines and digital habits. By fostering alternative pre-sleep activities and implementing practical strategies to minimize screen exposure, individuals can reclaim restful sleep and mitigate the detrimental effects of excessive screen time on sleep quality and overall well-being.

President Biden’s Warning to Israel: A Delicate Balancing Act in Gaza

President Biden’s firm stance against a significant Israeli military operation in Rafah has put Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in a difficult position. Launching a major offensive to crush Hamas in southern Gaza risks rupturing ties with the U.S., while failure to act decisively could weaken Netanyahu’s domestic political coalition.

According to White House national security communications adviser John Kirby, the U.S. acknowledges Israel’s need to make its own decisions regarding military actions. However, Biden made it clear that a major invasion of Rafah would prompt significant consequences, including withholding offensive arms transfers to Israel.

Biden’s warning comes amid growing criticism of Israel’s military conduct, particularly concerning civilian casualties in Gaza. Despite emphasizing support for Israel’s security, Biden stated that the U.S. opposes Israel’s ability to wage war in civilian areas.

Netanyahu hinted at Israel’s readiness to confront Hamas in Rafah independently, irrespective of U.S. warnings. Meanwhile, opposition leader Benny Gantz stressed Israel’s duty to defend itself, underscoring the U.S.’s obligation to support Israel’s security.

While some Israeli leaders criticized Biden’s stance, Netanyahu has shown a degree of compliance with U.S. demands behind closed doors. However, he faces pressure from his right-wing base, necessitating a delicate balancing act.

Despite Biden’s frustration over Gaza’s humanitarian crisis, his administration aims to secure the release of hostages held by Hamas and negotiate a ceasefire to end the conflict. A key aspect of Biden’s Middle East strategy involves brokering a deal for Saudi Arabia to normalize ties with Israel, contingent upon ending the Gaza war.

Saudi Arabia insists on a pathway to a Palestinian state before establishing relations with Israel. Although Israeli public support for a Palestinian state is mixed, it becomes more acceptable within the context of a broader U.S.-brokered agreement.

The Biden administration envisions post-war Gaza being overseen by the Palestinian Authority, supported by a coalition of Arab security forces. However, Israel asserts the need to defeat Hamas before such arrangements can be implemented.

Israeli Ambassador to the U.S., Michael Herzog, emphasized the necessity of neutralizing Hamas’s military capabilities in Rafah to prevent its resurgence. He underscored the importance of Arab forces intervening only after Hamas is decisively defeated.

Young Indian Chess Prodigy Gukesh D Makes History, Set to Challenge World Champion in 2024 Championship

Teenage chess sensation Gukesh Dommaraju, known as Gukesh D, clinched victory at the men’s Candidates Tournament held in Toronto, Canada, making history as the youngest player to achieve this feat. The 17-year-old grandmaster’s triumph paves the way for a potential showdown with current world champion Ding Liren of China at the upcoming 2024 World Chess Championship. Should Gukesh emerge victorious against Ding, who has faced recent struggles with his performance, he will shatter the longstanding record held by Garry Kasparov, becoming the youngest world champion at the age of 22.

Ranked 16th globally by the International Chess Federation (FIDE), Gukesh secured his title with a comfortable draw against world number 3 Hikaru Nakamura, a seasoned player more than twice his age. Gukesh’s achievement positions him as the youngest contender ever to vie for the world chess championship, a milestone he acknowledged with mixed emotions, stating, “I was completely emotional but after the game I’m feeling quite good. I don’t really care about [being] the youngest and all these records, but it’s a nice thing to say.”

Gukesh’s success drew jubilant crowds of Indian fans outside his hotel, underscoring the celebration of yet another rising star in the nation’s chess scene. Expressing his anticipation for the forthcoming championship, Gukesh remarked, “I’m very excited to play in the world championship and really looking forward to all the preparations,” noting that his journey is “only halfway through.”

The previous youngest winner of a Candidates tournament was Russian prodigy Kasparov, who claimed victory at the age of 20 in 1984. Kasparov, renowned for his subsequent multiple world championships, commended Gukesh and the burgeoning influx of chess talent from Asia and Asian diaspora communities, particularly in nations like the United States and Britain. Reflecting on the significance of Gukesh’s achievement, Kasparov remarked, “The Indian earthquake in Toronto is the culmination of the shifting tectonic plates in the chess world.”

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi also lauded Gukesh’s remarkable feat, praising his exceptional talent and dedication. Gukesh is poised to challenge Ding, the 31-year-old Chinese star who ascended to the world championship in 2023, succeeding Magnus Carlsen. The exact details regarding the date and venue of the 2024 World Chess Championship clash between Ding and Gukesh are yet to be disclosed.

In the women’s Challenger category, China’s Tan Zhongyi emerged victorious, earning the opportunity to contend for the world title against compatriot and reigning champion Ju Wenjun, with the specifics of the match also awaiting announcement. Meanwhile, India continues to showcase its wealth of young chess talent, with Rameshbabu Praggnanandhaa (R Praggnanandhaa), aged 18, making waves after his remarkable victory against Carlsen in 2022.

Affectionately known as “Pragg” among fans, he achieved the title of youngest international chess master at age 10, followed by becoming the world’s second-youngest grandmaster at 12. Notably, he and his sister, 22-year-old Rameshbabu Vaishali (R Vaishali), made history as the first sibling duo to attain grandmaster titles. Gukesh follows in the footsteps of legendary Indian player Viswanathan “Vishy” Anand, becoming the second Indian to compete in a world championship.

In a gesture of support, Anand expressed his pride in Gukesh’s performance, commending his resilience in navigating challenging situations. With these rising talents, India’s presence in the global chess arena continues to grow, fueled by a new generation of players poised to make their mark on the world stage.

Yuzvendra Chahal Makes History: First Indian Bowler to Reach 350 T20 Wickets

Yuzvendra Chahal, recently included in the Indian T20 World Cup squad for June, made history at the Arun Jaitley Stadium during an IPL 2024 clash against Delhi Capitals by dismissing their captain, Rishabh Pant. This pivotal wicket marked Chahal’s attainment of a remarkable milestone as the first Indian bowler to achieve 350 wickets in the shortest format of the game.

Heading into the match against Delhi Capitals, Chahal needed just one wicket to reach this landmark, and he accomplished it by dismissing Pant, who appeared to struggle against a fuller delivery, resulting in an uncharacteristically poor shot selection. Remarkably, this marked the third time Chahal had dismissed Pant in their IPL encounters.

With this significant dismissal, Chahal etched his name in the record books as the first Indian bowler to accumulate 350 wickets in T20 cricket, achieving this feat in his 301st appearance in the format. Piyush Chawla, a seasoned bowler from Mumbai Indians, trails him as the next best Indian on the list with 310 wickets. Overall, Chahal ranks 11th in the all-time list, which is topped by former West Indies cricketer Dwayne Bravo, boasting an impressive tally of 625 wickets in 574 matches. Notably, Chahal is the fifth spinner and the sixth Asian bowler to reach this milestone.

Breaking down his impressive tally of 350 wickets, Chahal has claimed 96 wickets while representing Team India, the highest by any bowler for the national side. Additionally, he has bagged 201 wickets in his IPL career, setting a new record for the most wickets by any cricketer in the league.

In the ongoing IPL 2024 tournament, Chahal has emerged as the leading spin bowler from India, scalping 14 wickets in 12 appearances. His stellar performance throughout the season not only propelled his team but also caught the attention of the selectors, earning him a spot in the Indian T20 World Cup squad. The selectors opted for spin bowlers like Chahal, anticipating the conditions likely to be encountered in the USA and the West Indies.

Reflecting on the match itself, Delhi Capitals set a challenging target of 222 runs after opting to bat first. Their innings was highlighted by a rapid 19-ball fifty from Jake Fraser-McGurk, supported by a solid knock of 65 from Abishek Porel and a blazing cameo from Tristan Stubbs, who scored 41 off just 20 deliveries. Among the Rajasthan Royals bowlers, Ravichandran Ashwin stood out with figures of 3 for 24.

TikTok Challenges U.S. Law Targeting Its Ownership

TikTok and its parent company ByteDance have taken legal action against a U.S. law aimed at compelling the divestment of the popular social media app from its Chinese-based ownership or facing a ban in the United States. The lawsuit, filed on Tuesday against the U.S. government, contends that the law, known as the Protecting Americans From Foreign Adversaries Act, infringes upon the First Amendment rights.

The legislation grants ByteDance a 270-day window to offload TikTok to a new entity that would oversee its operations in the U.S. Failure to comply would result in the app being barred from American networks and online platforms. Additionally, the president has the authority to grant ByteDance an extra 90 days if deemed necessary.

TikTok and ByteDance argue that a “qualified divestiture” is unattainable, citing commercial, technological, and legal challenges. They assert that such a move would inevitably lead to the shutdown of the app in the U.S., impacting millions of daily users. Furthermore, TikTok criticizes the law for singling out the app by name, while the president is granted the power to identify other applications falling under similar regulations, though TikTok and ByteDance are the sole entities explicitly mentioned in the legislation.

Even if a sale were feasible, TikTok maintains that the law represents an “extraordinary and unconstitutional assertion of power.” It contends that the legislation sets a dangerous precedent, allowing Congress to circumvent First Amendment protections by invoking national security concerns to compel the divestment of any media outlet.

This legal challenge represents the latest and most significant threat to TikTok’s presence in the U.S., although it is not the first time the company has faced such peril. Previously, the Trump administration attempted to enact a ban on TikTok, which was thwarted by federal courts. Additionally, TikTok has successfully navigated challenges at the state level, including a Montana law that was later blocked by a judge.

However, the current law poses a formidable obstacle to TikTok’s future operations in the U.S., particularly given its national security underpinnings, which may complicate legal defenses. The legislation garnered swift approval in Congress, with overwhelming bipartisan support. The House passed the bill with a decisive 352-65 vote in March, less than a week after its introduction. Subsequently, the measure was included in a broader foreign aid package that President Biden signed into law last month.

What does the success of a marriage depend on? Pope Francis answers What does the success of a marriage depend on? Pope Francis answers | ZENIT – English

Speech to the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement
(ZENIT News / Vatican City, 05.04.2024).- On the morning of Saturday, May 4th, Pope Francis received in audience the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement. This is a Catholic Church movement that brings together married couples who wish to fully experience the riches of their sacrament of marriage. The Equipes Notre-Dame were recognized by the Vatican’s International Catholic Association in 1975 and by the International Private Association of the Faithful in 2002.
I am pleased to meet you, international leaders of the Équipes Notre-Dame Movement. Thank you for coming and above all thank you for your commitment to families.

You are an expanding movement: thousands of équipes spread throughout the world, many families who are seeking to live Christian marriage as a gift.

The Christian family is going through a genuine “cultural storm” in this changing era, and is threatened and tempted on various fronts. Your work, therefore, is valuable for the Church. You closely accompany married couples so that they do not feel alone in the difficulties of life and in their marital relationship. In this way, you are an expression of the “outbound” Church, which is close to the situations and problems of the people and unreservedly committed to the good of the families of today and tomorrow.

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY, POPE FRANCIS The Equipes Notre-Dame Were Recognized By The Vatican’s International Catholic Association In 1975 Photo: Vatican Media What does the success of a marriage depend on? Pope Francis answers Speech to the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement MAY 04, 2024 01:49ZENIT STAFFMARRIAGE AND FAMILY, POPE FRANCIS WhatsAppMessengerFacebookTwitterShare Share this Entry (ZENIT News / Vatican City, 05.04.2024).- On the morning of Saturday, May 4th, Pope Francis received in audience the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement. This is a Catholic Church movement that brings together married couples who wish to fully experience the riches of their sacrament of marriage. The Equipes Notre-Dame were recognized by the Vatican’s International Catholic Association in 1975 and by the International Private Association of the Faithful in 2002. *** I am pleased to meet you, international leaders of the Équipes Notre-Dame Movement. Thank you for coming and above all thank you for your commitment to families. You are an expanding movement: thousands of équipes spread throughout the world, many families who are seeking to live Christian marriage as a gift. The Christian family is going through a genuine “cultural storm” in this changing era, and is threatened and tempted on various fronts. Your work, therefore, is valuable for the Church. You closely accompany married couples so that they do not feel alone in the difficulties of life and in their marital relationship. In this way, you are an expression of the “outbound” Church, which is close to the situations and problems of the people and unreservedly committed to the good of the families of today and tomorrow. It is a true mission to accompany married couples today! Protecting marriage indeed means protecting an entire family, it means saving all the relationships generated by marriage: the love between couples, between parents and children, grandparents and grandchildren; it means saving that witness of a love that is possible and forever, which young people struggle to believe in. Indeed, children need to receive from their parents the certainty that God created them out of love, and that one day they too will be able to love and be loved as their mother and father did. Be sure that the seed of love, sown in their hearts by their parents, will germinate sooner or later.

I see a great urgency today: to help young people to discover that Christian marriage is a vocation, a specific calling that God addresses to a man and a women so that they can fully realize themselves as generative, becoming a father and a mother, and bringing the Grace of their Sacrament into the world. This Grace is the love of Christ united with that of the married couple, His presence between them, it is God’s fidelity to their love: it is He who gives them the strength to grow together every day and to remain united.

Today, it is thought that the success of a marriage depends only on the willpower of the people. It does not. If it were so, it would be a burden, a yoke placed on the shoulders of two poor creatures. Marriage, on the other hand, is a “three-way step”, in which Christ’s presence between the bride and groom makes the journey possible, and the yoke is transformed into a game of glances: a glance between the bride and groom, a glance between the bride and groom and Christ. It is a game that lasts a lifetime, which can be won together if one takes care of one’s relationship, if one cherishes it like a precious treasure, helping each other to pass through each day, even in married life, that gateway that is Christ. He said: “I am the gate. Whoever enters by me will be saved” (Jn 10:9). And, speaking of glances, once, during a General Audience, there was a couple, married for sixty years; she was 18 when she got married, and he was 21. They were therefore 78 and 81 years old. And I asked them, “And now, do you still love each other?”. And they looked at each other, then they came to me, with tears in their eyes: “We still love each other!” Beautiful!

Therefore, I would like to leave you with two brief reflections: the first relates to newly-wed couples. Take care of them! It is important that newly-weds experience a nuptial mystagogy, that will help them to live the beauty of their Sacrament and a spirituality of the couple. In the first years of marriage, it is necessary above all to discover faith within the couple, to taste it, to savour it by learning to pray together. Many people marry today without understand how faith enters into their married life, perhaps because no-one bore witness to it before them prior to their marriage. I invite you to help them with a “catechumenal” journey – let’s call it that – of rediscovery of the faith, both personal and as a couple – so that they learn straight away to make room for Jesus and, with Him, succeed in taking care of their marriage.

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY, POPE FRANCIS The Equipes Notre-Dame Were Recognized By The Vatican’s International Catholic Association In 1975 Photo: Vatican Media What does the success of a marriage depend on? Pope Francis answers Speech to the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement MAY 04, 2024 01:49ZENIT STAFFMARRIAGE AND FAMILY, POPE FRANCIS WhatsAppMessengerFacebookTwitterShare Share this Entry (ZENIT News / Vatican City, 05.04.2024).- On the morning of Saturday, May 4th, Pope Francis received in audience the international leaders of the Equipes Notre-Dame Movement. This is a Catholic Church movement that brings together married couples who wish to fully experience the riches of their sacrament of marriage. The Equipes Notre-Dame were recognized by the Vatican’s International Catholic Association in 1975 and by the International Private Association of the Faithful in 2002. *** I am pleased to meet you, international leaders of the Équipes Notre-Dame Movement. Thank you for coming and above all thank you for your commitment to families. You are an expanding movement: thousands of équipes spread throughout the world, many families who are seeking to live Christian marriage as a gift. The Christian family is going through a genuine “cultural storm” in this changing era, and is threatened and tempted on various fronts. Your work, therefore, is valuable for the Church. You closely accompany married couples so that they do not feel alone in the difficulties of life and in their marital relationship. In this way, you are an expression of the “outbound” Church, which is close to the situations and problems of the people and unreservedly committed to the good of the families of today and tomorrow. It is a true mission to accompany married couples today! Protecting marriage indeed means protecting an entire family, it means saving all the relationships generated by marriage: the love between couples, between parents and children, grandparents and grandchildren; it means saving that witness of a love that is possible and forever, which young people struggle to believe in. Indeed, children need to receive from their parents the certainty that God created them out of love, and that one day they too will be able to love and be loved as their mother and father did. Be sure that the seed of love, sown in their hearts by their parents, will germinate sooner or later. I see a great urgency today: to help young people to discover that Christian marriage is a vocation, a specific calling that God addresses to a man and a women so that they can fully realize themselves as generative, becoming a father and a mother, and bringing the Grace of their Sacrament into the world. This Grace is the love of Christ united with that of the married couple, His presence between them, it is God’s fidelity to their love: it is He who gives them the strength to grow together every day and to remain united. Today, it is thought that the success of a marriage depends only on the willpower of the people. It does not. If it were so, it would be a burden, a yoke placed on the shoulders of two poor creatures. Marriage, on the other hand, is a “three-way step”, in which Christ’s presence between the bride and groom makes the journey possible, and the yoke is transformed into a game of glances: a glance between the bride and groom, a glance between the bride and groom and Christ. It is a game that lasts a lifetime, which can be won together if one takes care of one’s relationship, if one cherishes it like a precious treasure, helping each other to pass through each day, even in married life, that gateway that is Christ. He said: “I am the gate. Whoever enters by me will be saved” (Jn 10:9). And, speaking of glances, once, during a General Audience, there was a couple, married for sixty years; she was 18 when she got married, and he was 21. They were therefore 78 and 81 years old. And I asked them, “And now, do you still love each other?”. And they looked at each other, then they came to me, with tears in their eyes: “We still love each other!” Beautiful! Therefore, I would like to leave you with two brief reflections: the first relates to newly-wed couples. Take care of them! It is important that newly-weds experience a nuptial mystagogy, that will help them to live the beauty of their Sacrament and a spirituality of the couple. In the first years of marriage, it is necessary above all to discover faith within the couple, to taste it, to savour it by learning to pray together. Many people marry today without understand how faith enters into their married life, perhaps because no-one bore witness to it before them prior to their marriage. I invite you to help them with a “catechumenal” journey – let’s call it that – of rediscovery of the faith, both personal and as a couple – so that they learn straight away to make room for Jesus and, with Him, succeed in taking care of their marriage. Your work, next to priests, in this sense, is valuable; you can do a great deal in parishes and in communities, opening up to welcome the youngest families. We must start out again from the new generations to make the Church fruitful: to generate many domestic Churches in which a Christian style of life is lived, where one feels familiar with Christ, where one learns how to listen to those who are next to you, just as Christ listens to us. You can be like flames that kindle other flames to faith, especially among the youngest couples: do not let them accumulate sufferings and wounds in the solitude of their homes. Help them to discover the oxygen of faith gently, patiently, and trusting in the action of the Holy Spirit.

The second reflection is on the importance of co-responsibility between married couples and priests within your movement. You have understood and live tangibly the complementarity of the two vocations: I encourage you to take this into the parishes, so that the laypeople and priests discover its richness and necessity. This helps to overcome that clericalism that prevents the Church from being fruitful – beware of clericalism! – and this will also help married couples to discover that, with marriage, they are called to a mission. Indeed, they too have the gift and the responsibility of building the ecclesial community, alongside ordained ministers.

Without Christian communities, families feel alone, and loneliness does a great deal of harm! With your charism, you can become rescuers attentive towards those who are in need, those who are alone, those who have family problems and do not know how to talk about them because they are ashamed or have lost hope. In your dioceses, you can make families understand the importance of helping each other and forming a network; building communities where Christ can “dwell” in the homes and in family relations.

Dear brothers and sisters, next July you will have your international gathering in Turin. In the midst of the synodal journey that we are undertaking, may it be for you a time of listening to the Spirit and fruitful planning for the Kingdom of God.

I entrust your mission and all your families to the Virgin Mary, so that She may protect you, keep you steadfast in Christ, and always make you witnesses of His love. In this year dedicated to prayer, may you discover and rediscover the joy of praying, praying together at home, with simplicity and in daily life. This time I will not say anything about mothers-in-law, because there are some here! I bless you from my heart. And I ask you to please pray for me. Thank you!

Modi Administration’s Global Image Management: A Struggle Against Rising Criticism

In the lead-up to the G20 summit, the Narendra Modi administration frequently employed the phrases ‘mother of democracy’ and ‘vishwaguru’.

The term ‘mother of democracy’ seemed to be introduced as a counter to India’s swift decline in the global democracy index.

‘Vishwaguru’ aimed to convey the message that Modi is a global leader whose presence cannot be overlooked any longer.

India’s presidency of the G20 rotates, and last year it was India’s turn to host the summit. Yashwant Sinha reminisced about his chairing of the G20 during Atal Bihari Vajpayee’s tenure, noting that Vajpayee didn’t utilize it for cult-building purposes. However, the current government’s focus during the G20, symbolized by a globe resting on a lotus, was centered on projecting India as a robust democracy with Modi as its singular leader. This shift prompts the question: why has the BJP manifesto now replaced ‘Vishwaguru’ with ‘Vishwabandhu’?

Recently, several Western nations have expressed concerns about events in India. The US, for instance, has raised issues regarding communal tensions, religious freedom, and the arrests of political figures:

The US State Department’s annual human rights assessment highlighted “significant” abuses in Manipur;

  • It also voiced concerns about communal violence in Gurugram;
  • The US Commission on International Religious Freedom noted a ‘decline in religious freedom’ in India and urged the Modi government to release 37 individuals of various faiths detained for the ‘peaceful exercise of their freedom of religion or belief’.
  • State Department spokesperson Matthew Miller stated that the US closely monitored the arrest of Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal and the freezing of Congress party bank accounts, emphasizing the need for fair, transparent, and timely legal processes.
  • A State Department official called on India to uphold its human rights obligations.

President Joe Biden’s absence as the chief guest at the Republic Day parade, the postponement of the Quad summit, and NSA Jake Sullivan’s cancellation of visits to India have been interpreted by some as indications of US disapproval. The latest negative comment was Biden’s labeling of India as ‘xenophobic’.

Even during the G20 summit in New Delhi, a resolution was passed advocating for religious freedom, freedom of peaceful assembly, and condemning all acts of religious hatred.

In response to criticism, the Modi government’s initial reaction has been to dismiss it as Western propaganda and minimize its impact on domestic politics. Television channels and print media have cooperated, often presenting carefully curated versions of reports that cast the government in a favorable light. Frequently, the mainstream media leads such stories with official denials before briefly acknowledging the criticism and dismissing it.

This age-old tactic, reminiscent of the Cold War era, was employed recently when Germany and the US commented on Kejriwal’s arrest. Envoys were summoned to the External Affairs Ministry and handed formal protests against ‘interference’ in India’s internal affairs. Simultaneously, the government launched a robust diplomatic offensive against what it deemed ‘disinformation’.

One strategy borrowed from the US involves leveraging trade and arms purchases as diplomatic tools, with mixed success. While France, India’s defense collaborator, and Gulf countries have remained relatively silent, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar has defended India’s democracy in foreign capitals, and Indian embassies have been tasked with countering ‘Western propaganda’.

The Modi government’s unease with foreign criticism is understandable. Initially, the domestic media highlighted such criticism. However, within the first three years of Modi’s tenure, negative news was largely suppressed in mainstream media. Nonetheless, strategies like ‘sam, dam, dand, bhed’ have failed to silence external critics.

The BBC underwent tax raids and faced FDI inquiries, leading it to separate its Indian newsroom into a distinct company. Emily Schmall of The New York Times recounted being invited to meetings with the government, during which ministers would criticize foreign correspondents. At one such meeting, the “minister of information” read aloud headlines from articles written by the gathered correspondents in a seemingly random manner, with a hint of sarcasm. At least 13 journalists, nine of whom were Muslims in Kashmir, have been booked under the anti-terror Unlawful Activities Prevention Act. Schmall emphasized that journalism is under threat in India.

Last year, Information and Broadcasting Minister Anurag Thakur accused The New York Times of spreading lies after it published an article on press freedom in Kashmir. His response mirrored the government’s tendency to dismiss negative reports as false.

When Lancet questioned the accuracy and transparency of Indian healthcare data, the government dismissed it. Similarly, a Harvard study indicating 6.7 million malnourished children in India was labeled as fake news.

To refute the IMF’s lower GDP prediction, former Chief Economic Adviser Krishnamurthy Subramaniam criticized the IMF’s estimates as consistently inaccurate. Incumbent CEA Anantha Nageswaran has also questioned the metrics of ratings agencies like Fitch, Moody’s, and S&P.

Union Minister Rajiv Chandrasekhar described as ‘half-truths’ a report by The Washington Post claiming that India had requested Apple to ‘soften’ its hacking alert.

Despite these efforts, negative news about India continues to surface:

Reporters Without Borders stated that India’s ranking in the World Freedom Index for 2024 is 159 out of 176 countries, compared to 150 in 2022.

India ranked 111 out of 125 countries in the Global Hunger Index 2023, with the highest rate of child wasting at 18.7%. In the previous year, its ranking was 107 out of 121 countries.

India topped the Global Slavery Index for 2023 among G20 countries, followed by China, Russia, Indonesia, and the US.

Youth unemployment in India in 2022 was 23.22%, higher than in Pakistan (11.3%), Bangladesh (12.9%), China (13.2%), and Bhutan (14.4%), according to World Bank data.

Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, and 10 other international rights groups have criticized the misuse of laws like UAPA and financial regulations to silence journalists, human rights activists, and government critics.

Accordingly, an all-out mobilization effort is underway by the Modi regime to counteract this negative narrative. To counter organizations like Freedom House, V-Dem, and the Economic Intelligence Unit, the government-run Niti Ayog has engaged the Modi-friendly Observer Research Foundation to create India’s own democracy index. The Adani group has announced the establishment of a new think-tank. Additionally, pro-government voices, including academic groups, intellectuals, lawyers, and retired judges associated with the Sangh Parivar, are encouraged to issue statements and contribute articles to the media.

The PMO is coordinating the media response, both in print and digital formats. It appears that Vishwabandhu feels he has nothing to lose but his world.

Google Layoffs Shift Hundreds of Jobs Overseas, Amplifying Concerns for American Workers Amid Global Economic Shifts

U.S. Google recently implemented significant layoffs, affecting more than 200 ‘core’ employees, with plans to relocate these positions to foreign countries as part of cost-cutting measures. The job positions from Google’s U.S. headquarters are slated to move to Mexico and India, a BRICS nation. This move follows a trend of outsourcing jobs from the U.S. to developing countries that began in the 1990s due to the availability of similar talent at lower wage costs.

The outsourcing of American jobs, particularly in the technology sector, has escalated since the early 2000s, with Mexico and India emerging as key destinations for such endeavors. Google’s recent layoffs coincide with a broader pattern of job cuts in the U.S. following the COVID-19 lockdowns, disproportionately impacting American workers.

India, as a BRICS member, offers a vast pool of talent in various fields, including technology and software development, often at salaries significantly lower than those paid in the U.S. Consequently, while Google and similar companies benefit from cost savings, American employees bear the brunt of outsourcing.

This shift in employment practices by Google comes at a time when BRICS nations are actively leveraging their talent pools to drive economic growth. However, while companies like Google prioritize profits and seek cheaper labor, the implications extend beyond corporate interests, affecting the livelihoods of U.S. workers.

Mexico’s potential inclusion in BRICS reflects broader global economic shifts, including efforts to reduce reliance on the U.S. dollar. Despite these geopolitical changes, American workers facing job displacement due to outsourcing find themselves without significant government assistance.

The situation underscores the challenges faced by U.S. workers in an increasingly globalized economy, where job opportunities in sectors like technology are dwindling while the financial industry experiences growth. As businesses pursue strategies aimed at maximizing profits, the consequences for American workers remain a pressing concern, with no clear solution in sight.

Hamas Agrees to Temporary Ceasefire with Israel Amid Hostage Negotiations and Diplomatic Tensions

Hamas has reportedly agreed to a temporary cessation of hostilities with Israel amidst ongoing diplomatic maneuvers aimed at securing the release of Israeli hostages held by the group and preventing an Israeli military intervention in the southern Gaza city of Rafah.

According to Basem Naim, Hamas’s head of political and international relations, the group has communicated its acceptance of a ceasefire proposal to mediators from Egypt and Qatar. This comes after weeks of intensive diplomatic efforts by the United States, Egypt, and Qatar to broker a truce between Israel and Hamas.

While Israel has indicated its willingness to send a delegation for negotiations on a temporary ceasefire, it has expressed reservations about Hamas’s proposal, deeming it insufficient to meet Israel’s demands. The Israeli government, in a statement from the prime minister’s office, asserted that Hamas’s proposal falls short of their requirements.

Simultaneously, Israel’s wartime Cabinet has unanimously decided to continue military operations targeting Hamas positions in Rafah. Despite efforts by the Biden administration to dissuade Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu from launching an offensive in Rafah, the White House remains cautious about Hamas’s ceasefire offer.

President Biden held discussions with Netanyahu, although the conversation occurred prior to Hamas’s announcement. John Kirby, the White House national security communications adviser, emphasized the administration’s commitment to securing the release of Israeli hostages through a temporary ceasefire, as well as safeguarding the lives of over a million Palestinians in Rafah.

Rafah, located on Gaza’s southern border with Egypt, serves as a crucial entry point for humanitarian aid into the besieged territory. Following Hamas’s October 7 attack on Israel, which resulted in numerous casualties and the abduction of over 250 individuals, Israel has been engaged in a protracted conflict with the group.

A brief ceasefire in November facilitated the release of more than 100 hostages, a precedent that the administration seeks to replicate in ongoing negotiations. However, the specific details of the proposed truce have not been publicly disclosed by mediators, and Hamas has refrained from elaborating on the terms.

Nonetheless, the tentative agreement reportedly involves a six-to-eight week cessation of hostilities, during which Hamas would gradually release Israeli hostages, starting with the most vulnerable among them. In return, Israel is expected to release an unspecified number of Palestinian prisoners, withdraw troops from select areas of Gaza, and permit movement for Palestinians within the territory.

Additionally, the ceasefire would enable a significant influx of humanitarian aid into Gaza, where the population has endured displacement, casualties, and dire humanitarian conditions due to the prolonged conflict.

Enhance Mental Resilience and Revitalize Metabolism with a 30-Minute Weight-Free Walking Routine

In a bid to cultivate mental fortitude and invigorate metabolic activity, a 30-minute walking workout devoid of weights emerges as a versatile regimen accessible to all, irrespective of location or fitness level.

Collaborating with outdoor footwear giant Merrell, Goop introduces a mindful walking meditation aimed at fostering an enhanced connection with nature while promoting mindfulness. The session, spearheaded by Mel Mah, serves as a guided practice tailored for outdoor environments, be it a hike, beach stroll, park visit, or even a simple backyard excursion. “Developing a deep connection with nature is a matter of getting out in it,” underscores the team. With just half an hour dedicated to this endeavor, participants are encouraged to immerse themselves in the present moment.

For those venturing into public spaces, outfitting with premium workout headphones ensures privacy during this introspective journey. Time spent amidst nature yields multifaceted benefits, ranging from improved sleep and stress reduction to lowered heart rates. Furthermore, research suggests that exposure to outdoor settings, particularly natural landscapes, fosters heightened creativity.

Mah emphasizes the significance of connection in facilitating a deceleration of pace. “Let’s begin by slowing down the mind and body,” she suggests. Commencing with a series of preparatory steps involving closing one’s eyes, elongating the spine, and tuning into bodily sensations through mindful breathing sets the tone for the session.

A notable aspect of Mah’s approach is the delayed introduction of walking, accommodating individuals not solely focused on physical exertion. To fully leverage the 30-minute walking workout, initiating the walk prior to commencing the session is advised.

The Physical and Mental Perks of Outdoor Walking

From a physical standpoint, brisk walking proves instrumental in sustaining a robust metabolism, curbing sedentary behavior, and contributing to Non-Exercise Activity Thermogenesis (NEAT), which encompasses calorie expenditure beyond formal workouts. While the session is framed as a walking meditation, it can seamlessly transition into a workout by incorporating light handheld weights, ankle or wrist weights, amplifying pace, or tackling undulating terrains to elevate heart rate, introduce resistance, and intensify muscle engagement.

However, weighted accessories are not indispensable for reaping rewards. Mental resilience can be honed concurrently with physical conditioning, utilizing body weight to fortify muscles, joints, bones, and ligaments. Moreover, the session underscores a strong emphasis on mindfulness, allowing for moments of silence for personal exploration or heightened intensity if desired.

It is noteworthy that any form of exercise, including walking, contributes positively to overall well-being, with a daily target of 7,000 steps recommended. Individuals pursuing weight loss objectives may find the session’s intensity insufficient and may opt for alternative routines geared towards this goal.

In addition to uplifting mood and mindfulness, walking fosters strength in lower body musculature and vital joints such as hips, knees, and ankles, crucial for preserving muscle mass and bone density with advancing age. This aligns with osteogenic loading, a process wherein bones undergo stimulation for growth and reinforcement.

During the walking session, participants are encouraged to immerse themselves in their surroundings, keenly observing scents, sounds, and tactile sensations. Conscious engagement with foot movements and rhythmic breathing serves to tether the mind to the present, fostering a deeper connection with the sensory experience.

Indian-American Groups Oppose Kashmiri Flag Display at Rutgers University Amidst Gaza Conflict Protests

Prominent Indian-American community organizations have appealed to Rutgers University Chancellor in New Jersey to refrain from allowing the exhibition of a separatist Kashmiri flag on its campus. They argue that such an act would convey a misleading message amid the ongoing turmoil at prominent US educational institutions over Israel’s conflict in Gaza.

Leading universities across the US are witnessing protests against Israeli military action in Gaza. The conflict was instigated by unprecedented attacks against Israel by Hamas militants on October 7, resulting in the deaths of over 1,400 people. In response, Israel has initiated a significant counter-offensive against the Islamic militant group governing Gaza since 2007.

On Friday, a group representing protesting students claimed that eight out of their ten demands had been met by the Rutgers University administration. However, the ninth demand, which proposed the display of flags of occupied peoples, including Palestine, Kurds, and Kashmiris, across Rutgers campuses, did not receive approval. The university administration stated that it would assess the flags exhibited on the New Brunswick Campus to ensure appropriate representation of enrolled students.

This refusal to meet the demand angered several Indian American groups, including the Hindu American Foundation (HAF) and the Coalition of Hindus of North America (CoHNA). They criticized Rutgers University for what they perceived as giving in to hate by approving the display of a Kashmiri separatist flag, which they associated with terror and the displacement of Kashmiri Hindus.

Some individuals, like Dharma Viveka, criticized Rutgers University for what they saw as capitulating to the demands of protesting students and failing to uphold equitable resource allocation. Additionally, the university’s decision sparked concern among Indian American communities, given the significant number of Indian students at Rutgers and the large Indian American population in New Jersey.

Thomas Abraham, Chairman of the Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO), expressed surprise and dismay over Rutgers’ consideration of the demand to display flags of occupied peoples. He argued that such actions would call into question India’s integrity, asserting that Kashmir is an integral part of India and not a separate entity. Abraham cautioned against Rutgers’ involvement in internal conflicts of other countries, emphasizing its role as a public educational institution belonging to everyone.

The controversy surrounding Rutgers University’s handling of demands for flag displays reflects broader tensions over international conflicts within US educational institutions and the complexities of representing diverse student populations while navigating geopolitical sensitivities.

Apple CEO Teases Early AI Plans Ahead of Let Loose Event

Apple’s plans regarding artificial intelligence (AI) may be unveiled sooner than anticipated, with CEO Tim Cook hinting at a potential reveal of the company’s AI developments ahead of schedule. Initially speculated to be showcased during the Worldwide Developers Conference slated for June 10, insights into generative AI could be shared with users sooner than expected, as per reports. The upcoming Let Loose event scheduled for May 7 leaves a slight possibility for Apple to provide hints regarding the forthcoming features set to debut later in the year.

During the company’s quarterly earnings call, Cook reportedly disclosed these intentions. Despite a reported 4 percent year-on-year revenue decline, bringing it to $90.8 billion, Cook expressed optimism about Apple’s prospects in generative AI, emphasizing significant investments and the anticipation of unveiling exciting developments to customers imminently.

This announcement underscores Apple’s commitment to capitalizing on the AI trend. Cook underscored the company’s innovation in processors and neural engines, asserting a strategic advantage over competitors in integrating AI technology into its devices. Furthermore, he hinted at an enduring commitment to privacy, suggesting that AI features are likely to be powered on-device.

In recent months, Apple’s AI aspirations have garnered significant attention. The tech giant has acquired two AI-focused companies, Darwin AI and Datakalab. Additionally, its researchers have published numerous papers on AI models, encompassing computer vision, on-device operations, and multimodal capabilities.

Previous reports have hinted at potential AI-powered features slated for release later this year. Notably, the Safari browser may play a pivotal role, with rumors circulating about an ‘Intelligent Search’ feature capable of summarizing articles and web pages. Another speculated feature is an AI-powered web eraser, designed to eliminate banner ads and other elements on web pages based on user preferences. These features are anticipated to be unveiled at WWDC 24, coinciding with the launch of iOS 18 and macOS 15.

Tory Turmoil: Sunak Stands Firm Despite Election Setbacks

Rishi Sunak has rebuffed calls for a change in direction following disappointing local election outcomes, asserting his ability to foster “progress” among voters prior to a general election.

In his initial response since the extent of Tory setbacks became evident, the prime minister lamented the loss of 470 councillors as “deeply disappointing”.

Critics within the Tory party have urged Sunak to steer towards the right.

However, Sunak expressed to The Times his determination to unify the party, stating, “I am determined that we will come together as a party.”

The Conservative party is reeling from a series of defeats in local elections. After the final tally on Sunday, they relinquished control of 10 councils, over 470 council seats, and suffered the symbolic defeat of West Midlands mayor Andy Street.

Additionally, the party ceded 10 Police and Crime Commissioners to Labour, posing a potentially significant setback for the Conservatives if they intend to focalize their next general election campaign on law and order.

Acknowledging for the first time that his party might be on course to lose its majority, Sunak conceded, “The local election results suggest we are heading for a hung parliament with Labour as the largest party.”

In an interview with The Times, he cautioned against the prospect of Keir Starmer leading a government backed by the SNP, Liberal Democrats, and the Greens, deeming it disastrous for Britain.

Sunak emphasized the necessity for action, asserting, “There is work to do and more progress to be made, and I am determined that we will come together as a party and show the British people we are delivering for them.”

His remarks parallel the analysis by leading psephologist Prof Michael Thrasher for Sky News, which projected that Labour would secure 294 seats in a general election.

The projection, though contested by some polling experts, extrapolated the nationwide vote share at a general election from the local election results. It operated on the assumption that voting patterns in the local elections would mirror those in a general election, notwithstanding the usual stronger performance of smaller parties and independent candidates in local elections.

Moreover, it did not factor in potential developments in Scotland, relying instead on the 2019 general election results, despite expectations of a stronger showing for Labour there this year.

Polling expert Prof Sir John Curtice noted that winning more seats in Scotland alone probably wouldn’t suffice for Labour to secure a majority. Nonetheless, he observed that the impact of Reform UK was subdued in the local elections as they contested only one in six wards. Where they did contest, there was a significant decline in the Conservative vote, indicating that they could wield greater influence in a general election, given their pledge to field candidates in every seat across England, Scotland, and Wales.

Health Minister Maria Caulfield acknowledged the caveats surrounding the projection. However, she asserted that last week’s results indicated former Conservative voters were abstaining rather than defecting to Labour, emphasizing, “they want a reason to vote for us.”

Labour refuted claims of planning alliances with other parties to form a government in the forthcoming general election, expected in the latter half of the year.

Speaking on BBC’s Sunday with Laura Kuenssberg, Labour’s election coordinator Pat McFadden expressed confidence in his party’s prospects, citing a growing belief in victory. He hailed the party’s remarkable election outcomes, particularly the unexpected triumph in the West Midlands mayoral race.

Former Home Secretary Suella Braverman criticized Sunak’s strategy as ineffective, acknowledging the dismal election results for the Conservatives. However, while advocating for a rightward shift in policies to recapture disenchanted Tory voters, she stopped short of calling for Sunak’s replacement, deeming it impractical so close to a general election.

Braverman is among several conservative voices advocating for a shift to the right following the bleak local election results. Miriam Cates, co-chair of the New Conservatives group primarily comprising “red wall” MPs from the 2019 intake, urged the party to emphasize “patriotism and national security” to avoid decline.

In an op-ed for the Telegraph, Cates urged Sunak to prioritize policies that resonate domestically over those catering to an international elite, proposing measures such as substantial immigration reduction and planning law reforms to stimulate house-building.

Former lead Brexit negotiator Lord David Frost expressed skepticism about rescuing the Conservative Party from electoral defeat in the next general election, contending that Sunak must implement “more tax cuts, more spending cuts,” and a “serious assault on the burden of net zero” to salvage the party’s prospects.

Contrarily, Damian Green, chairman of the centrist One Nation Group of Conservative MPs, criticized calls for a rightward shift as irrational, pointing out that recent losses were to parties on the left.

Conservative Party chairman Richard Holden stressed the need for the party to articulate a clear vision for the country rather than engaging in internal discussions, deeming it self-indulgent in the current climate

India Dismisses USCIRF Report, Labels Accusations of Discrimination as Biased

India has firmly dismissed the recent findings of the US Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF), accusing the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) of promoting discriminatory nationalist policies. The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) spokesperson, Randhir Jaiswal, labeled the USCIRF as biased and propagandist, expressing little hope for the organization to grasp India’s diverse, pluralistic, and democratic essence. Jaiswal emphasized this stance during a press briefing, asserting, “We really have no expectation that USCIRF will even seek to understand India’s diverse, pluralistic and democratic ethos. Their efforts to interfere in the largest electoral exercise of the world will never succeed.”

USCIRF, established by the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998, comprises Commissioners appointed by the President and bipartisan leadership from both chambers of Congress. The Commission’s recent report accused India’s government, particularly the BJP, of exacerbating communal tensions and neglecting to address violence disproportionately impacting various religious and ethnic communities.

“In 2023, religious freedom conditions in India continued to deteriorate,” the USCIRF report stated. It criticized the BJP-led government for reinforcing discriminatory policies, fostering divisive rhetoric, and failing to address communal violence, particularly affecting Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Dalits, Jews, and indigenous Adivasi communities. The report highlighted the continued enforcement of laws such as the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA), Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA), Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA), and anti-conversion and cow slaughter laws, which allegedly led to the arbitrary detention and targeting of religious minorities and their advocates.

Moreover, USCIRF’s report raised concerns about media and NGO freedom, citing instances of strict monitoring under FCRA regulations. It pointed to the suspension of the FCRA license of the Centre for Policy Research, an NGO focused on social issues and minority discrimination, as well as raids on the offices and homes of journalists, including Teesta Setalvad, known for her reporting on anti-Muslim violence during the 2002 Gujarat riots.

India’s response to the USCIRF report underscores the ongoing tensions between the Indian government and international organizations regarding religious freedom and human rights. The rejection of USCIRF’s findings reflects India’s assertion of sovereignty and resistance to external scrutiny, particularly from entities perceived as biased or politically motivated. As India continues to navigate complex religious and social dynamics, its relationship with international bodies like USCIRF remains contentious, with divergent perspectives on issues of religious freedom and minority rights.

USCIRF Urges State Department to Include India in Religious Freedom Violator List Amidst National Elections

India is currently amidst a significant national election spanning six weeks, and amid this democratic process, the U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has urged the U.S. State Department to include India in its roster of countries with severe violations of religious freedom. This bipartisan commission, established under the International Religious Freedom Act in 1998, holds the authority to recommend countries for special designations to the State Department. This year, in its 25th annual report, the commission called for India’s inclusion due to escalating hate speech, particularly targeting Muslims, in the lead-up to the elections.

According to the USCIRF report, hate speech has seen a surge in India, especially directed towards Muslims, ahead of the national elections. Commissioner David Curry highlighted instances where Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his Hindu-nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party have been accused of exacerbating tensions by making statements targeting religious minorities. In the northeastern state of Manipur, clashes between Hindu and Christian communities have resulted in the destruction of numerous places of worship.

The commission’s concerns extend beyond India. It has recommended that Afghanistan, Azerbaijan, Nigeria, and Vietnam be designated as “countries of particular concern” (CPC) due to their poor records on religious freedom. Additionally, the commission called for the retention of CPC designation for countries like China, Cuba, Iran, and Russia, among others.

In Nigeria, religious freedom conditions have remained dire, with thousands of Christians participating in protests following deadly attacks over the Christmas season. Commissioner Eric Ueland criticized the State Department for its failure to recognize Nigeria as one of the worst violators of religious freedom, emphasizing the government’s consistent failure to prevent or punish religiously motivated violence.

Azerbaijan and Kyrgyzstan have also come under scrutiny, with the former being recommended for CPC designation for the first time due to its refusal to register non-Muslim religious communities and its targeting of ethnic Armenians in disputed regions. Kyrgyzstan has been added to the special watch list for its strict penalties against religious practices.

The report also flagged China and India for engaging in “transnational repression,” with governments increasingly using digital surveillance to monitor religious minorities. However, there was a positive note regarding Syria, which was moved from the worst violators list to the special watch list due to changes in the nature of violations.

Commissioner Frank Wolf emphasized the need for meaningful consequences for governments designated as CPCs, suggesting that waivers based on other U.S. interests should not be reissued for countries like Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Tajikistan, and Turkmenistan, which have avoided penalties for their abuses in the past.

Small U.S. Banks Under Stress: Threat of Failures Looms Amid Economic Challenges

Numerous small and regional banks throughout the United States are experiencing significant strain, with concerns rising about potential repercussions.

According to Christopher Wolfe, managing director and head of North American banks at Fitch Ratings, some banks could face dire circumstances, potentially failing or falling below their minimum capital thresholds.

Klaros Group, a consulting firm, conducted an analysis of approximately 4,000 U.S. banks, identifying 282 institutions confronting a double jeopardy scenario involving commercial real estate loans and the specter of losses linked to escalating interest rates.

The affected banks predominantly consist of smaller financial entities with assets totaling less than $10 billion.

Brian Graham, co-founder and partner at Klaros Group, clarified that while many of these banks aren’t insolvent or on the brink of insolvency, they are undoubtedly under pressure. This pressure, he emphasized, may result in fewer bank failures but could still have adverse effects on communities and customers.

Graham elaborated that communities may experience subtle ramifications due to banks opting out of investments in endeavors such as establishing new branches, embracing technological advancements, or expanding their workforce.

The ramifications of small bank failures are more tangential for individual depositors. As Sheila Bair, former chair of the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., explained, there’s no immediate impact for depositors if banks fall below the insured deposit limits, which are presently set at $250,000. In the event of a bank failure insured by the FDIC, all depositors are entitled to receive compensation “up to at least $250,000 per depositor, per FDIC-insured bank, per ownership category.”

Analysis: Declining US Birth Rate Not the Economic Disaster Some Fear, Says Fisher Investments

Recent analysis from Fisher Investments suggests that the declining birth rate in the United States, though significant, may not spell the economic catastrophe that some anticipate. The advisory firm highlights a global trend of falling birth rates, with the US experiencing its lowest rate in decades, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control.

This downward trend in birth rates is not a new phenomenon. World Bank data indicates a consistent decline since the 1960s. Despite these numbers, Fisher Investments argues that a shrinking population may not be detrimental to the economy, citing previous instances in the 1980s and 1990s when economic growth persisted despite declining fertility rates.

The correlation between falling birth rates and economic prosperity is not straightforward. Wealthier nations tend to have lower birth rates due to factors such as improved healthcare leading to lower infant mortality rates and longer life expectancies, allowing individuals to delay or choose not to have children.

While acknowledging potential long-term implications of declining birth rates on human capital and other factors, Fisher Investments remains cautiously optimistic about the future. They emphasize the unpredictability of future developments and the potential for technological advancements, such as AI, to mitigate the effects of a smaller workforce.

Economists have also speculated on the impact of technological innovations like AI on the labor force. Goldman Sachs estimates that AI could disrupt millions of jobs worldwide, potentially offsetting the effects of a declining workforce.

Moreover, Fisher Investments suggests that any economic repercussions from declining birth rates would likely unfold gradually over time rather than having an immediate impact. Founder and co-chief investment officer Ken Fisher remains bullish on the stock market, downplaying concerns about a recession or prolonged periods of high-interest rates. He asserts that the recent fluctuations in the market do not signify the beginning of a bear market, as bear markets typically manifest through a gradual decline rather than sudden drops like those observed recently.

JPMorgan Stays Cautious on Cryptocurrencies Amid Lack of Bullish Catalysts

JPMorgan, a leading US bank, has expressed a cautious outlook towards cryptocurrencies in its recent report released on April 23rd. The report highlights several factors contributing to the current state of the cryptocurrency market. One notable observation is the absence of bullish catalysts following a decline in ETF inflows. Analysts at the bank point to various factors amplifying the bearish sentiment, including high market positioning, disappointing venture capital funding, and the associated production costs.

In a previous assessment, JPMorgan suggested that the impact of the Bitcoin halving had already been factored into the market, which tempered optimistic forecasts. This sentiment was echoed back in February when the bank projected a potential drop in Bitcoin’s value post-halving, envisioning a figure as low as $42,000 per coin. Additionally, JPMorgan foresaw a doubling in the production cost of individual coins. During this period, Bitcoin advocate Mike Novogratz also cautioned against an overheated market.

Despite hitting an all-time high of $73,737 in March and achieving eight consecutive months of gains, Bitcoin faced a significant downturn in April, followed by continued declines into May. This downward trajectory was attributed to substantial outflows from ETFs and broader macroeconomic uncertainties. As of the latest update, Bitcoin is trading at $59,110.

Meanwhile, Jamie Dimon, the CEO of JPMorgan, reiterated his longstanding skepticism toward Bitcoin, labeling it as “a fraud” and likening it to a “Ponzi scheme.” Dimon maintained his stance that Bitcoin lacks the fundamental qualities of a viable currency. However, he acknowledged the potential value of blockchain technology despite his reservations about cryptocurrencies.

Renowned Trader Peter Brandt Sparks Controversy with Bold Bitcoin Price Prediction

Renowned trader Peter Brandt has ignited yet another fervent discussion within the cryptocurrency community with his most recent Bitcoin price forecast. In a recent social media update, Brandt put forth the notion that should Bitcoin sustain its current price levels and persist on its upward path, it could adhere to a conventional pattern indicative of a continuation in the bull market.

Brandt’s analysis, coupled with an illustrative chart portraying his perspective, indicates that notwithstanding recent fluctuations, Bitcoin might be on the brink of a substantial surge towards the $74,000 threshold, potentially revisiting its prior all-time pinnacle. This buoyant prognosis, however, hasn’t garnered unanimous acceptance.

Some skeptics have cast doubt on Brandt’s credibility, pointing to his earlier prognostications which oscillated between predicting a downturn to $40,000 per BTC and speculating that Bitcoin had already peaked. Nevertheless, Brandt remains steadfast in his conviction that the cryptocurrency is amidst a bullish phase, underscoring the significance of adaptability in proficient trading.

In response to the criticism levied against him, Brandt dismissed detractors, underscoring his extensive decades-long experience in trading and stressing the indispensability of agility in maneuvering through volatile markets. Engaging in a direct confrontation with one skeptic, Brandt assertively proclaimed his readiness to capitalize on their skepticism, cautioning them against the risk of jeopardizing their capital in the process.

The veracity of whether Bitcoin will indeed adhere to Brandt’s envisaged trajectory remains uncertain, yet one aspect is indisputable: the esteemed trader has once again kindled deliberation and captured the attention of investors.

Americans Remain Concerned About Inflation: Gallup Survey Reveals Financial Worries

In the latest survey unveiled on Thursday, inflation maintains its prominent position as a foremost concern among Americans regarding their financial challenges.

Gallup’s findings reveal that 41 percent of Americans pinpoint inflation or a high cost of living as “the most important financial problem facing” their families, surpassing concerns such as taxes and energy expenses. This marks the third consecutive year where inflation has led the list, showcasing a marginal uptick from the previous year’s 35 percent, as per the survey.

The report from Gallup researchers emphasizes the significance of inflation as a domestic worry, standing just behind immigration, government affairs, and the broader economy when Americans identify the paramount issues confronting the nation.

Despite a robust labor market and a notable increase in inflation, the Federal Reserve opted to uphold interest rates at a 23-year peak.

Data disclosed by the Commerce Department last week underscores a rise in inflation for March, attributed to escalated spending and augmented incomes. The personal consumption expenditures price index, a preferred gauge of inflation by the Fed, exhibited a 0.3 percent surge in March and a 2.7 percent increment over the preceding year.

Additionally, the survey divulges a minor decline in individuals who perceive their overall financial situation as deteriorating, dropping from 50 percent to 47 percent compared to the previous year. Conversely, the proportion of those expressing an improvement in their financial circumstances rose from 37 percent to 43 percent in comparison to last year.

The poll highlights other significant financial concerns, including excessive debt (8 percent), healthcare expenses (7 percent), insufficient income or low wages (7 percent), and energy costs or gasoline prices (6 percent).

Examining responses by age, older adults manifest a greater tendency to identify inflation as a primary impediment to their financial well-being. Notably, 46 percent of adults aged 50 or above cited inflation, contrasting with 36 percent among those under 50.

Furthermore, individuals with higher incomes exhibit a heightened propensity to perceive inflation as a financial burden, according to the survey’s findings.

The Gallup poll, conducted from April 1-22 with a sample size of 1,001 individuals, carries a margin of error of 4 percentage points.

Report Reveals Surge in Democratic Support for Abortion Rights Post-Dobbs Decision

A recent report from the Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI) reveals a significant shift in Democratic voters’ attitudes towards abortion rights. Since the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, which enabled abortion restrictions nationwide, more Democrats are considering abortion a crucial voting issue.

PRRI CEO Melissa Deckman emphasized this transformation, stating, “So the salience of abortion as an issue is really different for Democratic voters this election cycle,” attributing it directly to the political and policy aftermath of Dobbs. The report also highlights a widening disparity between Republicans and Democrats regarding abortion views.

Deckman noted that the growing partisan gap is primarily driven by Democrats’ increasing support for abortion rights over the past decade, contrasting with relatively stable Republican sentiments. The study reveals a substantial rise in Democratic backing for abortion rights, with 86% of surveyed Democrats in 2023 expressing support, up from 71% in 2010. Independent voters also show growing support.

Exit polls following the Dobbs decision confirm these trends, indicating widespread backing for abortion rights across various states and an escalating number of voters prioritizing abortion as a key voting factor. Notably, women and younger voters, particularly those aged 18 to 29, exhibit heightened motivation on the issue, especially within the Democratic demographic.

Nationwide, the survey indicates that 64% of voters advocate for abortion to be mostly or always legal, while 35% favor making it mostly or always illegal. Even in states with Republican-dominated governments, the majority of voters support legal abortion, with minimal backing for complete bans.

Deckman highlighted the inconsistency between state policies and public opinion, stating, “In no state does anywhere near a majority of state residents support the banning of abortions, yet we have a policy landscape in which some states have effectively made the procedure almost impossible to access.” She underscored that the restrictive measures enacted in many Republican-controlled state legislatures do not align with the preferences of their citizens.

-+=